Thursday, February 01, 2007

The Laughing Cow

There comes a time, when the operation of the machine is so odious, that you cannot even tacitly participate. You've got to place your body on the gears, the levers, all the apparatus, and you've got to indicate to those who own it, and those who run it, that unless you are free, the machine will be prevented from working at all - Mario Savio

I don't mean to blog for therapy, but I think I should mention, following the last post, that I feel lighter now for having posted it. That jumble of impressions had been bearing down on me for a while, and though trying to bring them to coherence was hard, now that I've found a place to put them, I don't carry their weight in the same way.

Which isn't to say I'm all of a sudden John Q Pangloss. Pessimists may be assured I still hold our position to be hopeless. With the great methane sinks of the Arctic starting to vent, and the prospect of a massive assault on Iran approaching stupefying inevitability, what else could I think? I don't regard it as excessive to believe we've reached the end, regardless of the end having been anticipated since the beginning. It's unlikely that the sky will roll up like parchment one day and that will be that. We'll probably go on living well beyond the end, marking each incremental degradation as the New Normal, and with the dust of death settled on every sweet thing. (In other words, less The Omega Man, more Children of Men.)

And perhaps, if hopelessness is where this story ends, it's where we can begin to write another.

Derrick Jensen, in an issue of Orion magazine from last Spring (and also discussed here on the RI forum), wrote that "the most common words I hear spoken by any environmentalists anywhere are, 'We're fucked'":

Frankly, I don't have much hope. But I think that's a good thing. Hope is what keeps us chained to the system, the conglomerate of people and ideas and ideals that is causing the destruction of the Earth.


Many people are afraid to feel despair. They fear that if they allow themselves to perceive how desperate our situation really is, they must then be perpetually miserable. They forget that it is possible to feel many things at once. They also forget that despair is an entirely appropriate response to a desperate situation. Many people probably also fear that if they allow themselves to perceive how desperate things are, they may be forced to do something about it.


And when you quit relying on hope, and instead begin to protect the people, things, and places you love, you become very dangerous indeed to those in power. In case you're wondering, that's a very good thing.

Perhaps some Democrats who pinned their hopes on the 2006 midterms, only to see the disgrace of "non-binding resolutions" at least one war too late, will die to hope and become dangerous to the System of Control. Most have already picked up the stakes of their hope and moved them downfield to 2008. Until we're hopeless nothing will change, except for the worse, and the world's circumstance will become even less tractable.

What do we do, when hope dies? If are programmed, then we become the virus. If we are food, then we become the toxin. If we are cattle, then we protect our calves. If we are hunted, then we rear up and kick the hunter in his own damned head.

As Kipling, of all people, said, We are the taint in the blood. We had better be.

By the way, since the comments field here has become difficult slogging lately, I've opened a thread on the RI forum for any who care to remark on this post in a moderated environment.


Anonymous Anonymous said...

Cormac McCarthy. The Road.

2/01/2007 01:54:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

As Bill Bryson points out in his most worthy book 'A Short History of Nearly Everything', over 99.9% of the species to have ever inhabited this planet are extinct.

What makes us so damned clever as to assume that we will be any different?

Humankind has an in-bred, arrogant perception of our eternal existence that beggars belief.

Today, I checked the BBC web site for readers comments about global warming and was dismayed to see the following comments were the most highly recommended:

Yes, I agree with the scientific concensus - we are fucked.

2/01/2007 02:09:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Is it warmer or just a mass hallucination?

Since we are just living a dream
does it really matter.

Or do we just give the end scenario more power by thinking about it?


2/01/2007 02:19:00 PM  
Blogger marykmusic said...

Because, for whatever reason I can't get to the discussion site, I'll say it here.

War with Iran is not inevitable.

The end times are not what people have been programmed to believe.

We are not fucked.

And I don't just *hope* these things are true, I *know*.

2/01/2007 02:44:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Jeff pull the long blank posts with no information to solve the speed problem on the last threads.

2/01/2007 02:46:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

marykmusic said:

"And I don't just *hope* these things are true, I *know*."

Fascinating argument, Mary.

2/01/2007 03:02:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Who is Utah Phillips?

The opening quote was spoken by Mario Savio, no?


2/01/2007 03:20:00 PM  
Blogger Jeff Wells said...

Who is Utah Phillips?

The opening quote was spoken by Mario Savio, no?

Thank you; yes of course it was. I'd just heard a track today by Utah Phillips in which he said the same, and though it sounded awfully familiar I didn't source it. I'll change the attribution.

This is Utah Phillips.

2/01/2007 03:28:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

My sentiments exactly, Mr. Wells.

Heidi Collins mentioned on Larry King Live last night that Civilizations do collapse, afterall. Of course, that should be obvious to everyone....what's unnerving is that it's not....and for the very reason you perpetually gets floated, doesn't it?

Ironically, her underlying message, and that of those who have jumped on the Global Warming Band Wagon/Gravy Train, is about hope.....because, God forbid, we were to think terrible thoughts and outcomes. Look......if everyone used these more efficient lightbulbs, look how much energy we could conserve. Give me a freakin break with that kind of ridiculous bullshit. It can't change unless the system shatters into a gazillion pieces...and even then it's not certain because those pieces have a way of reassembling themselves into a more potent and powerful structure.

I turned to my wife when Heidi said that and indicated that Heidi almost got it. She didn't go far enough...our Civilization has collapsed. See, a collapse doesn't just happen at a single moment...instead, it's a protracted process. The foundations have been pulled (I used that word for those who adhere to the Controlled Demolition Theory of 911)and we are in freefall....and denial. The collapse began decades, if not centuries ago, just as the elevated carbon levels we are now experiencing were the result of human activity from decades and a century or more prior.

Finally, I understand...the feelings of the few......

I think I've always understood...but I'm not sure that's a privilege so much as a curse. Perhaps it would be better to not know and live in oblivion.

2/01/2007 03:40:00 PM  
Blogger Vemrion said...

Okay, I've been known to say "We are fucked" from time to time. But while I share Jeff's despair I don't believe we are beyond hope yet. On the contrary, I believe the elite are playing their hand too boldly. People are waking up. They may be too late, but at least we'll die knowing the truth.

I think it's clear an attack on Iran is near, and there will probably be a false flag attack on us in order to trick people into it, but the whole thing could backfire. People are a little wiser this time. Do you really think all of the 9/11 activists are just going to go, "Okay, let's just take the government's word on this one"? Nah. If there is any mistake on the elite's part it will be exposed post-haste. I stand ready to spread the word and I know most of you do too. The internet thing just might save our asses yet.

Furthermore, as a Canadian I don't know why you're so upset about global warming. Maybe you live in the fabled warm part. Me, I'm in MN and I say we look at the silver-lining here. It's fuckin' cold outside and that makes survival without the System of Control much, much harder. If we didn't need to buy heating oil from The Man we might have a better go at surviving off the grid. Batteries, solar power and wind power are all getting much better. Pretty soon we won't need the System to live comfortably. What will the System do then? Squeeze tighter probably... which will convince that many more people that it's time to get out.

The spinning gyres of fate entwine us all. Life is a grand chessboard and each move the dark side makes leaves an opening for the light. Are we losing... or are we luring them into our trap?

I see an Apocalypse as a best-case scenario. Continuing on like this indefinitely... now THAT is hell on earth.

2/01/2007 03:43:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

The Mooninites Rule #1!

2/01/2007 04:16:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

the forums are displaying the following when you attempt to access a thread.

If you are the webmaster, your account may have exceeded for one or more of the following reasons:

* Your site has used more than 20% of the cpu.
* Your account has too many processes running at the same time.
* Your site was consuming too many resources. This happens on occassion to very busy sites that have inefficient scripts running.

2/01/2007 04:27:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

We Ain't Done For.....

Positive comments on this blog may be as out of place as Colin Powell at a Klan rally, but those who have ears to hear, they will listen.

The most consistent and persistent theme of the controlled press is hopelessness and pessimism, the futility of action, and the inevitability of disaster. And, if enough of us believe it, they can make it come true.

Look at that basketball there on the ground. Doesn't look like much, does it? What if you put it up against your nose? What if you were an ant crawling on the surface? That would be what defined your experience and world view. I'm tellling you to put that basketball back down on the ground, and step back, get a broader perspective.

Step back far enough, and see where you [we] are on the curve of history. This time period is the closing days of Western Civilization, such as it was. Oswald Spengler saw it coming, and he ducked out. [My opinion!] True, though. Civilizations come and go, just as someone noted that species come and go. Why would this one persist forever? A new one will rise up to replace this one, but this one has to come down first.

Remember Mt.St.Helen's? It was the end of the world as it was known in that location when the mountain erupted. What did we see after a few years had passed? Remember the photos of the flowers that appeared? How's it doing now? What will it look like fifty years from now?

If you look closely, you will see the green shoots of the new era coming up amid the rubble of the now-failing West. I read that there are one million plus acres under ecological farming in Australia alone. And that's just Australia. The hottest commodity now is organic food, so hot that the Big Boys have tried to monopolize and re-define it so they can get some of the action. I can remember when you couldn't even buy the stuff.

More and more people are opting out of the public school system and going for home schooling, or charter schools. I can remember a farmer in Kansas being gunned down in his own yard for home schooling his kids. That was 30 years ago, more or less.

The cancer death rate is down, I read on the internet news.

Over a third of the American people now rely on "alternative" medicine.

A man in Colorado makes these little machines:

It's a knock-out for terminal cancer patients, and many other kinds of health problems. Here's the fun part: he sells them to doctors.

TV consumption is down. Newspapers are losing circulation. You're still watching TV? Don't you know that this is the way that most people get their daily fix of propaganda and anxiety? TV is also highly addictive. Don't believe me? Try taking it away from someone. Try taking it away from yourself!

Some of the good stuff is hidden, and you may hear it only once, if at all. I remember a few years ago when I heard on the radio that someone, or a group of someones, had come up with a way to deal with our solid waste problem. They had invented a device that converts it into energy. Vaporizes it, just like something out of Star Trek. Never heard from or about them except just that one time.

Free energy? We don't need more research. I have at least three bookmarked sites that have devices that solve the energy problem. When the time is right, or ripe, they will appear.

There's more, but the challenge I'm putting to you all is to go out and find your own little bits of green grass coming up out of the rubble of the fallen West. And start talking about that, instead of trying to out-do each other with end-of-the-world news stories.

One more little bit of green grass for you to ponder on.

You are here, and not in front of your TV, and not gossiping over the water cooler. You are here because you can think, you came here to think and be stimulated by thinking.

That scares the other side.


2/01/2007 04:34:00 PM  
Blogger Jeff Wells said...

the forums are displaying the following when you attempt to access a thread -

It's okay now, though it is an occasional irritant. Communicated with my host about it but haven't worked out a permanent solution yet.

2/01/2007 04:40:00 PM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...

Don’t apologize for either your optimism or your pessimism, Jeff: you’re entitled to put your mind where it fits. Me, I’m an irrational optimist who currently views our chances of survival as not great, but…it’ll still happen. The darker side of my psyche is gravitating toward the view expressed by Wm. H. Kötke, whose e-book The Final Empire: The Collapse of Civilization and the Seed of the Future shows civilization collapsing but then rebuilding along saner lines, while the sunny spot is fueled by Brian O' Leary’s Re Inheriting the Earth: Awakening to Sustainable Solutions and Greater Truths. I’ll let the intro to this vision speak for itself:

As the new millennium dawns, I see hope for us and for reversing the human-caused pollution of the Earth. The changes and adventure will be exciting and challenging for us, yet time is running out. I believe solutions are there, and can be enhanced if we transcend our denial of emerging truths based on suppressed experiments in new science, new energy, healing, consciousness, hemp production and evidence for contact with nonhuman intelligence and our eternal being. I believe we have the potential to make the needed changes, but we are going to have to let go of many worn-out, vested interests and begin to empower ourselves toward solutions.

Now stop snickering at Brian’s use of the H-word, you sad sacks, and listen to the plan behind the vision. It’s true that the window of opportunity is shrinking, but Mordor hasn’t won yet. (Fuck Rick Santorum—that metaphor does not belong to the dark side!) As many of you know, free energy has been massively, conspiratorially suppressed for decades, maybe longer if we go all the way back to Tesla. With the end of the earth approaching, however, it’s not just business as usual anymore. The secret will out, and when it does, the truth behind 9/11 will be very small potatoes indeed.

The first step in the tidal wave of backlash will be the chasing of the moneylenders from the temple of government: no more privately-financed campaigns, no more lobbying, no more corporate fucking personhood. The scientific orthodoxy will also be unseated; the mechanistic/materialism that strangles science in the service of empire and the social Darwinism upon which it rests will give way to the emergent form/vitalist/formative causation model (the Goethe-fication of science), at which point, things will really start to happen.

Perspective, people, perspective. The earth is dying, but how hard have we tried to save it, thus far? All of our energies have either gone into killing her and/or wondering how many of Brittany’s boobs fit in a plasma screen. When we turn our energies toward fixing the only home we have, the Manhattan and Apollo Projects will look like soap box derby competitions.

The only question in my mind is where the leak will come from—a conscience-stricken enforcer who helps a doomed inventor tell his tale, or maybe some Corpo-Whore trying to make a buck on the genie who won’t go back into the damn bottle? Either way, it’s going to happen, or else…anyone interested in the effort to force the energy cartel’s hand might follow this link:
The Narrowing of the Energy Policy Debate and How We Must Transcend it. (Not that policy is the only thing that needs transcending.)

Btw, Dragon, I swear I wasn't channeling you when I wrote that comment--you must just live in a nearby cave; thanks for taking my side in advance, but what's time in this barfight?

2/01/2007 05:02:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

"What do we do, when hope dies? If are programmed, then we become the virus. If we are food, then we become the toxin. If we are cattle, then we protect our calves. If we are hunted, then we rear up and kick the hunter in his own damned head."

Sorry, but it needed repeating.

"You're still watching TV? Don't you know that this is the way that most people get their daily fix of propaganda and anxiety? TV is also highly addictive. Don't believe me? Try taking it away from someone. Try taking it away from yourself!"

Dead on assessment.

I also add that if you don't watch tv on a regular basis or, better yet, not at all, sit & watch a few hours worth then objectively assess your emotional state.
I guarantee that you'll feel not only a heightened anxiety level but you will find yourself experiencing these subtle twinges of discontent & dissatisfaction with the substance of your life even if you were perfectly content before.
At least, that's been my experience.

"Do not go gentle into that good night,

Old age should burn and rave at close of day;

Rage, rage against the dying of the light.

Though wise men at their end know dark is right,

Because their words had forked no lightning they

Do not go gentle into that good night.

Good men, the last wave by, crying how bright

Their frail deeds might have danced in a green bay,

Rage, rage against the dying of the light.

Wild men who caught and sang the sun in flight,

And learn, too late, they grieved it on its way,

Do not go gentle into that good night.

Grave men, near death, who see with blinding sight

Blind eyes could blaze like meteors and be gay,

Rage, rage against the dying of the light.

And you, my father, there on the sad height,

Curse, bless, me now with your fierce tears, I pray.

Do not go gentle into that good night.

Rage, rage against the dying of the light."
Dylan Thomas

2/01/2007 05:31:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

BEIJING (Reuters) - Chinese scientists have warned that rising temperatures on the Qinghai-Tibet plateau will melt glaciers, dry up major Chinese rivers and trigger more droughts, sandstorms and desertification, state media reported on Thursday.
Sounds Venusian

The earth's surface temperature will probably rise by between 1.8 and 4.0 C (3.24 and 7.24 F) by the turn of the century, according to a "best estimate" agreed by the UN's top scientific panel for global warming, sources said.

The estimate was released as the world's top climate experts struggled against the clock to hammer out a consensus report on global warming that is already radiating political shockwaves.


PARIS (Reuters) - The U.N. climate panel agreed in its starkest warning yet on Thursday that human activities are causing global warming that may bring more droughts, heatwaves and rising seas, delegates said.

The report, due for release on Friday and bolstering conclusions from a 2001 study, may put pressure on governments and companies to do more to curb greenhouse gases mainly from burning fossil fuels in power plants, factories and cars.

Scientists and government officials in the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the most authoritative group on global warming, agreed it was "very likely" that human activities were the main cause of warming in the past 50 years, delegates said.

In IPCC language, "very likely" means at least 90 percent probability and is the strongest link to human activities since the IPCC was set up in 1988. The previous study in 2001 said a link was "likely", or 66 percent probable.

My take is they want a massive population reduction using the big three:


Add in the tainted water and food supplies.

The vaccines they want us to take.

I remember when I first changed all the channels at 6pm and each one was in unison with the stories they wanted us to know about.

Today it is much worse.

Being aware today means no tv.

You are programmed with sound bites.

How about the little hypno Disk things they have on CNN and other news networks?
That is a weird and hypnotic touch they add.


2/01/2007 05:32:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

IC wrote:

"As many of you know, free energy has been massively, conspiratorially suppressed for decades, maybe longer if we go all the way back to Tesla. With the end of the earth approaching, however, it’s not just business as usual anymore. The secret will out, and when it does, the truth behind 9/11 will be very small potatoes indeed."

Rare interview with Tom Bearden on the forgotten work of Nikola Tesla
Sep 11, 2006
Interview with Tom Bearden who is the foremost expert on Nikola Tesla and Free Energy, Overunity Devices & Zero Point energy physics. [the foremost, outside of Dr. Peter Lindemann, though they have DELETED all his stuff. If you can find his "Free Energy: The Secrets of Cold Electricity" 2 hour private group taped talk, it is an excellent discussion there as well.]


Free Energy: The Race to Zero Point
5 min 34 sec - Jan 9, 2007 [excerpt from 2 hour programme, only thing about the narrative I guffaw at is the narrator buys "peak oil".]

In this award-winning, feature length, two-hour broadcast-quality Documentary you will learn about the latest developments in the field of Free and Zero Point Energy from Tesla to Dennis Lee. Hosted by Bill Jenkins, formerly of ABC Radio, this comprehensive documentary features physicists and inventors who are challenging orthodox science to bring this non-polluting technology forward despite ridicule and suppression. See actual working prototypes that defy classical physics including phenomenal experiments in anti-gravity and the transmutation of metals.

Aurora Gold Award Winner ~ Profit Producers' Award Winner Telly Award Winner

Nominated for the UN Sasakawa Environmental Award This is the ultimate environmental film! It offers real solutions.

With the end of fossil fuels in sight, the race to save the planet is on. From Nicola Tesla to cold fusion, magnetic motors to anti-gravity propulsion ¬ this program presents powerful information! Visionary Inventors and Scientists Reveal Non-Polluting Technologies That Will Change Our World A groundbreaking and inspiring look at the leading theories and practical devices that tap into "zero point energy" - now acknowledged by physicists to exist in all space as a "running river" of infinite and accessible electromagnetic energy. Explore the latest Free Energy breakthroughs, including: ~ Technologies based on working with nature instead of against it. ~ Radical inventions that emit hydrogen and oxygen as by-products. ~Transmutation processes that neutralize radioactive waste. ~ Electric vehicles with magnetic motors that recharge their own batteries. Featuring: The Patterson cold fusion power cell ~ Troy Reed's magnetic "Surge" motors ~ Paul Pantone's GEET processor for increasing fuel efficiency in cars ~ Joseph Newman's rotating magnet "over unity" motor ~ Dennis Lee's Low temperature phase-change technologies ~ John Hutchison's amazing anti-gravity experiments ~ Along with internationally recognized scientists and authors: Tom Bearden ~ Hal Fox ~ Shiuji Inomita Moray King ~ Eugene Mallove ~ Jeanne Manning Brian O'Leary & Tom Valone.

click here and get a list of other 'new energy series'
clips from this:

Destruction at this point is a choice you make, instead of change being unattainable.

As for this quote from Luna:

BEIJING (Reuters) - Chinese scientists have warned that rising temperatures on the Qinghai-Tibet plateau will melt glaciers, dry up major Chinese rivers and trigger more droughts, sandstorms and desertification, state media reported on Thursday.

lots of video clips accessible from this link to watch here:

27.Aug.2006 18:44
environment | indigenous issues
Global Climate Change is Truly Global: lots of video shorts from around the world...

the visuals all taken together are quite astounding: Tibet, Yellow River in China, Amazonia to savannah?! and still corporations and soy plantation owners keep burning it down, massive beetles eating away spruce forests in Alaska due to longer summers, huge portions of the Artic and Antartic sea ice shrinking, polar bears to sink?, indigenous whalers losing the sea ice shelf, permafrost melting, India sea rise affecting coastal communities, same in Alaska, north pole ice sounds like a war or (de)construction zone, etc.


Tibet is melting and turning into desert
4 min 36 sec - Aug 8, 2006

China's Yellow River is drying up, vast grassland turn into desert. Shocking images.
Halong Glaciers in Qinghai-Tibet Plateau, the source of China's Yellow River, have shrunk by 17% during the past 30 years. This could leave the region without glaciers by the end of the century and is an alarming sign of climate impact on the source of China's mother river- the Yellow River. A documentary by Greenpeace
link to


Amazon river dries up
4 min 7 sec - Jul 31, 2006
The Amazon rain forest is experiencing the worst drought in more than 40 years, and experts believe that global warming and massive deforestation are to blame. A documentary by Greenpeace.
link to


Shocking images from Amazon jungle
3 min 2 sec - Jul 31, 2006

Seeing is believing. Documentary from Greenpeace.

The US based Cargill corporation burns large areas of rainforest to prepare for soya ... all » plantations. In 2005, 600 fires a day were set in the Amazon. Deforestation and Global Warming are threating one of the world's greatest reservoirs of biodiversity. If current trends continue, the collapse of the Amazon into a treeless savannah is possible within the lifetimes of children being born today.

link to


Effect of Global Warming on India
Avg: small full starsmall full starsmall full starsmall full starsmall full star 2 ratings
4 min 0 sec - Jul 31, 2006

Impacts of sea level rise on coastal communities in Orissa, India. Poor village literally got sucked into the rising ocean.

link to


Why is everyone carrying a log?
59 sec - Aug 8, 2006
link to


Polar Bears and Arctic Global Warming
... working in Svalbard in Norway, researching the impacts of global warming on polar bears and the Arctic
WWF Television - 3 min - Jan 27, 2006

link to


NORTH POLE ICE CRACKING (global warming, Arctic, climate change, global warming)
info Avg: small full starsmall full starsmall full starsmall half starsmall empty star 13 ratings
Andrew Revkin, The New York Times
1 min 17 sec - May 23, 2006

The sea ice at the North Pole is only a few feet thick. It floats on an ocean that is 14,000 feet deep. And it's cracking under our feet. A ... all » scientist suggests what to do... Everything you hear -- all the chugging and huffing and banging -- is the ice beneath us.

link to


Part 1: Alaska Meltdown
The Weather Channel
1 min 43 sec - Oct 13, 2005
How is global warming affecting the Alaskan climate?
link to

Part 2: Alaska Meltdown
Global warming is not only changing the face of Alaska, but also the way Alaskans live.
The Weather Channel - 2 min - Oct 13, 2005
link to

Part 3: Alaska Meltdown
The Weather Channel
1 min 44 sec - Oct 13, 2005
Learn about Alaska's not-so-solid ground.
link to

Part 4: Alaska Meltdown
The Weather Channel
1 min 42 sec - Oct 13, 2005
Scientists, Eskimos and experts confirm that Alaska's climate is changing.
link to

Part 5: Alaska Meltdown
The Weather Channel
1 min 49 sec - Oct 13, 2005
In only 15 years, the Spruce Bark Beetle killed more trees in Alaska than any other North American insect.
link to


Global Warming and Acid Rain
... showing the devasting effects of these two environmental problems - Global Warming and Acid Rain. See 1000's of free clips at
2 min 44 sec - Aug 21, 2006
link to

2/01/2007 05:39:00 PM  
Blogger Vemrion said...

I agree with Mr. Cuttlefish. In fact, sometimes I think we should thank those goddamned fascists for going too far. Instead of bending, they will break. Right now there's no chance of lobbying reform, drug law reform, ending corporate personhood or repealing the Federal Reserve act. But in the ashes of a shamed and discredited Bush regime all of those things are possible. The bigger they are, the harder they fall.

BTW, I feel that despair and hopelessness feed into apathy... and that's exactly what They want. They want us to believe we can't change the system. But that's not 100% true. We can change it, and they are going to help by showing us just how bad things can get. If things don't get bad we'll never change.... Corporate America is actually taking positive steps regarding the environment. (I can't even believe I just typed that.) That never would've happened if a progressive was in the white house. They'd be kicking and screaming the whole way. In a way, the Bush administration is a gift to people like us who've railed against the System for years... I mean talk about proving our point for us! They've abandoned all pretense of benevolence and they still have solid support from 30% of the population. Yeah, that sucks, but it also lets us know where we stand.

2/01/2007 05:53:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

When I worked with Redwood Summer and tried to convince loggers that they were screwing their environment and bringing about their imminent loss of jobs by depleting the forest to 'at least' the point where somebody would pass laws against destroying the remaining tree museums, they didn't want to hear. "You're taking away my money right here and now" seemed to be the reaction. I need my money, are you going to pay for my family's survival?" They were right. I couldn't give them money. Cheif Seattle saw the stupidity of the Biosurvival ticket swap in the whites invading his land. You swap the understanding of where life and values really come from and replace it with cash. Qui Buono? Who is the guy that carried out this switch? My feeling is, the same guy that was trading the Folger's crystals for the regular coffee. That's why no one's woken up to it yet...

2/01/2007 06:17:00 PM  
Blogger Syn Diesel said...

Hey, before the daemons come out questioning the value of Jeff's transmissions I'd just like to say he is responsible for one of the most brilliant comments this subject matter has ever had:

"I've had it with these motherfucking snakes in my motherfucking brain!"


Oh, and if anybody wants to stick it to the man feel free to check out the following link. 100% labor-free energy within a few years with small-scale Guerilla Solar PV. We need people to ask questions and prove The Lion wrong (if they can).

H2-PV for the Right Kind of Economic Chaos

2/01/2007 07:20:00 PM  
Blogger Sounder said...

Call this carpenters philosophy. I cannot hope a piece of wood into place, and despair never repairs badly done work. No, I see that it is bad, admit my mistake, (own it rather than trying to bury it), and then proceed to fix it.

Hope; fuck hope, it never ever did anything for me. Despair, same thing, quit whining. You will never get the real freak on if it's not rock and roll. Rock and roll can't be whiney.

Hope and despair are melodramatic elements that seek to defer responsibility. Great it’s not your fault, but your life is still fucked up.

Thanks Richard for the well placed Dylan Thomas poem.

IC, good luck on the Brian O’Leary connection; However I know a few things about the barriers that bright people construct, so my advice, don't hold out allot of hope.

My intellectual start was in physics, then alternative physical theories. Current theories are shallow and full of holes on even a cursory examination. Still 'very' bright people continue parroting accepted knowledge like as if their popularity is more important than is the search for knowledge. That is, the stuff that exposes ones ignorance. The shadow, -look at the shadow.

I let the physics go as I came to realize that any leap in ability to manipulate our environment had better be the result of more effective general expressions of consciousness, because surely power without discrimination would destroy everything in short order.


2/01/2007 07:47:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Thanks for the VIBE Machine link. I understand every word he says by the way. My translation:

It's Raymond Rife (bioelectric healing)

meets Tesla (electromagnetic fields, via a 'medical' Tesla coil at low gauss)

meets Wilhelm Reich (orgone/health, same charged water issue)

meets biophotonic DNA

meets basic physics of noble/inert gases under electrics (like neon glows, throwing off a stable frequency)

meets GPS systems (3D geometry casting of the electronic field)

meets toxin cleaning (via electromagnetics of resonance based on common human 70-90 DC millivolt of cells resonance in the biochemical 'health DC frequency' of working cells.)

meets Hans Jenny (cymatics via sound waves, 3D resonance frameworks, becomes 'cymatics of electromagnetic waves, 3D resonance frameworks)

meets Peter Guy Manners (health applications of audial cymatic frequencies on the body)


And there's one in my area to have a gander at.

In short, this guy Gene Koonce, 30 years in electronics, has invented an electromagnetic version of the audial Cymatic Instrument of Dr. Peter Guy Manners, as well as is pumping all of them in at once instead of 'organ by organ' as Manner's, perhaps a vast improvement for general health.

VIBE Machine Interview With Gene Koonce (18 min 33 sec)

He says its (thankfully spread out...) in "42 states and 10 countries" after 25 months being available. They've been contacted by "Stanford, Harvard, Penn State, University of Arizona, University of Michigan, Health Ministries in Ottawa, some university in Kansas, the U.S> Army, the national foundation of Alternative Medicine in DC, testing started at...[many places] and the U.S. Army."

2/01/2007 08:28:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Today's American is at the mercy of his anxieties. The United States has grown so wealthy that she has lost touch with the rest of the world. America is neither here nor there, be it a question of power or of weakness. She no longer knows what is happening on this earth. Her universe exists in the third person.

Imagination itself has become "un-American." It is accepted, but with fear and distrust, when it embellishes a concrete experience, the story of how a fortune was made or a victory won. But where it exists solely for itself, when it becomes a culture or a dialectic, it is no longer tolerated." Americans are insensitive to philosophical ideas. They need something tangible, something concrete, something that has been acted on the stage. Acted, that is, seen and felt. What is said is not important. We are not impressed by explanations, and verbal play leaves us indifferent. What we want is action."

It seems that all "primitive" or preliterate cultures had some form of codified communication between "spirits" and the living. Again, let me reiterate that I consider this nomenclature to be simply convention. This phenomenon seems to be universal in the ancient world, and only came under condemnation with the inception of monotheism around 1000 BC. When Yahweh spoke through his channels, they were called prophets and the activity was "divine inspiration".

When anybody else did it, it was necromancy or demonic possession, or even just out and out deception. This was because, obviously, since Jehovah/Yahweh was the only god, those other "gods" did not exist, therefore, anyone who claimed to be channeling them was lying. Of course that begs the question as to why people were put to death for lying about communicating with gods that were claimed not to exist? And, if they did actually exist, and were actually communicating, as Yahweh was also, then what status does that suggest about Yahweh, since he was the one who claimed to be the only god and that this was true simply because Yahweh said so via channeling? Most curious.

In the sixth century BC the Thracian Dionysiac cults were known to be using shamans as trance channels to communicate with the spirits, or what were then known as theoi or gods that were said to be discarnate immortal beings with superhuman powers. Some scholars suggest that rationalist philosophy was born out of the Dionysiac, Orphic, and Eleusinian mystery cults devoted to the channeling of these gods; certainly much ancient Greek philosophy, especially that of Pythagoras, Heraclitus, and Plato, was saturated with these mysteries.

In Plato's Theagetes Socrates confesses, "By the favour of the Gods, I have since my childhood been attended by a semi-divine being whose voice from time to time dissuades me from some undertaking, but never directs me what I am to do."

The most interesting item of all is the fact that Pythagoras used something like a Ouija board as early as 540 BC: a "mystic table" on wheels moved around and pointed toward signs that were then interpreted by the philosopher himself, or his pupil Philolaus. Even down to the present day, the mysteries of the Pythagoreans are subjects of intense interest to scientists and mystics alike. And here there seems to be evidence that the advanced knowledge of Pythagoras may have been obtained via a Ouija board!

The Wave is a term used to describe a Macro-cosmic Quantum Wave Collapse producing both a physical and a "metaphysical" change to the Earth's cosmic environment theorized to be statistically probable sometime in the early 21st century. This event is variously described by other sources as the planetary shift to 4th density, shift of the ages, harvest etc., and is most often placed around the end of 2012.


2/01/2007 08:52:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Channelled material.

Q: (LC) I feel like all of us here have been drawn together for a reason. We had a hell of a time getting here, every one of us, but we did, and I'm just wondering what is this all about? Why did all of us feel so drawn that we just HAD to be here?
A: You are not wondering so much as you are seeking confirmation. Every one here thinks on more than one level. This already puts everyone into a different category than the status quo. You all have quite well developed senses, a more difficult task is learning to trust the messages. Remember, you all have received negative programming at the third density level, which is designed to derail your higher psychic awareness. You by now know that this is false programming, but we realize that the subconscious centers are more difficult for you to overcome. Patience will pay off for you big time!!!
Q: (P) This is my feeling about the whole thing: us coming together, the energy created by each of us being in each other's presence is a key; it's unlocking something that we agreed to come together at this time, though it may not be apparent now, it's going to be. That's the way I have felt about this whole meeting we are having. (I) Yes. I HAD to come. No matter what. (P) Yes. (LC) I guess I was wanting confirmation of WHY I felt I HAD to come! (L) And they are telling us that "patience will pay off big time!" (A) What kind of programming do we all have? I know it's negative, but what kind in specific?
A: You receive programming daily from many sources, but the ultimate root is essentially the same.
Q: (I) Yes, TV, cell phone towers, all of that, I guess...
A: Childhood training, etc.
Q: (LC) Okay, another question, and this is a kind of selfish one I am thinking about...
A: Wait a minute, remember, your plane of existence is STS by its very nature and that is okay, because you're all where you are for a reason... Now LC, fire away and be just as selfish as you please, dear. [Laughter]
Q: (LC) Well, if that's the case! I want to ask about past life relations between us. I'm sure there is. Are there any specific past life connections between any of the women in this room?
A: Before we answer that, we wish to hear from you what you perceive a past life circumstance to be. How do you perceive the reincarnation process to be?
Q: (LC) I perceive it as you come back with people you choose to come back with, and that you choose people that you are karmically connected to. (I) I see it a little bit differently than that...
A: Aha! We have a variance!
Q: (I) I think that when we die and go to 5th density, that we make pacts with people in each incarnation, so when you come back, it is coming back to fulfill that pact. (LC) Yes, that is the way my line of thinking is going. But, when they asked that question, I was thinking that you have people you come back with because of closeness. Somebody may be your mother in one life, and there is a love bond, and then there are other people that you come back with because you have to resolve something to let go of that person rather than to get closer.
A: This is partially correct. But, there is more to it than this. For example, one can incarnate on various planes of existence, not just the one you perceive currently. And, one may actually reincarnate on more than one plane concurrently, if one is advanced enough to do this.
Q: (L) Are you suggesting that ...
A: Yes, we are!
Q: (L) I was thinking it, but they didn't let me finish. For the record, I was thinking that we are all part of the same soul unit here.
A: To an extent, but you may not yet understand what exactly a "soul unit" is in that sense. And of course, there is more than one sense for this as well. The "trick" that 3rd density STS life forms will learn, either prior to transition to 4th density, or at the exact juncture, is to think in absolutely limitless terms. The first and most solid step in this process is to not anticipate at all. This is most difficult for you. We understand this, but this as also why we keep reiterating this point. For example, imagine if one of your past lives is also a future life? Q: (P) Now, I just want to say that I think that we have all of us here traveled back in time to change the way things are now. We inserted ourselves into this time period to wake up and see what is really happening. This is 3rd density thinking, I know, but it is the only way I can describe it. We looked back on the way things happened, the way the world is now, and we have come back to change things. We have come from the future, to wake up now, because we didn't wake up before. (C) Maybe that's our "past life/future life" connection here? (P) Right, we all agreed to insert ourselves in this time line.... (L) So, we ARE from the future... (P) Because the world is going in this direction, and SOMETHING had to be done. That's what I see.
A: Yes. That is close to being totally correct!
Q: (P) The C's say that they are US in the future. So, we, being THEM in the future, some of who they are in the future, have come back as us, to do what we are doing, to undo what is happening on Earth...
A: Close, but more complex than that. It would be difficult for you to completely understand at this point, but let us just say that you are close.
Q: (P) I think we are creating a possibility that would not have existed if we had NOT come together here.
A: Yes, but that is generally true in most similar circumstances. The question is the degree to which there is significance.
Q: (I) How significant a possibility are we creating here now?
A: That is for you to see.
Q: (I) So, we don't know. We sense something very important about changing the universe. (L) I think that it is also up to us, individually and as a group, to choose how we respond to the upcoming events. The saying "many are called, few are chosen" should be rephrased to say "Many are called, but few choose to answer the call." (P) Everyone is called! (L) Yes. But so many succumb to the attacks, can't overcome the blocks and barriers, and choose to continue to view life in mundane, surface terms. When push comes to shove, how many really DO answer. It is a very subtle thing to read the signs and "see the unseen" in the morass of conflicting signals that the 3rd density reality sends to block our vision. (P) Yes. Animals have an abundance of young in order that some will survive. I think there is an abundance of us so that some WILL wake up. The odds are against it, so there HAS to be an abundance of us that have come back for this reason. (L) Getting back to the programming, I had a call from BV who thinks that the UFO phenomenon, the alien abduction phenomenon, and the many and varied other things we talk about and study and discuss, are a product of super advanced technological, human controlled mind-programming projects using the technology of Puharich and Tesla. Yes, it is supposed to be so advanced that they can not only read minds and can control minds, but that it is, in the end, merely human engineered programming. Is he, even in part, correct?
A: Well, there are elements of the phenomenon which may be connected to human, 3rd density STS engineering, but by and large, this is not the case.
Q: (L) He also said that the area we are living is the center of a particular programming experiment, something like Nazi/Black magick cultists or something like that.
A: Better not to get too carried away. Remember, the root of all "negative" energies directed at 3rd density STS subjects, coming from 4th density, is essentially the same. Suggest a review of the transcripts relating to the situation in Nazi Germany for better understanding here. The concept of a "master race" put forward by the Nazis was merely a 4th density STS effort to create a physical vehicle with the correct frequency resonance vibration for 4th density STS souls to occupy in 3rd density. It was also a "trial run" for planned events in what you perceive to be your future.
Q: (L) You mean with a strong STS frequency so they can have a "vehicle" in 3rd density, so to speak?
A: Correct. Frequency resonance vibration! Very important.
Q: (L) So, that is why they are abducting, programming and experimenting? And all these folks running around who some think are "programmed," or "chosen abductees" could be individuals who are raising their nastiness levels high enough to accommodate the truly negative STS 4th density - sort of like walk-ins or something, only not nice ones?
A: You do not have very many of those present yet, but that was, and still is, the plan of some of the 4th density STS types.

Q: Okay, last session you brought up the subject of Frequency Resonance Vibration. You suggested that there are certain STS forces who are developing or creating or managing physical bodies that they are trying to increase the frequency in so that they will have bodies that are wired so that they can manifest directly into 3rd density, since not being able to hold the frequency in 3rd density seems to be the real barrier that prevents an all-out invasion from 4th density... the fact that we are in 3rd density and they are in 4th. Now, I assumed that the same function could be true for STO individuals. It seems that many individuals who have come into this time period from the future, coming back into the past via the incarnational cycle so as not to violate free will, have carefully selected bodies with particular DNA, which they are, little by little, activating so that there 4th density selves, or higher, can manifest in this reality. Is it possible for those energies to manifest into such bodies which have been awakened or tuned in 3rd density?
A: STO tends to do the process within the natural flow of things. STS seeks to alter creation processes to fit their ends.
Q: This Top Secret document talks about many abductions being "ourselves from the future" who have come back to the past, or what is for us, the present, to abduct their own bodies to make genetic adjustments so that they can advance and not make the mistakes they made in another timeline. Is that, in fact, part of the scenario?
A: Very close to the truth!
Q: Can you abduct yourself in an STO manner and help yourself in this way? Can that be STO?
A: It is not, because that is not STO.
Q: So, when that is happening, and if it is happening, it is occurring in the STS parameter?
A: Yes.
Q: How do the STO manage?
A: They do not concern themselves with such things.
Q: Well, if the STS guys are genetically tweaking themselves to have some kind of different outcome for some reason that we do not perceive, don't you think there should be a balancing action on the STO side of some sort?
A: You are thinking in STS terms. But that is natural, since human 3rd density is STS.
Q: You say they don't concern themselves with that. What do STO individuals coming back from the future into the past concern themselves with?
A: Answering calls for assistance with knowledge.
Q: What do these STS individuals coming back into the past hope to do by genetically tweaking their ancestors? What happened that they want to have happen differently?
A: Infinite number of possible answers to that question.
Q: So, they are coming from all different timelines with all different kinds of agendas - all designed to serve themselves.

Naturally, this was also tied up with some sort of cataclysm that most people did not survive.


2/01/2007 09:08:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

sts = service to self like us

sto = service to others


2/01/2007 09:26:00 PM  
Blogger Syn Diesel said...

sounder said...

"IC, good luck on the Brian O’Leary connection; However I know a few things about the barriers that bright people construct, so my advice, don't hold out allot of hope."

sounder, care to share that insight? I ask because I'm wondering if it might help illuminate my experience at Catherine Austin Fitt's Solari web community - example: Where are the real Solari activists?

2/01/2007 09:30:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Sounder, can you please explain in detail the internal mechanism bright people use to construct barriers.

I never get close to the bright ones, because I will melt or burst into flames, but you seem to know alot.

Just being able to reflect is all I can do.


2/01/2007 09:46:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Soundie, on second thought perhaps you meant moats and tanktraps and them big flowerpots in front of office buidings, that sort of clever thing bright people came up with after the bombings.
Either way I want to know if I can make several internal and external as soon as possible.


2/01/2007 09:53:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...



2/01/2007 09:56:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Without hope then is there the struggle with jealousy, self-importance, and excuse making?

If I were a bishop and you asked me questions about the Bible, I'd probably want to shift the conversation to church politics. Because if you persisted with questions about the very reason why I am bishop, I would be hard pressed to expose why the life I live is contrary to the Bible. And the oaths, pledges, investment schemes, thefts, falsities, and ceremonies would be my authority, my right to represent the ancient texts. I would then lose hope in my God when a commoner is able to show me why I am a hypocrite because of this.

The Church hegemony saves me from all this. As a true Knight of Christ I would be filled with rage, and much anger when peasant believers rely on their Bibles for answers to the Bible. This makes me so angry I am able to gut, rip, burn, and murder with the purest fury.

After I am done meditating on this reality, I am always left with a wet spot in front of my pants. As I want to be buried as a royal lamb into the ground. Drifting away out of body floating higher away. How dare anyone believe in this Bible! Don't they know that I am the Bible.

Please Lord make them as I. My ways are contrary to your ways that's true. But I ask that you show these men how to be secure and masculine in their ways. To worry not over trivial matters and questions. To have undying faith in you my Lord. You are the most enabling. Please forgive me of my faults. For I am not perfect. I only ask that by your Will they change their ways. Change to be a man of God. A representative of Christ.

X a filthy wretched sinner

2/01/2007 10:17:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

I do not believe in sin, what a stupid concept.

Sin, means that I believe
I am already fucked
from the minute I am born.
Plus sex is BAD, EVIL and Sinful.
That include almost all pleasure, denty, deny, GET REAL!!

Anyway filthy old man
was that a joke or a lament?


2/01/2007 10:27:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

If I am denied pleasure,first of all I get angry and make typos.

Ever get busted for smoking pot?

It sucks, I mean they look for weapons and come up with some bud, stupid bitch pig!!
The cops work for the PTB because smoking weed can open you up psychically.

I recommend you do the
Question Authority,
Think for yourself
mantra till you die,

2/01/2007 10:33:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Finest Nepalese hand rubbed Hashish

This is the type of hash that legends are made of. The shiny skin oozes with such a high oil content, you’d think it was a Bubble-ator hash! These pieces are gooey and gorgeous. Rolled into tiny thin strips, it bends easily before breaking to show its gorgeous structured interior. As you see, from the photos at right, the gear was prepared in kilo-blocks with the authentic and colourful “stamped” package.

Hash Plant Haze13 x Lavender & Silver Haze, 80% Indica, 20% Sativa
Look: These solid green nuggets are mainly light yellow, with a heap of crystals. Take a close look at these leaves; they are absolutely covered with fat crystals. It breaks up “velvety” between your fingers and you don’t have to use a grinder which means that the cure is spot-on. Look at the photo and you can see this one is so ripely cured it’s nearly begging for a toke.
Smell: The scent is softly metallic and very slightly cat-piss. It is this “cellar-scent” which makes my mouth water slightly as I anticipate the huge inhale. Sick innit???
Taste: The vapour taste is icy-cold on the inhale because of all the resin. You can barely get half a hit before you are already trying to exhale from the expansion! It nearly explodes out of your mouth as you exhale…

Effects: You can NOT get through a half joint of this without having to set it (or yourself if you’ve been on the piss) DOWN. At first, I was visually impaired enough to make sure I wasn’t going anywhere for awhile after a few hits…You feel completely high in the top of your dome like your head is as heavy a huge pumpkin.

Wow call me pumpkinhead,

2/01/2007 10:39:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Getting Stoned is always a good idea before sex!!

Imported hash, Moroccan Pollen.

This is dark and nearly rock hard. The outer skin is actually barely darker than the centre. If you look closely, you will still see a layered structure but it is very compacted, indicating a hard press. You need a strong thumbnail to tackle breaking this gear up, but once it gets a little warm, it starts chipping away with the consistency of a chocolate Milk Dud candy.
Smell: The smell of this is chocolatey with a bit of a “smoke” scent that comes in between a light peppermint overtone. As it burns, you can not miss the clouds of smoke that linger around the room. Fantastic.
Taste: The flavour is REALLY heavy. It literally “coats” your throat. It “tingles” as it goes down! We were enjoying a night out and a few drinks and I must say how much I enjoyed an ice cold beer with a pre-dinner joint of this. Pleasurable indeed.
Effects: The FX are really smooth and settling. You just feel like easing back into a soft sofa and casually observing things around you; in my case, I lit up a spliff at the Supper Club while we enjoyed a dinner with some colleagues from work. The lights on the wall dimmed off and on and stirred a feeling of simple bliss within me.
Overall: Nice hash from Barney’s; it is not as “pretty” as some of the other entries with regard to its structure and cuts; however, it more than makes up for its looks with a gorgeous flavour and strong, although still “calming” FX.

Take your next flight to Amsterdam,
Smokers Guide

why is this illegal?

Get high,

2/01/2007 10:45:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Actually in Holland softdrugs are technically illegal, though they have a policy of tolerance.
The US pressures this small country home of the VOC by the way.
Not much has changed but the new scanners in the airports have stopped the Jewish mafia's smuggling of xtc to the US from europe.
So the labs to make are here in the Americas now.


2/01/2007 10:52:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Some people use Holland as an example and say that it is a drug economy, that it needs the cash flow and like a junkie cannot live without it.

Really the same goes for the Americas too, the underground economies and the subsequent money laundering/Banking links need each other to exist.
If they would pull the carpet out it will not be in their best interest.



2/01/2007 11:03:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Surreal Panic In BOSTON

In court Thursday, prosecutors calmly outlined why two young marketers were charged under a terror statute when they only intended to promote a cable TV cartoon, not "flip the bird" at the city.

"The broad intent was to draw attention to a new movie that was coming out. Guerrilla marketing, it is called," Assistant Attorney General John Grossman told the court.

"While that may have been the broad intent, it's clear that placing a bomblike device at that location would be to create fear, unrest, that there was a bomb located at that location," he continued.

The courtroom calm was a far cry from the response to the ad campaign by Boston residents -- fear, concern, traffic tie-ups -- and the officials of Boston -- outrage, anger and an intent to prosecute.

Two questions were not asked in court yesterday but were the talk of many media observers, including our own.

Where but Boston could one make a national chowder of guerrilla ads, police responses, the use of the word "hoax" and the immediacy of cable TV?

And when but now could the world of Internet bloggers offer the early advice that the "suspicious" devices were part of a Cartoon Network ad campaign, even as the network's sister media outlet CNN was declaiming the fear that the apparent bomb hoax was causing in Boston?

Here is how events unfolded:

A first "device" was spotted at a subway by a passerby during the morning rush.

Transit police "disarmed" it, and then local and national news media reported it.

In the words of Assistant Attorney General Grossman, "What happened was a passerby notified an MBTA inspector that they noticed a device...The MBTA inspector noticed the wires and the duct tape-wrapped package and did the right thing and notified MBTA police."

Those cops decided the device looked like a bomb, and rather than take chances, they "disarmed" it with a controlled blast.

"This device looked like a bomb...there was a circuit board, running to a possible explosive material, wrapped to duct tape, with the appearance of C4 or something wrapped in duct tape. The power source could have been one battery and explosive, or even a watch battery. It had the appearance of an explosive with a wire coming out of it. It was very possibly a bomb," Grossman said.

But soon after, according to City of Boston police, bomb technicians knew they were dealing with a "prank," meaning a stunt of some kind, and not a "hoax," which to cops means a device intentionally made to look like a bomb.

Still the media and then the governor of Massachusetts said it was "a hoax," and before one could say "Osama bin Laden," fear was in the air in the commonwealth.

By 1:00 p.m., when callers alerted officials to four more "devices" on bridges, at a busy intersection and near a hospital, Boston officials were in high gear. State police bomb techs, FBI counterterrorism experts and political officials all were grappling with what they had. The judge and prosecutor calmly discussed this on Thursday:

"The device in question is a box, 18-by-18 inches, several inches thick. On the top portion, made from a LiteBrite toy, is a light that emits light. There is a cartoon-like figure making an obscene gesture facing outward. Colloquially, he is flipping the bird, your honor," Grossman said.

"That's what the finger is?" Judge Paul K. Leary asked.

"Exactly," Grossman answered.

Boston_pranks_ap_070201_nr Does that sound like the work of bomb hoaxers? Members of the federal law enforcement community by mid-afternoon Wednesday had reached the conclusion that it didn't and issued a bulletin stating the devices were possibly the work of "pranksters" or a publicity stunt to promote a movie.

This was roughly the time when Turner Broadcasting decided to fess up, and early enough for officials perhaps to be a bit more careful with their words in a late afternoon press conference, where anger was the mood, and "pranksters" were not on the agenda.

All in all, it was a frustrating day, law enforcement officials concede.

Police and firefighters forced to respond as if the devices were real -- they get no choice in these matters -- wound up tying up traffic and feeding the media hype when television broadcast images of the cops and firefighters at work.

Turner Broadcasting, for its part, did not come clean publicly until late in the day, which raised skeptical eyebrows given the commercial interests at stake.

By that point, police were well on their way to charging two young marketers: the men who appeared today in court, where it was noted by the prosecution that the two "pranksters" were not the instigators of the campaign.

"We're not unaware of the fact that the defendants are not at the top of the hierarchy here," Massachusetts Assistant Attorney General John Grossman told the court.

Arrested were Sean Stevens, 28, and Peter Berdovsky, 27, and charged with placing a hoax device and disorderly conduct. They were both released on a $2,500 bond each.

Before their arrests, the men spent Wednesday evening helping police locate the rest of the devices.

And, in a worlds-collide sequence, while one America was chasing potential bombs, the world of bloggers was already explaining the campaign to the Internet savvy.

As to why other cities did not react, or overreact like Boston, well, it appears most did not know the devices were in their cities until after Turner fessed up, and federal officials from Boston circulated a list of locations through intelligence channels.


2/01/2007 11:13:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


What is your take on Fitts and Solari? I can't quite get a grip on what her central premise is. Any thoughts?


More and more I think you have been sent here from the future, sent back by the Federation to teach us good manners and tolerance for disparate beliefs. Either that or you don't drink coffee.

Are you this equable in traffic?


When I mentioned the new Cormac McCarthy book, I meant to say "and under no circumstances should Jeff read this book."

I got suicidally depressed just reading the reviews.

Probably what got to me was the doomed father, trying to get his son to safety by walking south, towards warmer climate, through a dead and desperate post-Apocalypse America.

It has been my unfortunate lot to learn, after several wasted years, that apocalypse study, while initially fascinating and (yes, let's be honest) fun, soon proves itself fruitless. After becoming too ensconced, once upon a time, by Y2K, as well as quirky Marian Catholicism, I've learned to ignore the Chicken Littles, who always are with us.

But someday the Chicken Littles are going to be right, right? Sure, someday ... but that's the catch that allows the hucksters, who cling to apocalypse culture like flies on offal, to huck their crap: there's always a new wave of suckers surfing in on the threatening tide.

We are guided on a daily basis by our media masters through a fog of fear. We mentally compound all the reports of global warming with those of possible comet hits and Bush's madness and disease alerts and crime stories until our heads should explode, if we were normal. But through incremental acclimatization, we become used to living in this miasma of anxiety, and slowly the mass of men, on some level, think that there must be something to it.

But compare our situation with that of a medieval European, faced with oncoming Attila (who was so feared that even the Visigoths fled in terror--that's pretty fucking fearsome). Despite any trepidations I have about the U.S. ecomedy, I mean economy, and Cheney's mad grab at Iran, I still would not exchange situations.

Mutatis mutandis, as we used to say.

Rome is always falling (and I say that, as always, with a nod to PKD's "the Empire never ended" motif). The Terror lies always before us, according to our media programmers. It truly is a matter of waking up, of "jamming their signal," of rejecting their illusions and seeing their lies for what they are.


At all. Unless you understand perfectly that all of it, to varying degrees, is propaganda.

The "news" 100%.

I would advise not watching TV news at all. Even if you think you can resist its influence, even if you can state as an objective fact that it is all propaganda, still, it will influence you.

It will effect your limbic system.

It is more powerful than we will ever realize.

It has killed the mass mind.

It has made the millions mad with fear.

A comet is not going to hit the earth. A plague is not going to kill us. No one living today in the West is in imminent danger due to global warming.

We are in danger from a fractured political system. That has nothing to do with biblical prophecy, but everything to do with straight-up power politics and financial Machiavellianism.

It has to do, specifically, with extremely wealthy bankers who create wars and ruin currencies, creating financial crisis.

It has nothing to do with New Age bullshit, with "negative spirituality" or fucking polar bears stranded on ice floes.

It has nothing to do with a putative holographic universe.

It has to do with society being controlled by expert handlers, themselves working in league with an elite financial cabal.

Through television, and to a lesser extent print media, they control the mass mind.

They tell you lots of things to be afraid of.

But they never tell you to be afraid of elite financial manipulation.

Why is that?

The Caligulas, too, are always with us.

But this time they beam their madness straight into our skulls.


2/01/2007 11:16:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Ha. I forgot to mention one interesting historical tidbit about the U.S. Civil War. It's Russian history so you can consider this comic relief.

Guess how Lincoln paid for the private (and illegal) hiring of the Russian imperial navy as a mercenary threat to save the United States from British and French encroachment?

Alaska. Purchased from the Russians by Lincoln's Secretary of State, Seward. Alaska: territorial moneylaundering. They called it "Seward's Icebox" because from the U.S. press it seemed a silly and out of the way purchase without any provocation, almost like a whim. However, in the purchase price the Russian Czar got paid: However, it's written a bit differently for public consumption, as you can see:

"The news of the British North America Act, 1867, was nervously received in Washington, DC. It would create, on July 1, 1867, "one dominion under the name of Canada", and this led to expressions of "grave misgivings on the establishment of a monarchical state to the north" in what Canadians then called "the republic to the south". (See McNaughton's Short History of Canada.) U.S. Secretary of State William Seward thus urged, and the United States Senate thus approved, the treaty authorizing the purchase of Alaska from Imperial Russia for US$7,200,000 on April 9, 1867. The United States took possession and the American flag was raised over Alaska on October 18...

..and the Czar mercenary was paid in full. For the full story, read Epperson's The Unseen Hand.

Why would he be so kind to Lincoln, literally cutting a piece of his personal territory away, the Czar being supposedly the last autocrat in Europe?

That Czar had just freed all the serfs. He smiled kindly and considered himself in the league of Lincoln's abolitionist policy, on the other side of the world.

The result of this "Russian interference" independently in what was a brilliant set up to destroy the United States, frankly, was for Scottish Rite Masonic Grandmaster of the World, and ex-Confederate war criminal Albert Pike, to get very mad. So mad he started the KKK. So mad he wanted to plan out three world wars and get it right, stop pussyfooting around with one little country at a time.

It was supposedly Albert Pike that conceived of 'taking out Russia first' in his 'three world wars'. Sure enough, soon after the U.S. Civil War that spelt so much ignominy for Pike personally and politically, there was an 1866 assassination attempt. It fails.

After several more attempts, Czar Alexander II was assassinated in 1881, and the ball started rolling for Russian destabalization from outside.

Immediately after the U.S. Civil War, Czar Alexander II received an assassination attempt:

Alexander (Aleksandr) II Nikolaevich (born April 17, 1818 in Moscow; died March 13, 1881 in St. Petersburg) was the Tsar (Emperor) of Russia from March 2, 1855 until his assassination in 1881. He was also the Grand Duke of Finland.


In 1866 there was an attempt on his life in Petersburg by Dmitry Karakozov, the first Russian revolutionary to make an attempt on the life of a tsar.

Karakozov was born in the family of a minor nobleman in Kostroma. He studied at the Kazan University in 1861-1864 and at the Moscow State University in 1864-1866. In early 1866 he became a member of the "revolutionary wing" of the Ishutin Society, founded by his cousin Nikolai Ishutin in Moscow in 1863.

[His allegience to Pike's ideals of global world government are plain:] Nikolai Andreyevich Ishutin ((4.3(15).1840 - 1.5(17).1879) was one of the first Russian utopian socialists, who combined socialist propaganda among the people with conspiratorial and terrorist tactics.

The assassins were caught and hanged.

To commemorate Alexander's II narrow escape from death (that he referred to only as "the event of April 4, 1866"), a number of churches and chapels were built in many Russian cities.

[Take two, still fails.] On the morning of April 20, 1879, Alexander II was walking towards the Square of the Guards Staff and faced Alexander Soloviev, a 33 year-old former student. Having seen a revolver in his hands, the Tsar ran away; Soloviev fired five times but missed. He was sentenced to death and hanged on May 28. [Russian history is a lot like that...'Catherine the Great' was almost assassinated once, though she was so inebriated that she supposedly didn't understand what just occurred.]

The student acted on his own ["yet another lone nut taking down an autocrat, because he woke up on the wrong side of the samovar (under it) I guess], but other revolutionaries were keen to kill Alexander.

[Take three.] In December 1879, the Narodnaya Volya (People's Will), a radical revolutionary group, was formed to get it right. It was formed in August 1879, after Land and Liberty (Zemlya i volya) had split in two: Narodnaya Volya and Cherniy Peredel (Black repartition). (The word 'volya' means both 'will' and 'liberty' in Russian.) Its founders were "professional" (i.e., paid) revolutionaries who hoped to ignite a social revolution with destabalization and terrorism. They organised an explosion on the railway from Livadia to Moscow, but they missed the Tsar's train.

[Take four. Pike's getting mad.] Subsequently, on the evening of February 5, 1880 the same revolutionaries set off a charge under the dining room of the Winter Palace, right in the resting room of the guards a storey below.

The Tsar was not harmed as he was late to the supper [which is yet another argument proving Oscar Wilde's epigram that "punctuality is indeed the thief of time", as well more proof of the hobbling genius of Russia], and the explosion did not destroy the dining room either, although the floor was heavily damaged.

The explosion did, however, kill or harm 67 other people. [more genius of Russia.]

[Take five. No, this means it was it, instead of a break from the "surgical strike" of the "professional" revolutionaries.]
The Church of the Savior on Blood commemorates the spot where Alexander was assassinated.

After the last assassination attempt ["damn it, I swear it's starting to look like a pattern to me, let's start to crack down after the fourth failed attempt....first though, we drink!], Count Loris-Melikov was appointed the head of the Supreme Executive Commission and given extraordinary powers to fight the "professional" revolutionaries [with equally "professional" skill. The moment that the protection was finally heightened, they flub up and only THEN with added protection was the Czar assassinated. More genius of Russia.]

Loris-Melikov's proposals called for some form of [collassal political purchase of loyalty with a] parliamentary body, and the Emperor seemed to agree [though he was busy, let's do lunch, next week? year?]; these plans were never realized as on March 13 (March 1 Old Style), 1881 Alexander fell victim to an assassination plot.

While the tsar's carriage travelled along one of the central streets of St. Petersburg, near the Winter Palace [of all places, under heightened security], a bomb detonated, injuring several civilians.

[More genius of Russia. The Czar was fine.] Accounts claim that when Alexander got out of his bulletproof carriage (a gift from Napoleon III), he was hit by another suicide bomber, mortally wounded by an explosion of hand-made grenades and died a few hours after...[15 years from 1866].

Nikolai Kibalchich, Sophia Perovskaya, Nikolai Rysakov, Timofei Mikhailov, and Andrei Zhelyabov were all arrested and sentenced to death. Gesya Gelfman was sent to Siberia.

The Tsar was killed by Ignacy Hryniewiecki, a Pole from Bobrujsk (now Babruysk, Belarus), who died as well during the attack.

It has been theorized that it was a result of the Russification process, which constituted a complete ban on the Polish language in public places, schools, and offices, led to Hryniewiecki's resolve to assassinate Alexander II. Some resolve: He had attempted to assassinate the Tsar before, but didn't use a bomb, as he did not want to injure other people. In his first attempt, he didn't want to kill pedestrians; in his second he did not want to kill the Tsar's wife. [Probably one day he just had a headache. Or the sniffles and didn't want to catch cold assassinating anyone in his weakened wallflower state. The argument can be stated that the Russian autocracy lasted so long out of sheer ineptitude--on all sides.]

Unfortunately, the assassination also caused a great setback for the reform movement. One of Alexander II's last [endlessly postponed] ideas was to draft up plans for an elected parliament, or Duma, which were completed the day before he died but not yet released to the Russian people. [Perhaps someone didn't want the Czar to look good, and quickly arranged to do him in.]

The first action Alexander III did after his coronation was to tear up those plans.

A Duma would not come into fruition until 1905, by Alexander II's grandson, Nicholas II, who commissioned the Duma following other heavy pressure on the monarchy by the failed Russian Revolution of 1905 [which he, like his grandfather attempted to avoid through a parliamentary buyoff.]

I really do like the Russians, I really really do. Who needs "trains that run on time?". Dinner at set hours? Look what happens. See? The most important train, that was on time, getting to Russia was full of injected revolutionaries in WWI, like a track laid down with a long steel syringe right into Moscow.

2/01/2007 11:36:00 PM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...

Hey Oarwell!

Very funny--didn't you see me resort to sarcasm on the last thread? I even broke out the naughty word thesaurus in this thread when discussing Santorum's misappropriation of Tolkien's metaphor and the Corporate State's ridiculous "personhood." One day I might have fall back on even dealier literary devices. Maybe palindromes.

I will give you one clue (odd as it might sound) for my seeming calm: I've been living with constant, unrelenting pain for over a decade now. Amazing what that (and morphine) will do for clearing the mind of unnecessary entanglements...)


I'm not quite sure what you meant by this:

IC, good luck on the Brian O’Leary connection; However I know a few things about the barriers that bright people construct, so my advice, don't hold out allot of hope.

I'm going to guess, since you were very cryptic here, that you were referring to your warning about despair and hope being pointless, even melodramatic pursuits, but I'd also have to surmise that you didn't really check out much of those O' Leary links, 'cuz what he's talking about: a.) sounds a lot like your views on consciousness & the unitary principle, and, more importantly, b.) he's not talking in abstractions.

For example, if you follow the last link I provided, The Narrowing of the Energy Policy Debate and How We Must Transcend it, Brian gives a further link to something that's actually happening, right now, in many places the world over. It's called the Simultaneous Policy, and I'll let Brian explain it:

We must expand the debate to embrace the real answers. Fortunately, those answers do exist and need to be presented to the public. Our silence in this matter suggests a more insidious aspect of control in the exercise of power. "The most successful tyranny is not the one that uses force to assure uniformity but the one that removes the awareness of other possibilities", said Allan Bloom in The Closing of the American Mind.

Noam Chomsky stated the problem this way: "The smart way to keep people passive and obedient is to strictly limit the spectrum of acceptable opinion, but allow very lively debate within that spectrum - even encourage the more critical and dissident views. That gives people the sense there's free thinking going on, while all the time the presuppositions of the system are being reinforced by the limits put on the range of debate."

So what can we do? Re-Inheriting the Earth proposes the establishment of a global green democracy which would have jurisdiction over unbridled competition and growth of giant multinational corporations and their friends in politically high places. These forces of globalization and "free trade" encourage the very powerful to step into those countries that have the cheapest labor and most relaxed environmental standards in a vicious cycle of pollution and competitive stress. These unregulated actions make a mockery of authentic free trade which could deliver the needed goods and services for a green future.

I present in my book the case for the most urgent measures, ones upon which the preponderant number of citizens of the world would agree. Included would be the shift of public subsidies from polluting to clean enterprises, enforcing strict emissions standards, controlling the excesses of economic globalization, protecting workers, ending nuclear technologies and other weapons of mass destruction, and taxing international currency speculation for the relief of Third World debt and for the creation of new enterprises which would protect, restore and sustain the biosophere.

In order to do this job as quickly as possible, I have become aware of a brilliant idea proposed by John Bunzl in England. It is called the Simultaneous Policy. Under this plan, measures such as those listed in the previous paragraph would be adopted in principle by any individual, organization, city, state or nation that wishes to do it. (I am already on board as an adopter.) Meanwhile, business-as-usual would continue to prevail, so adoption would pose no immediate threat to existing policies. By the sheer force of attraction, the Simultaneous Policy would then be adopted by more and more nations, until every country has done so. At that moment, the new measures would be implemented simultaneously by each nation to enact the needed paradigm shift. Ideally, this would be the first step for global green democracy in action, without needing yet to establish the new governance structures themselves, which might take a longer time than we have to reverse the accelerating deterioration of life on the planet, as chronicled in my book.
The quest for new knowledge of our being is also a birthright which has been diverted to a mass culture that has arbitrarily separated church and state, has confused dogmatic religion with individual spritual transfomation, and has overlooked the enormous potential of a new science of consciousness. I have noticed that many leaders of the sustainability movement have not gone much further than our political, business and religious leaders have in understanding this point, and so are sometimes missing the full range of solutions and spiritual openings - sometimes called miracles. I'm sure some environmentalists will take issue with my attempts to bridge the gap between sustainability and greater truth. Yet my discussion is well-grounded in collective human experience and scientific study. These paradigm-breaking topics have been omitted in the debate by the same dynamics as the quest for clean energy.

Sounder, I don't dig this stuff up as a sort of panacea or a vehicle for my hope so that I don't have to bother thinking for myself or doing something with my own hands (unlike your carpenter's digits, mine are about useless now anyway), but so that I can contribute with what I do still have (those pieces of my mind that still function as Someone intended.) This does not mean I'm engaging in wishful thinking. See for yourself. Follow that Simultaneous Policy link and/or Brian's own link. The organization he started some years ago, the New Energy Movement, is independent now and growing far beyond what he ever imagined. It's got all kinds of projects, initiatives and an absolutely awesome collection of essays on topics from energy and consciousness to hands-on, grass-roots involvement.

The only thing he doesn't offer is false hope. I am quite curious as to what you meant about barriers, though, Sounder. A further clue?

2/02/2007 12:13:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Bush big asshore say chinese
BEIJING (Reuters) - President Bush should scrap his unilateral approach and respect religious diversity in his "war on terror" to resolve troubles in Iraq, a senior Chinese official said in comments published on Thursday.

Recent anti-war protests across the United States illustrated that the Iraq war was unjust, Ye Xiaowen, director of the State Bureau of Religious Affairs, wrote in the overseas edition of People's Daily, the mouthpiece of the ruling Communist Party, in rare public criticism of U.S. policy.

Ye's bureau oversees Christianity, Buddhism and Islam in the atheist country which only tolerates state-sanctioned religious institutions.

He criticized inflammatory terms such as "crusade" and "Islamic fascism" which Bush had used in the past when speaking of the fight against terrorism and Muslim militants.

"How can you link anti-terrorism with a particular religion?" Ye asked in a commentary headlined "Bush should reflect deeply".

Washington thought it could use Christian civilization to reform Islam but elections and the downfall of Saddam Hussein had transformed Iraq into a "meat grinder" that engulfed innocent lives instead of creating a haven for democracy, Ye added.

"Unilateralism and terrorism breed each other, fight each other, but neither can overcome the other," he wrote. "Terrorism cheats people under the disguise of religion. Why should unilateralism hijack religion as well?

"Amid the pains, can the U.S. try to abandon unilateralism and respect that differences can exist in harmony?" he asked.

China has backed Bush's "war on terror", but human rights groups say it has used that support to justify a wider crackdown on its Muslim Uighur minority characterized by arbitrary arrests, closed trials and executions.

Beijing has waged a campaign in the far-western region of Xinjiang against what it calls Islamic extremists and says Uighur militants are linked to a group agitating for an independent "East Turkestan".

In recent years, China has also promoted the idea that civilizations should co-exist and respect each others' differences, in part to counter Western attacks on its one-party rule and human rights record.


2/02/2007 12:17:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Since we all love satan, let it be known that I find it absurd that the abomination known as Xianity, responsible for murder and death galore, is allowed to define Satanism.
As Satanists, we cut ourselves loose from the blood-soaked death religion of Xianity. Who will Xianity murder next? Those that harass Satanists for their spiritual beliefs are fearful swine, ignorant of their own condition, rejoicing in their own spiritual stagnation.

Has Xianity destroyed enough spiritual Knowledge?

It will certainly try to destroy Satanism. But it will fail. Humanity is awakening.

Thanks to Xian hysteria, which periodically rears its ugly head, eagerly awaiting the next witch hunt, there are still many people infected with absurd notions about Satanic cults, etc.- some individuals actually suffer from paranoia and anxiety as a result of this fiction. These hysterical fools brood over the Satanic implications of murders that, in all likelihood, an Xian has committed. It is the Xian parent that goes insane, abusing, even murdering their own children, not the Satanist. And Xians are the ones committing suicide, not Spiritual Satanists. Catholic Priests are being exposed as pedophiles, not Satanists. Time for Xianity to look at the facts; to do some research. Time for re-education.

Exodus 22:18 Thou shalt not suffer a witch to live.

"YHVH" aka "Yaweh" "Jehova" is nothing more than a system of Jewish magick. "YHVH" known as the "tetragammaton" represents the four corners and elements, as does "INRI" along with the four gospels; these represent the four corners of magick and the four elements that are so important in any magickal working. "YHVH" is used extensively in (Jewish) magick. The Jews stole the Kabalah from the Egyptians and corrupted it. It is mainly chanted- "Yod Heh Vau Heh" in different combinations.

The Gentile people have been force fed Christianity in order to strip us of all knowledge and power. Those at the top play both sides against the middle. What this means is the enemy works from within both sides- each side bashing the other while they both move ahead. This is analogous to a cop who is heavily involved in an open and public anti-drug crusade and secretly sells and pushes drugs unbeknownst to his family and community.

Following the Roman sacking of the Temple of Solomon 70 CE, Christianity was invented by the Jews the best known is (Paul aka "Saul of Tarsus) so they could control the world using the ancient known powers of the mind and the soul. The Jews themselves know the Nazarene is a fictitious character based upon some 20 crucified heroes from Pagan pantheons. With the centuries of devout belief in this entity and the psychic energy poured into him through prayer, he has taken on a life of his own. See Thoughtforms. For example, Odin hung from a tree, Set was crucified on a furka, Buddha sat beneath the Bo (Boa- again the serpent) tree for enlightenment; the list goes on. Most of the character of the Nazarene was stolen from the Persian God "Mithra." In working a spell, it is always important a connection be made.

In the case of Christianity, all of the former Pagan (Gentile) Gods were bound and replaced with fictitious Jewish deities. The Hebrew Virgin Mary replaced Astaroth, the Hebrew Moses legend was stolen from Sargon (both were born in secrecy, left in a reed basket to float down the river and adopted by royalty), Hebrew Abraham was stolen from Hindu Brahma. "Brahma in Sanskrit means "many." The endless list goes on and on. See Exposing Christianity There isn't anything in the Christian religion that hasn't been stolen from Pagan religions pre-dating it from hundreds to thousands of years. The Pagan Gods, being a powerful racial memory in the minds of Gentiles were replaced with Hebrew characters to be slavishly obeyed and worshipped. This set the stage for immense power and control.

Christianity has always been nothing more than a tool to remove spiritual knowledge and power from the Gentile population and to keep us from our Gods, namely our True Creator God given the name Satan, which means "adversary/enemy" in Hebrew . Those Gentiles who were priests and leaders were tortured and put to death. The others who did not follow suffered the same lot and any Gentile even suspected of having ties to the old religions was labeled as a "heretic" and put to death. Of course, the Jews rant and holler concerning the Christian Church's persecution of their small communities during the Middle Ages, but this is the age old playing both sides against the middle and those Jews at the top could care less how many of their own they have to use. Tomás de Torquemada, First Grand Inquisitor of Spain was a Jew.

The Jews have had full control of the Catholic Church (original Christian Church) from the beginning. Most of the Catholic popes were of Jewish origins, such as the late John Paul II who was born of a Jewish mother (Katz) and recognized as a Jew by the Jewish orthodox. I was raised Catholic and I can remember the Jewish bishops such as the late Fulton J. Sheen (variation of 'sheeny') and other high ranking Catholic Clergy- looking back I can identify Jews and remember them vividly. Through the Catholic sacrament of confession, the Catholic clergy had everyone, namely the Gentile leaders and nobility over a barrel. They knew their deepest and darkest secrets.

The Catholic Church is the bulwark of Christianity. Since the Protestant reformation, the Jews have also gained control of these sects. The "World Council of Churches" is another example.

The Jews have had a vast pool of psychic energy from which to draw from. The Jews appointed themselves as "The Chosen of God," the star character of Christianity, the Nazarene is a Jew (and a powerful thoughtform), the Virgin Mary and her husband Joseph are Jews, the 12 apostles of the Nazarene (13 makes a coven- again stolen from the Ancient Pagan religions)- all Jews. In addition, all of the characters of the Old and New Testament were stolen from Gentile characters and replaced as the "Chosen" Jews.

So the average Christian Gentile, ignorant to the clandestine workings of the Jews and the occult, pours more and more psychic energy through devotion and prayer into this Jewish energy vortex and people wonder how this minority has most of the world's wealth and power. The Gentiles, namely the Christians have been under a very powerful spell for centuries.

They cut us off from our Gods, our traditions and our spiritual and religious heritage through mass murder, replacing our history with nothing but lies and through fear of the unknown since all Gentile knowledge was taken out of circulation.

Their angelic filth- most have names with the classic seven letters: Gabriel, Raphael, etc. These seven represent the seven chakras and were used to bind the Gentile Gods and make slaves of them using the "Goetia." The Goetic black books or "grimoires" all originated with the Jews, such as "The Key of Solomon," and "The Sacred Magic of Abramelin the Mage" and many more, (these can easily be found online, by typing their titles into a search engine) all originally written in Hebrew as most Gentiles cannot read Hebrew. All use the Hebrew symbols and chants and direct intense blasphemy against the Gentile Gods who have been turned into devils, demons and hideous monsters to be degraded. The Gentile Gods are no longer bound and some of those complacent prophesies slipped such as "Azazel being bound until the end of time." I can assure you he is now totally free.

Christianity goes in steps. Because it is fictitious, it is spiritually unreliable. Certain Christians have at times tapped into this energy vortex and obtained results. Prayer groups and such put forth psychic energy. Deluded Christians are told to "have faith." Having faith is necessary for any spell or directed working of the mind to succeed. With Christianity, it is hit and mostly misses. The few and far in-between hits keep the deluded believing, unknowing this is not any "miracle" but only the power of the mind. The end objective is atheism. The atheist believes in nothing and disregards anything "supernatural" or of the occult. He/she is a sitting duck just waiting to be manipulated by those who possess occult knowledge and power.

the dance of the sexy maenads

2/02/2007 12:29:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

IC, you should grow weed indoors to help you manage you pain which you endure every day, even if it is illegal you have a right much more than others, then you could use less morphine.It is easy to do.

Your mind is sharp and I assumed your body was too.

No reply needed but you should seriously consider it for pain management.

I hear they have an oral spray called sativex out now too.


2/02/2007 12:48:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Sativex is an oromucosal (mouth) spray developed by the UK company GW Pharmaceuticals for multiple sclerosis patients, who can use it to alleviate neuropathic pain and spasticity. Sativex is distinct from all other pharmaceutically produced cannabinoids currently available because it is derived from botanical material, rather than a solely synthetic process. Sativex is a pharmaceutical product standardised in composition, formulation, and dose. Its principal active cannabinoid components are the cannabinoids: tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD). The product is formulated as an oromucosal spray which is administered by spraying into the mouth. Each spray of Sativex delivers a fixed dose of 2.7mg THC and 2.5mg CBD.

Approved by Health Canada under a license with conditions (NOC/c) for prescription use in April 2005, Sativex is the world's first pharmaceutical prescription medicine derived from the cannabis plant. It is available in the UK as an unlicensed medicine imported from Canada to satisfy its prescription to individual patients. It is also available in Catalonia, Spain, for 600 patients suffering from multiple sclerosis and a number of other conditions under a compassionate access programme (130 of the patients will be people with multiple sclerosis, a further 130 will be patients with neuropathic pain arising from a range of medical conditions, 40 will be suffering from anorexia and malnutrition caused by AIDS, and the remaining 300 will be cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy and suffering from nausea and vomiting).

I you grow your own and make tinctures or you can eat it too.
You do not have to smoke it, buy a vaporizer instead.
Some of these new strains like the one I have listed above are narcotic in their effect, and give good relief from pain.


2/02/2007 01:17:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Luna said... Anyway filthy old man was that a joke or a lament?

Spin me back down the years and the days of my youth. Draw the lace and black curtains and shut out the whole truth. Spin me down the long ages: let them sing the song.

You have every right my lovely lady to injure older men. They do have a remarkable reputation for being exceptionally forgiving. Alas! But not through religion. Let me present my case to you cheerfully and modestly if you may allow it.
First of all you may have heard of me in Great Britain. I come from the blood derivation of the Bostock family name. My grandfather Gerald is known for his genius banter and prose.

The dainties and enjoyments of the rich men of the earth. The movers and shakers let me say most relish them. If you try to remove these things from them they get rather punitive. I say this not out of spite but as a matter of fact. This being their sin. Why? Well sin is not only limited to pleasure. Sin also means to err in judgement. When the Twin Towers came tumbling down the Americans rushed to judgement and blamed Bin Laden. This is their sin. So is the sin of the elites with their Global Economic Management System. They will be the witnesses of its failure. When this fails they will realize their sin. Their money system will not mean much. They do love their New World Order very much. You can say this is their pleasure or toy. The history books dictate that this will eventually fail. This failing is now delayed I believe.

I hope I am not completely injurious to your influence. Yes I have been busted and jailed for marijuana possession and I am not from England. This took place in Detroit, Michigan, USA. This was a while back but I cried like a baby when it happened. (Known by friends as a MACHOMAN) It did not stop me from enjoying its use though. There is no better inebriation in my opinion. All in moderation.

Errors in judgement are sins we have made and will make in the future. Our maturity we hope will lessen the degree of them. I'm sure that you can relate to this. Attack me not please over this. I do not need nor perversely crave being belittled because I said sin means error.

Religion may have taught society that sin means to have sex but religion hardly harps out the tune that men who are religious are the true sinners of the centuries past as well as the present times. Religious men also have a history of shedding seas of blood on our planet too.

X still a filthy and wretched sinner

You introduced me to my mind And left me wanting you and your kind

2/02/2007 01:42:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Hey, you have talent, not bad.
You made me smile and laugh.


2/02/2007 02:15:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

To dearest Luna. You are very much welcome.

Sincerely, an ex Detroiter, who would not be surprised if called Luno. I feel awkward sharing my real name because it seems unpopular to do that.

Take care

2/02/2007 02:37:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

I thought Flaming Carrot beat Satan for good some years ago. Or was it Screwball or maybe The Shoveler? Oh, well...

Let's discuss something relevant for a change, OK? I wanted to mention Paul Watzlawick's use of urban(e) Austrian folk wisdom in the phrase "the situation is hopeless, but not serious."

How many times has it been "the end of the world" since the beginning of the world?

I'll tell youse guys something else. Lean in, 'cause I'm gonna whisper it, and I'm only gonna whisper it once. If you string together all the words (like "nwgajjlv" or myxxptlk") that we have to enter in order to get our comments posted, you get a repository of wisdom that exceeds all others, even Satan. If you recite them all out loud near the top of your lungs at noon GMT to a gathering of 7 or more people, shit will happen. But you have to pronounce them exactly right.

2/02/2007 03:00:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Ya freakin' eedjit! It's "mxyzptlk". Dont'cha know anything?

By the way, I had to enter "ykprm" to post this. That was Satan's pet name for his 3rd testicle when he was a kid. If a woman even thinks that word, she goes lesbian in a big way. If she's already a lesbian, she becomes a guy. If Clint Eastwood thinks it, he goes full circle and becomes Boy George or maybe Quentin Crisp or Capote. But I digress and exaggerate.

[And please don't tell me I spelled "dont'cha" wrong. There is no right way or wrong way to spell a non-word.]

2/02/2007 03:14:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Gracious as the orb at night
Sometimes red to her delight
Ever present for the lonely lad
Shinning her love down for all she has
You are there for me tonight again
Your glow uneclipsed bright
If I should sail the sands
Hope may have it I'll be in your arms
Today, tommorrow, and forevermore
Kissed by your loving lips
That I shall not let go of
Together with you for all eternity
In happiness, bliss, peace, and serenity
Your face I always love


2/02/2007 03:26:00 AM  
Blogger Steve Talbert said...

Hope is ALWAYS a NEGATIVE emotion. It prevents one from taking action to make the change you know you need to but are 'hoping' for something easier.

People should not hope for anything. they either need to go after what they want or accept that which they can't control and figure out a way to get what you want anyway.

2/02/2007 03:31:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Aussie's are way off kilter
take Steve Irwin, I always hoped he would not get hurt, but knew the odds were not in favour of a man who teased and harassed animals for a living.
So it was with no surprise when I heard of his extremely sudden demise.
That a stingray made it clear it was not amused and the direct hit to the heart was poetic justice from the exploited animal world.


2/02/2007 03:50:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Here is some humor (Jehova's Witnesses) quotes from their material and the Watchtower and Awake! magazines:

1877- THE END OF THIS nearer than most men suppose * from the book: "Three Worlds and the Harvest of this World" Jehova's Witnesses and Prophetic Speculation; 1877

1889- In subsequent chapters we present proofs that the setting up of the Kingdom of God has already begun...And that the "battle of the great day of god almighty (revelation 16:14), which will end in A.D. 1914 with the complete overthrow of the earth's present rulership, is already commenced. [The 1915 edition of this book changed "A.D. 1914" to "A.D. 1915."] *from the book "The Time is at Hand; 1889

July 15th 1894- We see no reason for changing the futures- nor could we change them if we would. They are, we believe God's dates, not ours. But bear in mind that the end of 1914 is not the date for the beginning, but for the end of the time of trouble.

1904- The stress of the great time of trouble will be on us soon, somewhere between 1910 and 1912- culminating in the end of the "Times of the Gentiles," October 1914. *from the book "The New Creation" 1904

May 1st, 1914- There is absolutely no ground for bible students to question that the consummation of this gospel age is now even at the door...The great crisis...that will consume the ecclesiastical heavens and the social earth is very near. *Watchtower reprints

When the 1914 events did not occur, they were rescheduled for 1918-1925

The book "The Finished Mystery" Armageddon was to begin "in the spring of 1918" There was to be "worldwide all-embracing anarchy" in the "fall of 1920." The 1917 edition asserts that Revelation 11:13 would be fulfilled "early in 1918" ("the earthquake") and in the "fall of 1920" (the fire). The 1926 edition is again altered.

The Watchtower- Sept 1st, 1922: "The date 1925 is even more distinctly indicated by the scriptures because it is fixed by the law of God to Israel..."

Watchtower- April 1st, 1923: "Our thought is that 1925 is definitely settled by the scriptures."

So what happened when 1925 arrived??

Watchtower- Jan 1st 1925: "With great expectation, christians have looked foreward to this year. Many have been confidently expected that all members of the body of christ will be changed to heavenly glory during this year. This may be accomplished. It may not be. "

What happened at the end of 1925??

Watchtower- Sept 1925: "It is to be expected that Satan will try to inject into the minds of the consecrated the thought that 1925 should see an end of the work, and therefore it would be needless for them to do no more."

**All of a sudden Satan, not "god" is the one prophesying.

1930- "The great climax is at hand"

1931- "God's kingdom has begun to operate. His day of vengeance is here and Armageddon is at hand."

1933- "The overwhelming testamony of the prophesy and of the supporting facts shows the cleansing of the sanctuary has been accomplished and this indicates that Armageddon draws nigh.

1939- "The battle of the great day of God almighty is very near"

There were 44 more predictions; 42 from the Watchtower, from May 1940- April 1943.

Sept 1, 1944- "Armageddon is near at hand."

1946- (after WWII) "The disaster of at the door."

1950- "The March is on! Where? To the field of Armageddon for the 'war of the great day of God almighty.' "

1953- "Armageddon is so near at hand, it will strike the generation now living" *The year 1954 was thought by many witnesses to be "The Year."

1955- "It has become clear that the war of Armageddon is near its breaking out point."

1958- "When will Armageddon be fought? Jehova the great time keeper has scheduled Armageddon to come at the close of the "time of the end." That time is near. How hear?...No man knows the date but we know it will be very soon. How do we know it will be very soon? Because the time left for the Devil, now that christ has hurled the Devil down to earth, is called 'a short period of time' (revelation 12:12)

Awake! October 1968: Stated that "certain persons" had falsley predicted the end of the world, and what they lacked was "God's guidance."

*But now, supposedly, this false prophesying is over:

1971: They have "all the evidence" and that god is "guiding them." and "it is overwhelming." Now armageddon will occur in 1975.

1972: "In the mind of the average witness, there is no doubt that the 1975 date is correct."

1976 Watchtower: March 15th- "Reconciliation through God's mercy before Arnmageddon"

September 22nd- "a global disaster unparalleled in human history, is very near."

December 15th- "Hold on, the promise nears fulfiillment"

1979 Watchtower: June 15th- "A day of reckoning at hand"

Oct 15th "Take courage, the millineum is at hand"

November 1st- "Christian neutrality as God's war approaches."

A psychiatrist remarked that there is a psychiatric hospital they refer to as "the watchtower" as it is full of so many jehova's witnesses.


2/02/2007 03:54:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

MOOO, MOOO, says,

the laughing Cow

2/02/2007 03:56:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Global climate change is not only a physical phenomenon, an object of scientific study, and a catalyst for social change. It is also an "information phenomenon" - or as Walter Truett Anderson likes to call it, a "rumor." He and Don Michael are keenly interested in the way rumors, myths, and belief systems influence matters of governance, and they shed some much needed light on the potential for abuse (or at least distortion) of information about global climate change. Their insights will help us keep our eyes wide open as we face the challenges ahead.

Walter Truett Anderson's most recent book is To Govern Evolution, a fascinating explanation of humanity's (mostly unacknowledged) assumption of control over the Earth and its living systems. Donald N. Michael is an Emeritus Professor of Planning and Public Policy at the University of Michigan and a member of the Club of Rome. Guest Editor Bill Prescott spoke with them in San Francisco this past spring.

Bill: Once a year, both of you go to Esalen to participate in a small invitational meeting to discuss issues of governance. What kinds of subjects have you discussed in the past, and how did that lead to your addressing the issue of global climate change?

Don: The persistent question for us has been this: By what kinds of governance processes can humans be reliable to one another? Given that there's a big thrust for autonomy and a general perception of independence in the face of growing interdependence, how do we organize these two ways of being in the world?

Our group does not start out with the presumption that we know what to do and the trick is to get it done. Our question is, how do we need to understand this? That leads us into questions about language; mythology; the psychodynamics of behavior in the face of power; group process and social change, and our ignorance about these things; and belief systems that are either compatible or incompatible with an interdependent world. How do we think afresh and anew about these matters?

Walt: Two years ago we worked around the theme of "The Noble Lie," as described in Plato's Republic: Socrates proposes a "noble lie" to provide the guardians of the republic with a sense of unity they might not otherwise have. We looked at the phenomenon of people fabricating reality for political purposes - building myths and telling stories - and we looked at the dynamic of the noble lie and at noble lies past and present.

The myth of Gaia, which people are desperately trying to manufacture and sell in the United States right now, is a classic example of the noble lie. The calculus of the noble lie is, essentially, "If people believe x, then they will do y." In other words, if people are persuaded that such-and-such is true, then they will behave in a way that will produce desirable results.

I believe that this calculus is fallacious on two points. One is that it assumes that it's possible to persuade everybody of the truth of the myth you want to sell, and two that they will behave in the prescribed manner - which ain't necessarily so. It's a very dubious process, but at the same time it's obviously a large part of what goes on in the world, especially at times when people perceive the need to restructure realities and behavior patterns on a large scale.

Don: There's an effort on the part of members of Congress and the environmental community to make depletion of the ozone layer and global climate change a new noble lie around which to restructure policy, at least, and civilization, at best, in their own image.

Walt: At last year's Esalen meeting we talked about the greenhouse effect, and we observed that one of the ways people react to such a rumor - and I think it's best described that way - is to say "Yippee! Let's use it!" A friend of mine sent me an interesting paper about socialism that basically said, "We can see that socialism is in big trouble, so let's use the greenhouse effect issue to save socialism from falling on its ass."

As soon as the issue began to move into big-time press coverage, here came the atomic energy people saying, "It's time to get back to nuclear power!" And then here came the solar energy people saying, "Let's crank up solar again and get back to the soft path!" Now, we might be inclined to cheer on some of these positions more than others. But you can't help noticing that the first thing a lot of people say is, "How can I co-opt this thing and use it for my purposes?"

Don: That kind of dynamic is what we've been struggling to understand over these last eight years of meetings at Esalen. We don't start with preconceptions about how government should be, though it's clearly got to be different. But what is the context? What circumstances can provide us with guidance for inventing alternative modes of governance that are appropriate to a world that is increasingly complex, increasingly turbulent, and therefore increasingly uncertain? The greenhouse phenomenon is a new source of uncertainty. It's also a new occasion for people to ride their horse for altruism - as well as for exploitation to operate. Often those two things operate together.

Walt: The cult phenomenon, for example, is a form of exploitation that frequently comes wearing robes of altruism. And there are other human agendas which we simply don't normally recognize as political - things like the need for power, the desire to get into the act and to be taken seriously. These are tremendous drives for which people will go to great lengths, but they are also sources of corruption just as much as the things that we're more conventionally inclined to recognize.

Don: So this group at Esalen is a question-asking group. We're trying to learn how to think about these issues.

Walt: When we came to the greenhouse effect issue this year, we made it clear that we would be talking not about an "event," but an information phenomenon. I described it as a "rumor." Call it whatever you want, but it's information that comes into the world and enters the public dialogue. As soon as information appears, people make it into stories - that's the process by which both personal and public cognition operates.

Bill: Are these speculative stories about the future?

Walt: Yes, but also stories about where the greenhouse effect came from, and who caused it - stories that give meaning to information. For example, there seems to be a fairly strong scientific consensus about the build-up of CO2, but a very weak consensus about what that means. There are very imprecise scenarios and many tremendous arguments, ranging all the way from predictions of cooling to warming.

But that in itself is central to the governance issue, because the management of information has become utterly central to our politics and our survival. We're presented with information that's incomplete, but it does not seem prudent to wait around until it's fully complete before we act on it. We probably have to act on the basis of incomplete information. In fact, incomplete information is the only kind there is. That's what I sometimes call "Anderson's Iron Law of Information" - all information is incomplete, including this statement.

That confounds our mythic notions about what science and governance ought to be. We think science ought to give us complete information, and governance ought to take that information and do the logical thing on the basis of it. Instead we have this skimpy data that everybody's running around interpreting in different directions. There are what seem to be some overriding probabilities; but I come from Nevada, and the odds they're talking about ain't too hot as odds go.

Still here we are, probably required to bring about global cooperation of an unprecedented scale in a fairly short period of time, on the basis of very incomplete information.

Don: Secondly, we won't know if the actions we take are right or wrong for a long time to come. Thirdly, those actions have costs as well as benefits. And fourthly, there's enough information for any particular vested interest - whether it's the Gaians or the people interested in free markets - to make a case.

Bill: There's enough information to make everybody's propagandist very happy.

Don: Right. Add finally that in an increasingly confusing world, there are an awful lot of people who want answers. They'll glom onto one case or another as a way of finding psychological comfort, even though it's only a partial picture.

Also, the models of climate change that exist now are global models. But the consequences of climate change are not global, they're regional - more rain here, less rain there - and regional models are not going to be available for a long time, if ever. So that means we'll be going on hunches and making tradeoffs on costs and benefits before we know what's going to happen. And values systems - in terms of saving lives, exports and imports, or what weather is tolerable - are very different across cultures, and even between regions here in the U.S.

So I think it's safe to say that in terms of governance, this is an unprecedentedly complex and difficult issue. It will make the arms control negotiations look like babies' play.

Bill: Do you expect a desire for more information on the part of policymakers and the public? Or the suppression of certain information that makes possible a single, coherent myth?

Don: Both. The desire for more information has at least two uses: one is a way of postponing unwanted action - "We have to do another study," as Reagan said about acid rain. The other is more genuine, to help decide among options. Then there's another group that says, "We can't wait for more information, we've got to act now!"

Walt: There are certainties amidst the uncertainties, because there are processes in motion with such inertia that you know they will continue into the future. One of them is the escalation of information and information-seeking mechanisms, both technological and organizational, aimed specifically toward finding out more about the condition of the biosphere. The "rumor" about the greenhouse effect has geared people up to do all kinds of studies, so you can be sure that we're going to have a lot more data, and hopefully some more coherent data.

Now, what will people do with it? As I said before, people will assemble stories, because that's what the brain always does with information. And in many cases, especially if the information looks pretty bad, people will set up denial mechanisms. A lot of people are doing that right now. I know people who say, "The damned environmentalists were trying to sell us this thing, but now there are conflicting stories."

Don: And another one is, "We won't have to worry about that. Technology will take care of it."

Walt: Whenever you get into a conversation about this kind of issue, people start asking, "What should we do?" The question immediately arises, who is "we?"

Bill: It seems that you're looking at all these changes and asking a basic question: "What is the world, and what is our relationship with the world?" It's the kind of question that global climate change will rub in everyone's faces for the next century or so, to the point that a very different definition of the self and the world emerges.

Walt: Yes. The world culture - or the "world," whatever that is - is just being created in a sense. And it's obviously being created out of chaos, just as it was the first time around!

Something that is going to happen is unprecedented global cooperation, as well as efforts toward global governance. Some of those efforts will probably fail - some will undoubtedly fail - and hopefully some will succeed. Governance is no longer, as we thought just a decade ago, primarily about peacemaking between East and West, or between different models of global development. The major theme for governance in our time is the management of the biosphere. That new set of conditions is one of the things that can be predicted, if you will, as part of a larger scene that is by definition unpredictable.

Don: One thing you can't predict is whether the model of global governance that emerges is one that we will enjoy and think of as benign and participatory. My guess is quite the contrary: the management of the biosphere calls for an increasing amount of regulation, and that has implications for jobs, work, lifestyles, mobility and so on. You can't jump to the conclusion that global governance will fit the millennial aspirations of people who see the greenhouse crisis as leading to a more collaborative, friendlier world. It might and it might not.

Bill: Technology is often implicated as both the root of our environmental problems and as our one hope for salvation. Some people who previously were techno-believers now view it with distrust, while at the same time many environmentalist Luddites have recanted and acknowledged technology's value. What role do you see for technology in responding to our situation?

Walt: Some of the things that once looked to me like great ideological pivots - like being down on technology, which was part of my life as an environmentalist for some decades - now seem rather stupid, frankly. I see as much hope in technology and in science as I do in myth-making. I find great beauty in a lot of it. Much of what makes me glad to be human is that endless capacity of people to keep diving into more understanding of the cosmos.

When you have a problem, you use the best things in your tool box to deal with it. You don't look in your tool box and say, "When was that tool invented? Is that a new tool, or a good old-fashioned humanistic tool?" You just use the damn thing, and it may not even be the right choice. I'm not saying we're simply going to fix up the world with technology. Equally obviously, there is no "we" - outside of isolated patches of northern California - that is going to draw the line at a certain level of technological development. People are going to throw the book at this problem.

Don: But as we throw more technology at these issues, there will be secondary and tertiary effects - which is what the greenhouse effect is, in a sense. We might be able to speculate about them, but we can't control all of these effects. These unanticipated planetary consequences provide opportunities and problems at a rate and magnitude which makes it impossible for governments, as presently comprised, to keep up. But that's not going to stop anybody from using technology.

Walt: And that does not mean that you cannot or should not regulate it, nor that you cannot be learning all the time about your tools. The complexity and even the degree of change is not something to become despondent about. It certainly calls for letting go of some older ways of conceptualizing, but we've done that before.

Don: What this emphasizes is the importance of learning. We have to learn about what we're doing in our world, and that means doing things like creating oversight organizations both in and out of government, watching what's happening, anticipating the outcome, then using that knowledge to make changes much more self-consiously and vigorously than we have before. It also means developing a very different set of criteria for how public figures perform. Instead of acting as if they know the answers and never make mistakes, they're going to have to acknowledge where the uncertainties lie and where the errors are in what we've done.

Bill: Groups like Earth First! and others seem to take a "no more human intervention" stance - no more industrial development or driving automobiles, for instance. They believe we just have to leave nature alone to let it recuperate. Could you both comment on that?

Walt: First, there is no such thing as "nature." Nature is a word that has entirely different meanings for people in different cultures. It doesn't exist at all in some, and it's more or less equated with "God" in others. For a long time people in the Western world have tried to push other people around by citing the authority of God or claiming to be spokespersons for God. People are still doing that, but nowadays some people are claiming to be spokespersons for nature, and they all claim superior authority and morality to tell other people what to do.

As far as managing or interfering in biological processes is concerned, we don't know how not to do that. If we don't do that, we don't live. There is not a single Earth First!er in the world who is not participating in the management of ecosystems. You do not create a wilderness area in a world with six billion people except by drawing boundaries, getting political consensus that it's a wilderness area, and throwing people the hell out of it when they don't do what you want them to do.

What the issue boils down to is different approaches to the management of ecosystems, different political opinions. And that's fine with me. The world is full of different ideas about everything. But a management system that doesn't even know it's a management system, and that thinks it's a spokesperson for nature, is in such bad shape to begin with that it's hardly able to play the game. Of course it will play the game, but there won't be "non-intervention in nature." There won't be a bioregional world.

Bill: Especially if global climate change makes the boundaries and contents of bioregions shift every decade or two.

Walt: I ask bioregionalists, "What are you going to do when people are starving to death and moving from one place to another?" They start talking about managing the boundaries. But those concepts of bioregionalism - the purity of ecosystems, the purity of species - have no more inherent moral value than the concept of the purity of races. They are gross attempts to impose an ideological framework on what nature really is - which is everything - and that always leads to gross injustices.

Don: This is one of the preoccupations of our governance group: the reification of terminology and ideas. Terms like "nature" and "animal rights" don't have an independent existence "out there." Our language, our ideology, or our particular subculture projects them out there. But then they become reified - perceived as independently real - and treated by their advocates as "The Truth." It's always seemed strange to me, for example, to exclude from "nature" one of the products of nature, a particularly important product of nature, namely us. You could make the argument that what we're doing is perfectly natural.

Bill: What we're doing to the planet is what evolution intended?

Don: If you want to assume evolution has an intention.

Walt: There's a kind of moral narcissism that's particularly evident, I think, among prosperous and educated people in the Western world. They want to be good people and to be perceived as kindly and non-destroying, and they're so pampered by culture and the system that they begin to persuade themselves of the ultimate human foolishness - which is that they can exist without causing any discomfort for any other living thing.

That takes a supreme lack of awareness. Your organism is part of a process that manages ecosystems, cuts down forests and fields, and displaces animals from their habitats so that somebody can grow cotton and you can wear it and keep warm. People cut off all of that. They think of themselves as gentle creatures who don't interfere with nature or anybody - and then they project all power somewhere else.

I urge people to read Rollo May's book Power and Innocence, in which he talks about the dynamic of pseudo-innocence. People often manipulate and destroy other individuals by denying that they have any power. That same sort of pseudo-innocence is possible in our society, and it is part of the psychological dynamic at the root of the Earth First! movement.

Don: Another part of the problem is that our mode of education has not taught people to perceive systems. We've been taught "either/or," simple cause and effect. But this is a long-range, systemic, circular, feedback world. Add that to the denial processes, and you've got a population - including people in decision-making positions - that's incompetent for engaging these issues with the sophistication they require. It's a very worrisome business.

Walt: But to strike a more optimistic note, societies are capable of shifting gears rather quickly on occasion. The example I often use is World War II, when the United States reconstructed its industrial base and, although this is less frequently pointed out, actually reconstructed its culture in a lot of ways.

Bill: It took on a different persona in relationship to the world.

Don: And there is also the spectacular example of Europe - out of two wars - becoming more and more of a community. It may take that kind of upset to produce rapid change at this late date.

Bill: So responding to global climate change is not only the social equivalent of war, because of the level of cooperation and internal change needed; it's also the structural equivalent of war, because of the infrastructure required to implement the change. And in order for people to understand it, we have to understand general systems theory and holistic thinking, because any other understanding of it is so inadequate that it won't work.

Walt: If people don't grasp that fairly soon, they will be plunged into depths of despair. Despair can be productive to a point, but beyond that it produces tremendous problems both individually and socially.

Bill: I think that's why people want to build myths - to save themselves from despair. Have you concluded in your group that the process of myth-making about global climate change, while obviously dangerous in part, is morally justifiable in order to build a better world?

Walt: Socrates and his friends sat around and talked about creating a myth. They were pretty smart cookies, but they didn't manage to do it. People are still sitting around and talking about it. I don't think anybody can deliberately create a global culture - in a sense we already have one. We're not going to cook up a Gaia myth and have six billion people in the world say "Gee whiz, I sure do like that myth. I guess I'll put it on, even though I don't particularly believe it."

That's another problem. We don't kid ourselves about creating myths. We know they're myths. That's different from the kinds of belief experiences people had in the past.

Bill: But how common is that? There are people who are terribly invested in these competing new myths.

Walt: Not only has there been a breakdown of belief systems, there has also been a breakdown of belief about beliefs. People have noticed an awful lot of different realities around, and even though only a limited number of people are highly sophisticated about it, we are in fact in the postmodern world. And in that world there is tremendous pluralism, as well as tremendous differences in the beliefs and realities and value systems that people hold.

There is even a pluralism of ways of having beliefs and values. Some people seem to hold them pretty tenaciously, and some people barely seem to hold them at all - as though they were saying, "This is just something I'm wearing today, like a Hawaiian shirt."

In the same way, as Don says, for better or worse we have moved into a world of great complexity - of ecological/governance/economic interactions. And all these things are very much in motion. The situation does not reduce itself to any of the New Age stories about new paradigms and transformations. It's a lot trickier than that. It's capable of being understood to some extent, but it doesn't lend itself to the ready manufacture and universal adoption of something that would fit our definitions of a myth or belief system.

Don: That doesn't mean there aren't local groupings who intensely believe what they believe. These different grabs at reality become intensified as people find less and less they can hang onto. You can see process, but not the megatrend or new paradigm that people talk about.

Bill: If you are objective enough to see all of these different trends and complex interactions - and at the same time you understand how serious global climate change is - what path do you take as an individual in the world? What gives you cause for hope?

Walt: For me it starts with working out a code of ethics for myself that involves continually reexamining who I am, what I know, and what I'm prepared to say I don't know. It also has to do with finding a way of being human that is continually changing - that doesn't have to be grounded in an ideology or tradition. It has to do with how one thinks of oneself and experiences oneself, and it begins to take on an almost spiritual sense.

I find that the emotional quality of my life, as a parent and long-time environmentalist, is that of an essentially hopeful and optimistic person who's aware of being on the brink of ... I started to say despair, but it's deeper than that. I remember being on a California beach a few months ago, watching people out on Sunday, doing Sunday things. I felt tears coming up just because it was so lovely and so peaceful, and I so much hope that people can continue doing those things, and I have fears that that may not be the case.

At the same time, especially looking at my son growing up in this world, I have more intangible feelings of great optimism because of the possibility for seizing wisdom and purpose in the midst of this crisis.

Don: I would make one distinction which may be useful for your readers: I am hopeful. I wouldn't be doing what I'm doing if I weren't hopeful. But I am not optimistic. Optimism is a general purpose way of viewing the world, whereas being hopeful is seeing the world with a recognition of how hard it will be to get from here to there. I hope we can do it, and if I didn't think it was possible, I wouldn't be hopeful.

In order for me to be hopeful, I also hope that the appropriate people in the appropriate places can be learners - that means being open, experimental, humble about the answers and the questions, able to be committed but also able to change.

Walt: And I hope people will cultivate themselves and back off from some of those self-righteous environmental ideologies. They are, I think, dangerous both morally and politically.

Bill: I get nervous about it the way people must have been nervous in the Weimar Republic.

Don: As soon as you know the answer, you're in trouble.

As soon as you know you are in trouble, Great,


2/02/2007 04:11:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Warming 'Likely' Man-Made, Unstoppable

Global warming expert and former Deputy Secretary of the Interior David Hayes says the U-S may be more responsive to global warming in the future.

Climate Report Won't Signal Policy Change

Warming Linked to Stronger Hurricanes

Australia Temperatures to Soar in 65 Years

U.N. Chief Urged to Call Climate Summit

World Scientists Meet on Global Warming

Global Warming May Affect Indonesia Isles

Washington Wakes Up to Global Warming

PARIS (AP) -- The world's leading climate scientists said global warming has begun, is "very likely" caused by man, and will be unstoppable for centuries, according to a report obtained Friday by The Associated Press.

The scientists - using their strongest language yet on the issue - said now that the world has begun to warm, hotter temperatures and rises in sea level "would continue for centuries," no matter how much humans control their pollution. The report also linked the warming to the recent increase in stronger hurricanes.

"The observed widespread warming of the atmosphere and ocean, together with ice-mass loss, support the conclusion that it is extremely unlikely that global climate change of the past 50 years can be explained without external forcing, and very likely that is not due to known natural causes alone," said the report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change - a group of hundreds of scientists and representatives of 113 governments.

The phrase "very likely" translates to a more than 90 percent certainty that global warming is caused by man's burning of fossil fuels. That was the strongest conclusion to date, making it nearly impossible to say natural forces are to blame.

So you have to give up your way of life so we have these resources for our wars, ect.

We all can live in a stone age global village for all they really care about the common man.

With a few EMP bursts and destruction of the infrastructure (man-made, haarp or from the wrath
of god) we have to look at worst case scenarios rationally and not DWELL on them.

Besides look at the fear being generated from this thoughtform, a worldwide immense fear being given energy by its target audience.
If we do not catch ourselves and take all things into account ina serious manner, like we do not live forever regardless anyway.

Why give in to fear, fear not.


2/02/2007 04:26:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Nights In White Satin

Breath deep
The gathering gloom
Watch lights fade
From every room
Bedsitter people
Look back and lament
Another day's useless
Energy spent
Empassioned lovers
Wrestle as one
Lonely man cries for love
And has none
New mother picks up
And suckles her son
Senior citizens
Wish they were young
Cold hearted orb
That rules the night
Removes the colours
From our sight
Red is gray and
Yellow white
But we decide
Which is right
Which is an Illusion.


2/02/2007 04:36:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

This comment has been removed by a blog administrator.

2/02/2007 07:23:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

Oh yeah, I hardly ever read fiction, but two weeks ago I read Cormac McCarthys; No country for Old Men.

Good writer.

2/02/2007 07:25:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

Good one Oarwell;


More and more I think you have been sent here from the future, sent back by the Federation to teach us good manners and tolerance for disparate beliefs. Either that or you don't drink coffee.

Are you this equable in traffic?”

Then you finish;

“But this time they beam their madness straight into our skulls.”

Call this our psychical conditioning systems, and it must be examined more deeply before we will be released from its grip.

IC, I do wish Brian well, but he like all others have not chosen yet to recognize or help me with my project.

Smart people are the ones that by definition, are better able too arrange categories coherently. So their conscious mind models reality better than the average person does. Fine, well and good. Now what happens if elements are pointed to that do not fit in that model? Simple really, they shut down the conversation before they have to admit to their ignorance. Their sub-conscious recognition’s then have no means for expression, and they repress, even more that the simple folk that do not carry the pretences that the smart people carry around.

There was a short time poster here, by the name of Caryl Johnson. She is very smart, (and not treated well while here). She writes analysis of more well-known writer’s essays. Her observations are more informed than the original writer’s thoughts. She writes letters to them in an effort to engage. They did not respond, and she called them slime. (Sure there are holes in her perspective, but she has moments of connection to the sublime, so I listen, without judgment and in appreciation for a fellow inquiring intellect.)

My response was:

Sorry Caryl, no sympathy from me. One can only engage as far as one can recognize enough value in that engagement. You seem to think that value is found in appealing to “name” personalities. While I value, what it is you think, I do not share your frustration.

I try to engage; Caryl has such a mind that I consider that she might be able to help me work through certain delicate points. Patience will not be a thing that I look to Caryl for help on.

I am not new to the game, but my wife says that I am doing much better. That is good enough for me.


2/02/2007 07:28:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Good Cop: Selene/Luna
Bad Cop: Sabrina/maneaed

Good Cop: Iridescent Cuttlefish
Bad Cop: Shrub/Richard

Btw IC: Your apron is showing. No, that's not a homophobic insinuation. I mean, how long have you been a freemason? To what degree?

2/02/2007 07:39:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Tweaking the 1918 FLU, lets dig up some dead bobies to further research the big one, ok.



The 1918 pandemic was triggered by a bird virus that mutated into one that could attack humans, going on to kill a staggering 50 million people worldwide in a matter of months.

To learn what caused that catastrophic bird-to-human transformation, scientists with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention turned back the clock: They worked with recreated batches of the actual H1N1 flu strain that spawned the 1918 pandemic, but they altered two spots in a key protein to make that virus a little more birdlike again.

Then the researchers dripped the altered virus into the noses of ferrets, who catch and spread influenza like humans do.

The infected ferrets still sickened and died as the flu ravaged their lungs. But remarkably, they didn't infect healthy ferrets caged right next to them, the CDC team reports in Friday's edition of the journal Science.

Why not? Most flu spreads when an infected person coughs or sneezes out droplets of virus. Ferrets infected with the altered 1918 virus didn't sneeze at all.

The research suggests that for a new flu strain to become a pandemic threat, a protein called hemagglutinin that coats the virus' surface must prefer attaching to cells found mostly in the human nose and windpipe, where it can be sneezed easily.

That's good news when it comes to the notorious Asian bird flu that scientists are watching anxiously today. That strain known as H5N1 bears hemagglutinin - the H in its name - that still prefers cells mostly found in the gastrointestinal tracts of birds. While it has killed at least 164 people worldwide and killed or prompted the slaughter of millions of birds across Asia since late 2003, the H5N1 virus can't yet spread easily from person to person.

"This is very, very elegant work," said Dr. William Schaffner, an infectious disease specialist at Vanderbilt University who advises the federal government on flu issues.

"It may not be exactly the same mutations that would change an H5 virus," Schaffner cautioned. Still, he said, "We appear to be narrowing down our understanding of the kinds of mutations it might take to change a bird-specific virus to one that could be transmitted readily among humans."

The CDC's next step, in fact, is to study these same changes in hemagglutinin amino acids, the protein's building blocks, in H5N1.

But it will almost certainly take additional genetic changes to turn the H5N1 bird flu into a major human killer, changes that probably involve other proteins than just hemagglutinin, contends lead researcher Dr. Terrence Tumpey, a CDC microbiologist.

"I think that researchers may discover that the combination of genes needed is maybe unlikely to occur in nature," he said.


Once they fuck-up and release it on the populace they will have feasible deniability and the vaccine to counter it for themselves too.

science fiction, right?

2/02/2007 09:15:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Now I found some very good chakra music:

Christa Michell & B. Scott CD
Tibetan chakra meditations

I recommend this for anyone serious about opening their Chakras, as I know this works from its results on myself and others.

Queen of the

2/02/2007 09:27:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

I do not have that one yet,
Thanks Sabrina,


2/02/2007 09:30:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

February 2, 2007
Florida Shifting to Voting System With Paper Trail

DELRAY BEACH, Fla., Feb. 1 — Gov. Charlie Crist announced plans on Thursday to abandon the touch-screen voting machines that many of Florida’s counties installed after the disputed 2000 presidential election. The state will instead adopt a system of casting paper ballots counted by scanning machines in time for the 2008 presidential election.

Voting experts said Florida’s move, coupled with new federal voting legislation expected to pass this year, could be the death knell for the paperless electronic touch-screen machines. If as expected the Florida Legislature approves the $32.5 million cost of the change, it would be the nation’s biggest repudiation yet of touch-screen voting, which was widely embraced after the 2000 recount as a state-of-the-art means of restoring confidence that every vote would count.

Several counties around the country, including Cuyahoga in Ohio and Sarasota in Florida, are moving toward exchanging touch-screen machines for ones that provide a paper trail. But Florida could become the first state that invested heavily in the recent rush to touch screens to reject them so sweepingly.

“Florida is like a synonym for election problems; it’s the Bermuda Triangle of elections,” said Warren Stewart, policy director of VoteTrust USA, a nonprofit group that says optical scanners are more reliable than touch screens. “For Florida to be clearly contemplating moving away from touch screens to the greatest extent possible is truly significant.”

Other states that rushed to buy the touch-screen machines are also abandoning them. Earlier this week, the Virginia Senate passed a bill that would phase out the machines as they wore out, and replace them with optical scanners. The Maryland legislature also seems determined to order a switch from the paperless touch screens, though it is not clear yet if it will require the use of optical scanners or just allow paper printers to be added to the touch screens.

On Monday, Representative Rush D. Holt, Democrat of New Jersey, plans to introduce a bill in Congress that would require all voting machines nationwide to produce paper records through which voters can verify that their ballots were recorded correctly. A majority of House members have endorsed the proposal, and the changes have strong support among Senate Democrats. Mr. Holt’s bill would also substantially toughen the requirements for the touch-screen machines that have printers, and experts say this could give even more impetus to the shift toward the optical scanning systems.

Mr. Crist, a Republican, at times drew whoops and applause when he announced his plan at the South County Civic Center in Palm Beach County, the epicenter of the 2000 election standoff and home of the infamous “butterfly ballot” that confused many voters. The touch screens had replaced the punch-card systems that caused widespread problems that year.

“You should, when you go vote, be able to have a record of it,” Mr. Crist told a few hundred mostly older citizens at the civic center, in Delray Beach, where many residents said they accidentally voted for Patrick J. Buchanan in 2000 instead of Al Gore because of the confusing ballot design. “That’s all we’re proposing today. It’s not very complicated; it is in fact common sense. Most importantly, it is the right thing to do.”

Mr. Crist’s renunciation of touch-screen voting one month after he replaced Jeb Bush as governor of the nation’s fourth-most-populous state, suggested that the fight for paper voting records, long a pet project of Democrats, might become more bipartisan. Mr. Crist made the announcement with Representative Robert Wexler, a Democrat from Delray Beach who has ardently led the movement for a paper trail and has attacked Republicans along the way.

“I support this plan 100 percent,” Mr. Wexler said before introducing Mr. Crist. “This governor means what he says, and he’s coming to Tallahassee and he’s spreading the message throughout Florida that this isn’t about Republican or Democrat, it’s not about this ideology or that; it’s about unifying people and doing what’s right for the people of Florida.”

The 15 Florida counties that have adopted touch-screen voting in recent years, including Miami-Dade, Broward, Palm Beach and Hillsborough, would move to optical-scan voting under the proposal before the presidential election of 2008. The plan would give them the option, however, of using touch-screen machines during the state’s two-week early voting period that precedes Election Day, if the machines are modified to provide a paper trail. Those counties represent 54 percent of the state’s registered voters. Broward County alone has bought about 6,000 touch-screen machines in recent years, and Palm Beach County has about 4,500.

Mr. Crist said county election supervisors would explore how to make optical-scan voting easier for blind people and for those who speak foreign languages. In some cases, they have been able to vote without assistance on the touch-screen machines.

Asked how he felt about discarding tens of millions of dollars worth of touch-screen machines just years after they were acquired, Mr. Crist said, “The price of freedom is not cheap. The importance of a democratic system of voting that we can trust, that we can have confidence in, is incredibly important.”

Election experts estimate that paperless electronic machines were used by about 30 percent of voters nationwide in 2006. But their reliability has increasingly come under scrutiny, as has the difficulty of doing recounts without a paper trail. Federal technology experts concluded late last year that paperless touch-screen machines could not be secured from tampering.

Some states had bought early versions of the paperless machines before the 2000 recount, and one of them, New Mexico, switched last year to optical scanners. But most of the machines in other states were purchased with federal money provided under a 2002 law that required states to upgrade from old punch-card and lever systems.

New York is planning to buy either screens with printers or optical scanners, New Jersey is adding paper trails to its touch screens and Connecticut is buying the optical scanners. A recent survey by Election Data Services, a Washington consulting firm, estimated that 36 percent of the nation’s counties have bought electronic machines, including some with printers attached, while 56 percent have the optical scan systems.

Mr. Holt said his bill would require the return to paper ballots by next year’s presidential primaries, and it would authorize $300 million in federal money to upgrade the machines. Some state and county election officials say it could be difficult to make such sweeping changes by then.

But, Mr. Holt said, “it depends on how badly we want to do it. The public is getting very impatient here.”

In Sarasota County last November, more than 18,000 voters who used touch-screen machines did not have their votes recorded in the close Congressional race between Vern Buchanan, the Republican, and Christine Jennings, the Democrat. Mr. Buchanan took office last month after a recount gave him a 369-vote victory, but Ms. Jennings has sued.

Former Governor Bush, President Bush’s younger brother, generally defended touch-screen voting during his tenure and said skeptics had fallen prey to “conspiracy theories.” But leading up to the 2004 presidential election, the Republican Party of Florida sent out fliers urging voters to use absentee ballots because of the absence of a paper trail.

Experts say the optical scanners are less expensive than the touch-screen systems. But Kimball W. Brace, the president of Election Data Services, said optical scanning systems had had a slightly higher rate of voter error than touch screens.

I am happy to see common sense prevail even in JEBB country.


2/02/2007 09:35:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

I wonder what Soundie wrote, he went back into the time machine and erased the text.

It most have been most

I have a good idea, because I could feel him and his anger, but it was only a joke, lighten up.

Now I did read in the new testament that whenever you lose your temper you become possessed by DEMONS.


2/02/2007 10:21:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

10 Reasons Why Blades Are Better Than Guns

1.) A gun can only be used for a few things: target shooting, hunting, and self-defense. A blade has literally hundreds of possible utilitarian uses.

2.) Blades(even the really big ones) are generally lighter and easier to conceal than a handgun.

3.) In many jurisdictions, anyone, even a teenager or foreign tourist, can lawfully possess a folding knife. Not so with the handgun, which is far more stringently controlled. Permits are often required for concealed carry, and failure to obtain a permit could result in jail time. You probably wouldn’t get sent to jail for carrying a blade unless it was either a switchblade or a dagger (or something similarly "weaponlike").

4.) You can carry a medium-sized folding knife virtually anywhere without upsetting or alarming the populace — not so with the handgun. If you are strutting down Main Street, proudly displaying your holstered shootin’ iron for all to behold, people are probably gonna get nervous — they might even call the cops. How do you think the police will respond when some hysterical ninny dials 911 and screams, "There’s a crazy person downtown! And she/he’s got a gun!"?

5.) You can use your gun to shoot a small animal for dinner. You can use your blade to: cut meat, chop vegetables, slice bread, spread butter, spoon out spices, crack nuts, and attend to the majority of your food preparation needs (okay, I guess you could crack nuts with your gun as well, but I wouldn’t recommend it).

6.) A person might be hesitant to pull out a gun unless he truly intended to kill someone. Not so with the blade. A skillful practitioner of the fighting arts can easily use his blade to "injure to degree" (the pommel, spine, and flat can be used to hammer and smack with, and the edge can be used to either scare, scratch, or slash. The point is only used as a last resort).

7.) A person might be hesitant to pull out a gun in a public place, especially if it were crowded. Not so with the blade. A blade will not overpenetrate and endanger innocent bystanders; nor will the noise cause a panicked stampede towards the exits. It would be reckless and ethically reprehensible to discharge a firearm in a room crowded with innocent bystanders, no matter how justified you might be in defending yourself! Armed only with a handgun in such an environment, your best option would probably be to pistol whip your attacker across the teeth.

8.) Blades require no special training to use effectively against an assailant. Any five year old boy can stab someone in the belly — but see how long it takes him to figure out how to jack a round into a .45!

9.) Blades are nastier than guns. They’re silent, they can’t be "made safe," and then (of course) there’s all that "phallic symbolism,"which i love.

10.) Blades never run out of bullets or jam.

Fighting with a weapon is always preferable to depending on one’s empty hands. A streetfight is not an athletic competition or a friendly roughhousing match where there are rules to be adhered to and the fight will be stopped before the loser is seriously injured. On the contrary, when you are accosted by a menacing stranger (or group of strangers) on the street, you are fighting for your life, there are no rules, and the loser has a high probability of being maimed or killed. If you find yourself forced into such a situation, you want every conceivable advantage.


Aside from awareness, balance, and technique, training emphasizes intimate familiarity with your knife of choice. Familiarity means drilling at repeatedly drawing and opening the knife from a variety of positions, and practicing slashes and thrusts both in front of a mirror and against a target you’ve constructed. Once familiarity is attained, you can be reasonably assured that you will not drop your blade upon drawing it, nor cut yourself while attacking your practice target. Once you have reached this point, it is safe to carry a knife for defense.

Knifefighting is not something that one can learn simply by reading a book and practicing the depicted moves versus an imaginary opponent. It is absolutely essential that you train by slashing and stabbing practice targets. It is nearly impossible to convey in words the proper way to make a "power-slash" or execute a rapid combination of light defensive cuts, but by observing the results of your techniques on a practice target you can immediately see exactly how effective your moves would be. Furthermore, training with a practice target will show you the proper distance you must be from your opponent, prepare you for the shock of unexpectedly connecting with solid bone, and greatly improve your accuracy. Unless you have perfected your techniques on a series of practice targets, you are only pretending to be a knifefighter. Practice targets can easily be constructed from corrugated cardboard, carpet remnants, discarded clothing, and duct tape. Do not make the mistake of deluding yourself into thinking you’ll know how to handle yourself when you’ve never practiced on anything but air.

If you want more realistic practice, you can obtain a training blade of the approximate size of your carry knife and engage sparring partners instructed to take it away from you without getting "stabbed." To make sparring sessions more interesting, you can apply red lipstick to the edge and point of your practice knife and have your partner(s) wear white shirts (or you can arm them with wiffleball bats). However, you need to remember at all times that this is not a game, but a deadly serious matter.

The more familiar you are with your weapon and technique, the higher the likelihood that your defense will be effective. If you are too slow, too clumsy, or not aggressive enough, you will not be successful. If you pull a knife to repel multiple attackers and are unsuccessful in doing so, the consequences will be most dire. Retreat is a viable option — losing is not.
Always break contact, continue mission, they say.Run or Fight, this is a tough call, and only you can do it, not fighting is always best, in that case never let them see it, or they can throw rocks or be so forewarned the tactical advantage is lost.

A knife is a tool that can be used as a weapon, just as virtually any tool can be used as a weapon. Knives are common tools that are regularly used for a vast array of tasks, both at home and at work (however, it is important to be able to name several daily functions of your "tool" in the event that you are questioned by police). The knife is one of mankind’s most important tools, and has significantly influenced our evolution into modern civilization.

You never know when you’ll need a knife (for either utilitarian or defensive purposes), so it’s best these days to always "be prepared." Don’t leave home without one.Though now the cops check for weapons but find dope instead, they then hand me my knife back with a comment that they could charge me for that too.
Just a cover for them to search us for drugs.

You do not have to be big either, my uncle was in the navy.
He did a few westpacs which he found to be the best and would always talk about the Filopino women he encountered, and how if you upset these little ladies their reaction was to take a butterfly knife to your privates.He almost learned the hard way one time being drunk as piss as he would say.
I miss him and the stories he would tell, he traveled the world.


2/02/2007 11:53:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

When the Shit Hits the Fan

Someday, Shit is going to Happen, and you damn well better be prepared for it. What is this Shit of which I speak?

Who knows. . . Shit appears in a multitude of forms, each presenting a different array of problems to be dealt with in order of precedence. If you are prepared to deal with a crisis situation, you have a much improved chance of survival.

If you are unprepared for a given crisis, at the very least you will find yourself miserable and uncomfortable.

Preparations must be taken well in advance of possible events in order to be of use.

It will be too late to buy fresh flashlight batteries after the supermarket shelves have been picked bare. Preparation is not "survivalism" — it’s just common sense.

Various doomsayers have predicted numerous catastrophes, ranging from nuclear destruction to an asteroid striking the Earth. Some things, there just isn’t anything you can do about. One catastrophe, which can be precipitated by a vast plethora of catalysts, is widespread long-term disruption of electrical power.

Blackouts have many causes, but most commonly are the result of severe weather. Since modern society is entirely dependant upon electrical power, the repercussions of a blackout are such that, in effect, society will be disrupted for the duration. Without electricity, computers will not work; this means that most businesses, government offices, public services, and utilities either will cease to function, or will be severely impaired. Electric water pumps will no longer operate, nor will gasoline pumps, furnaces, telephones, refrigeration units, televisions, or lights. Water will not flow, toilets will not empty, vehicles will run out of petrol, houses will be cold, communications will be mostly limited to CB radios (cell phones will not work, and shortwave HAM radios are in scarce supply), food will spoil, news will be limited to the Emergency Broadcast System and rumors, and nocturnal activity will be limited to keeping fires lit and standing guard versus looters.

If the power is knocked out for an extended duration, how would you deal with the consequences? Dependant upon circumstances, you could very well find yourself in a true "life or death" situation. Assuming that your family already has adequate shelter, you will immediately need to ascertain that you also have: a heat source (if outside temperatures are below 45 degrees Fahrenheit), an adequate supply of potable water, and an adequate supply of edible foodstuffs — mind you, this is the bare minimum your family will require to live! Things like toilet paper and flashlights are generally considered to be "essential items," but it is possible to live without such luxuries (albeit very uncomfortably).


Morale (or "will to live," which is similar) is considered by most experts to be one of the primary factors in deciding the outcome of a survival situation — particularly if the situation is in effect for an extended duration (weeks, if not longer).

morale n : the level of psychological well-being based on such factors as a sense of purpose and confidence in the future

In order to clarify things a bit, an individual with a strong will to live can live for months, outdoors without a change of clothes, by drinking rainwater and eating bugs (or garbage, in an urban scenario); however, the average individual (which most families are composed of) is accustomed to a certain "comfort level" (or "standard of living") and would not do very well on their own in an inhospitable environment. Such an individual could very well "crack," and succumb to either hysteria or despair. Certain amenities are necessary for the average individual to maintain proper perspective.

Drinking water is necessary for survival, but large quantities of additional water (as well as soap) should also be available for bathing, laundering, and cleaning cookware — otherwise one will soon be living in squalor. Toilet paper and trash bags are also necessary to promote cleanliness. If your family is unclean, and your living quarters unsanitary, not only will you all smell bad, but you will be at high risk of contracting a serious illness (primarily infections and food poisoning). You can live on canned beans for months (although you’ll soon begin to suffer the effects of malnourishment), but wouldn’t it be much better to have a selection of various foods that you’d enjoy and look forward to? And what will you do in your spare time? You could alternate between moping and sleeping, or instead you could either read a book or throw a ball around. Many seemingly insignificant things, which we often take for granted in our everyday life (like: a bar of soap, a pair of clean socks, a roll of toilet paper, a bag of throat lozenges, or a simple rubber ball), are suddenly transformed into valuable treasures when they can no longer be obtained simply by strolling down to the corner store.


If the blackout occurs in the winter (as many do, due to ice storms), your top priority is to keep your dwelling warm. If it is poorly insulated and lacks a woodburning stove or fireplace, this could present a major problem.

If you have woodburning capability, you need a sufficient supply of firewood (seasoned split hardwood), tinder, and matches, as well as all the necessary accoutrements (ash bucket, poker, tongs, shovel, and fire extinguisher). Various firestarting aids (such as paraffin/sawdust blocks, dryer lint, and foot-long matchsticks) usually prove helpful. Furthermore, your woodburning system needs to be either designed or modified for maximum efficiency (most standard fireplaces allow too much of the heat to escape up the chimney) as well as regularly maintained (creosote buildup leading to chimney fire can easily result in total loss of the structure).

If you lack woodburning capability, either a portable kerosene or propane heater should be acquired. The manufacturer’s instructions regarding use, ventilation, refueling, maintenance, and fuel storage should be read and strictly adhered to, as portable heaters can be extremely hazardous. If you lack any sort of portable non-electric heater, a propane (or natural gas) oven (set at its lowest temperature) can provide heat for a few days (provided the tank is adequately filled). In a dire emergency, chemical heat packs, butane fueled pocket handwarmers, kerosene lamps, or even a candle in a tin can may provide sufficient heat to forestall hypothermia. Charcoal grills, camp stoves, sterno, open fires, and various improvised "fireplaces" should be avoided due to the extreme danger of either carbon monoxide poisoning or uncontrolled conflagration. Of course, windows and doors should be adequately insulated and parkas, blankets, bedrolls, and miscellaneous cold weather gear should all be in good supply.


After heat is assured, water is your next priority. Your electric pump will no longer function. A gasoline generator might be able to power your pump when necessary, and would be a good investment. Hand pumps are good, when operational, but few homes have one.

If a spring is nearby that is neither frozen nor dried up, water can be collected. Spring water should be professionally tested for impurities, bacterium, and parasites before being used, but if that is not possible a quality ceramic filter is an excellent investment. Water purification kits and boiling are also options. Rainwater can be collected and snow can be melted. Water from a river or pond should be avoided (due to possible contamination by pollutants, bacterium, or parasites) unless no alternative source exists.

For people who lack a viable water source, as well as for reasons of convenience, large quantities of water can be stockpiled. Only suitable receptacles should be filled, and the water must be properly treated to inhibit bacterial growth (some people advocate the addition of one drop of chorine bleach per quart, but that would be necessary only for long-term storage, and could pose a health risk in itself). Plastic containers of spring water, water cooler bottles, and packets of emergency drinking water can all be purchased from a variety of sources (I recommend stocking up on pint-sized bottles for drinking and gallon jugs for washing).

Not only is it necessary to drink a minimum of a quart of water each day, but water must also be used to clean things with, to cook with, and to bathe oneself. It needs to be strictly rationed as well as protected from contamination. You should have several weeks worth of water on hand in the event of an emergency (needless to say, your water supply must be stored where it will not freeze, rupturing the containers).


After heat and water comes sustenance. At least a month’s supply of food for each member of your family (as well as pets) must be stored in the event of an emergency. Food should be non-perishable, nutritious, and somewhat palatable. Fortunately, food is easily and inexpensively stockpiled.

Dehydrated foods, freeze dried foods, and MRE type foods can all be purchased, but they are somewhat costly and are an unnecessary investment unless you are planning on filling a backpack with them (their light weight and flat profile makes them ideal for camping). For home storage and use, canned goods are far more sensible. Not only are cans cheap to purchase and easily stored, but they are impervious to insects and vermin. Canned goods should be stored in a location free of moisture. Many cans and tins are equipped with pull-rings or keys, eliminating the need for a can opener (which can be broken or misplaced). If it is unlikely that you will be transporting your provisions, glass jars can be used as well. If you have insect and vermin resistant containers, sugar, flour, pancake mix, pasta, crackers, and bulk foods can all be safely stored.

Prior to purchase, ascertain that your canned goods are "ready-to-eat," requiring neither cooking nor additional ingredients. When a can is opened, the food should be eaten immediately and not set aside for later consumption (which can result in spillage, contamination, or spoilage). Canned meats (such as: Spam, hash, vienna sausages, potted meat, deviled spreads, and mechanically separated chicken) should all be avoided because they are nasty and unhealthy.

Canned goods should be used and restocked each year to assure quality. Cans that are dented (especially near the seal) or rusty should be discarded. Prior to use, examine each can by pressing down on the lid — if there is any "give" it is probably due to either a defective seal or fermenting contents, rendering the food inedible. If you get food poisoning in a survival situation, you will most verily regret it.

Your best investments are canned pasta, ready-to-eat soups, stew, vegetarian chili, tuna, sardines, kippers, fruit, and vegetables. Some canned vegetables, such as peas, carrots, and string beans are nasty — good choices include: legumes, beets, succotash, creamed corn, mushrooms, and pumpkin. Canned applesauce and fruit cocktail should be avoided, but peaches, pears, cranberry sauce, and pie filling are all acceptable. Other choices for desserts and snacks include: energy bars, granola bars, chocolate bars, peanut brittle, beef jerky, nuts, trail mix, and individual servings of pudding. Creme-filled snack cakes full of artificial ingredients are not recommended, but they stay fresh indefinitely. If your family likes cereal, you can stock up on cartons of Parmalat or any of the various soy, rice, or almond based milk substitutes — none of which require refrigeration prior to opening. Individual packets of instant oatmeal are also good to have on hand.

Bottled spring water is widely considered to be one of the most healthful of all beverages. If, however, the thought of drinking nothing but water is distasteful, alternative beverages should be stored with your survival rations. Tea, coffee, and cocoa can be made, or bottles of juice and sports drinks can be opened — it is advisable that you avoid stocking up on artificially flavored drink mix, diet soda, or alcoholic beverages (with the possible exception of Guinness stout, which contains many essential nutrients and is actually beneficial in moderation), as you will need to safeguard your health. If you are a coffee drinker, you’ll probably want to secure an old percolator — otherwise, you’ll have to drink either instant coffee or sludge.

You should plan on at least two full meals each day, including entree, side dish, dessert, and beverage. This is important if you wish to maintain both vigor and morale — while one can subsist on baked beans and bottled water for some time, malnourishment and depression would surely result. A good supply of condiments (ketchup, maple syrup, honey, peanut butter, barbeque sauce, and spices should all be on hand), paper plates, paper bowls, plastic utensils, moist towelettes, and napkins should be stored with your survival rations (as well as trash bags in which to properly dispose of them) — make sure that you have a full month’s supply of these essential items for each month’s ration of food, as it is unsanitary to reuse them and it would be highly inconvenient to run out.

Meats such as canned hams, canned roast beef, and tinned corned beef are far more nutritious than canned dog food and should be stocked up for your animals (avoid products similar to hash and Spam, as they are far too rich and may cause illness), along with boxes of biscuits (Read the ingredients, and be sure to avoid brands which contain artificial flavors or questionable "meat by-products") and large bags of kibble.

In a survival situation, it is strongly advised that one chew all food thoroughly to ascertain that all the available nutrients will be properly assimilated, rather swallowing food in gulps and passing many undigested lumps in one’s stool. Furthermore, everyone should take a quality vitamin supplement each day (you’ll need to get these from a health food store — mass produced vitamins sold in supermarkets have little value and often fail to dissolve in one’s stomach). If your family has access to a supply of carefully selected foodstuffs, health and morale should not suffer.


After heat, water, and food comes sanitary and first aid supplies. You will need to take dumps and urinate, and your toilet will not be operational unless you are able to refill the tank. If you cannot refill the tank, you will need to have a chemical toilet or dig an outdoor latrine. If neither of these is a viable option, you can affix a plastic trashbag to the inside of your empty toilet bowl. Trashbags will need to be disposed of regularly (far from your dwelling), and a good supply of toilet paper must be on hand.

Plenty of cleaning products, paper towels, disposable gloves, and moist towelettes should be available, as well as readily accessible (it would be far better to have too many cleaning supplies than not enough — especially if it becomes necessary to clean up blood, vomit, or feces). It is also recommended that deodorizing/disinfectant spray, odor neutralizing spray, room deodorizing products, and incense be on hand.

Bar soap, shampoo, toothpaste, mouthwash, rubbing alcohol, tampons (if applicable), skin cleansing pads, disposable razors, anti-bacterial dish soap, and scouring pads should all be available. Various waterless hygiene supplies (such as shampoo and soap) are marketed for outdoorsmen as well as pet owners, and may be used if bathing would be inconvenient.

Laundry detergent, clothesline, clothespins, tub, and scrub-board should be available if it becomes necessary to clean one’s garments. Clean garments are beneficial to morale as well as health, and a supply of extra socks and underwear should also be on hand.

Several weeks worth of prescribed medication should be held in reserve (especially if a family member has a potentially life-threatening ailment, such as asthma or a heart condition), as well as over-the-counter medication for colds (Contac), allergies (Benadryl), diarrhea (Ammodium AD), constipation (Correctol), nausea (Pepto Bismol), pain (Motrin), and fever (Tylenol). Tissues, lozenges, and Tussin expectorant syrup (or capsules) should also be on hand in the event that someone becomes ill — the person should then be quarantined (if feasible), and antiseptic spray, latex gloves, and face masks should be utilized to prevent the disease from spreading to others.

Antiseptic and antibiotic ointments, as well as various sizes of bandage, dressing, and splint, should be in your first-aid kit. Ichthammol ointment (AKA "black salve" or "draw-out salve") is required for treatment of infections. Oil of cloves is necessary to anesthetize broken (or rotten) teeth, and if someone in your group has had extensive dental work, it is recommended that you have a bit of "temporary filling material" on hand as well. Balm for chapped lips and windburn is also important. Scalpel (not X-acto) blades, top quality scissors, tweezers, forceps, sterile sponges, butterfly bandages, and a squeeze bottle of saline solution (such as is used for the care of contact lenses) can be used for minor surgery (such as removing foreign matter from wounds, debridement of necrotic tissue, or draining infections). If possible, penicillin capsules, codeine tablets, and a suturing kit should also be procured.


After heat, water, food, sanitation, and medical care, comes "miscellaneous supplies." In addition to various useful household tools and cookware, you will need to be able to provide light, protection, and entertainment for your family.

Several flashlights are a necessity, as are a good supply of batteries. Candles are good in an emergency, but burn down rather quickly and could prove dangerous. An oil lamp with chimney and extra wicks and fuel is a wise investment, but could become a firebomb if accidentally broken. You should have several packages of disposable lighters, as they are generally preferred over matches for firestarting.

For protection, you want a gun and several fire extinguishers. The choice of gun is up to you, but even an old bolt-action .22 or single-shot 20 gauge stored disassembled and unloaded in the back of one’s closet is far better than no gun at all. Unless you are highly proficient in their use, black powder firearms are not recommended due to the fact that they are slower, less reliable, and much more dangerous than firearms using modern cartridges. If you need to protect your family’s rations from hungry looters, your baseball bat and kitchen knives just aren’t going to do it. Fire extinguishers are necessary in the event that a fire (light, cooking, heat, etc.) suddenly spreads and threatens to consume your shelter (and all therein).

A large dog can alert you to potential trespassers as well as provide you with loyal companionship, entertainment, and comfort. A good supply of books should be available to provide a diversion once the day’s chores are done. Athletic supplies (even something as simple as a frisbee or a rubber ball) could be used to boost morale. If there are children present, toys and board games can provide them with hours of entertainment.


As long as you have adequate shelter, heat, water, and food, you can survive nearly anything. If you have good quality food, sanitary surroundings, medical supplies, a reasonable expectancy of safety, and entertaining diversions; you will not only survive, but maintain your physical and mental health as well. Most extended blackouts last less than a week, but there have been instances where power (in some areas) had been interrupted for approximately a month (usually due to major catastrophes such as tornados, ice storms, and earthquakes). If the power is out, you cannot rely upon others to help you (everyone else will have problems of their own). . . you must be able to deal with emergencies yourself. The better prepared you are (with supplies as well as knowledge), the better your chances will be of successfully dealing with the eventual crisis situation.

Remember, there is no excuse for lack of preparation! The need for survival rations, as well as essential emergency supplies (like a well stocked first-aid kit) is valid, as they will eventually be used (probably at least once, within a three year period) — even if it’s just because you happen to be snowed in for a weekend and don’t want to risk driving to the store. Twenty bucks can purchase a dozen gallons of spring water and ten canned meals — a hundred dollars (wisely spent) can provide three adults with enough food and water to last nearly a month! One’s emergency rations can then be stored in Rubbermaid containers, which can be placed out of the way (like at the back of a closet, under the bed, or under the basement stairs) and forgotten until needed.

As a warrior, you are responsible for the well-being of those you care about your pets depend on you too. If you know that you are unprepared, do not procrastinate! Start stocking up on essential items today. This is not "paranoia" . . . it is just common sense.


2/02/2007 12:04:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Weird. 'No Country For Old Men' is sitting right next to me.

I tried reading Blood Meridian, but too sanguinary, too bleak.
The real world can be pretty bleak; I don't go looking for it in fiction.

I didn't get past the first 20 pages of Zamyatin's 'We,' for the same reason.

Shute's 'On the Beach' was as bleak as they come, but people for the most part died either slowly, from radiation sickness, or by their own decision (scuttling the sub). But I remember finding it depressing when I read it 30 years ago.

I'll try to read 'No Country,' because the plot line sounds intriguing.

(You want bleak? Dicken's 'Bleak House' does, interestingly, feature an example of Spontaneous Human Combustion).

I'm sure there are many fans of dystopian literature browsing this board --heck, the whole blog is dystopian. But it's certainly not the "end-of-world" aspect of RI that attracts--rather, it's the pooling of talents and perspectives, of bright and clean and nice-looking folk commenting on the "nooz," and reflecting merrily on how it's the end, not of the world, but of the world "as we know it."

A far better thing, in my mind.

IC, I sympathize with your struggle, and it is all the more heroische, either way.

I know you are a big fan of grass-roots globalism. Don't you think that movement, too, has been coopted by the very forces we find ourselves struggling with today?

Is it madness to hope for a renascent Constitutionalism?

I guess with Hillary on her way, it is. Call me blind, but to me, it's bad actors like Hill and Bill who push globalism, their left-flank panzer assault to complement the neocon-Skull & Bones right-flank. And constitutional government is decimated. It's the old fear of Milne's Round Table, of Cecil Rhodes and the "change agents" who would seek to dismantle the slim protections offered a citizenry by republican (small r) government.

Of course, Bush has already gutted habeas corpus, an 800 year old tradition, but I still hope we can come to our senses and restore the principle of "a nation of laws, not men."

I fear that a global governance authority will pay only lip-service to human rights, and the humans themselves will not be provided with a 2nd Amendment to enforce the other provisions.

Far from it.

But still, IC, I admire your optimism, and your energy.

Call me a hopeless romantic, but as long as the Aqua Teen Hunger Force can bring beantown to its knees, there's still hope.

2/02/2007 12:45:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Nudism endangers human potency and healthIt is not quite correct to blame nudists (aka naturists) for all the possible deadly sins. A respectable sociology professor stated that all nudists are perverts - either homosexuals or lesbians. Real life stories prove it is absolutely wrong to say so. Nudists never copulate at their special parties. And what is more, they carefully watch that nobody touches others. It is allowed just to pat someone on a shoulder in a friendly way.

Nudism can bring many problems healthwise
Nudism can bring many problems healthwise

Half of Europe to be covered with eternal ice in 50 years
Putin to make his political will during Kremlin press conference
The USA is ready to spend the wealth of the world on Iraq and Afghanistan wars

Hollywood stars: Holly Marie Combs

In general, it seems that naturists do not aim at coupling ecstatically. We know that people do not need to be absolutely naked like nudists to have sexual contacts.

Some people believe that nudism terribly undermines potency, both male and female. The opinion is probably connected with the fact that if a human regularly sees naked bodies of the opposite sex they may some day stop to stimulate the person sexually. The same way when a man has the same pie for breakfast every day it may some day stop whetting his appetite. However, the opinion is not substantiated with any accurate research.

Much is written about the good and bad of nudism. Nudism followers always emphasize the fact that a human being comes to this world naked and that there were no clothes when life originated on this planet.

Let us take the hypothesis that a human being originated from apes. And those apes had no coats and hats, did they not? There is a joke saying that Adam and Eve were the first nudists in the world. They after all realized that nudity was sinful and later put on some clothes. But before that happened they still walked about naked for some time.

If we study antique arts we will see that the Hellinistic epoch when physically and intellectually perfect humans were not prohibited to stay naked was the Golden Age for naturists. Olympic Games athletes were always naked at that period. Sculptures of gods, philosophers, heroes, ordinary women and men made that epoch are basically naked.

In the Middle Ages, nudity was prohibited. At that, advocates of naturism formed sects such as Adamites who appeared in public and even in church without clothes. And those were just few instances. The cult of naked bodies revived in the late 19th – early 20th centuries when two important books, Heinrich Pudor’s “The Cult of Nudity” and Heinrich Ingewitter’s “Nudity”, came out in Germany.
A radical association called ‘Away with Shame!’ appeared in Russia right after the Great October Revolution of 1917. It was said that members of the association walked naked about the streets in Russian cities. It is known that some famous figures were also naturists: poet Maksimilian Voloshin who had a nudist beach in Koktebel in the Crimea where he received intellectuals; also ballet dancer Isadora Duncan, writers Bernard Shaw and Albert Camus were known as belonging to naturists.

Nudism can bring many problems healthwise
Nudism can bring many problems healthwise

Half of Europe to be covered with eternal ice in 50 years
Putin to make his political will during Kremlin press conference
The USA is ready to spend the wealth of the world on Iraq and Afghanistan wars

Hollywood stars: Holly Marie Combs

Almost every big city in Russia has at least one nude beach or several of them. The biggest number of nudists is registered in Germany, Sweden and Belgium. The most popular nude beaches can be found in Spain, Croatia and Greece where the International Naturism Federation (INF) and Frei Korper Kult (FKK), the Cult of Naked Body, are based. International congresses of naturists are usually organized in different parts of the world once in two years.

Read more: The variety of nude beaches in the world

Travel agencies offer a great variety of tours to resorts with nudist beaches in Croatia, Crete, Spain, France and Carinthia. Such resorts are quite safe and offer luxurious services, comfortable restaurants and sports centers on the only condition that guests wear no swim suits. They can sometimes wear dhotis at most. Naturists say this is a struggle against clothes and the world of textile.

It is a tradition for many nudists to spend vacations and weekends outdoors with their families. When they go there alone they have a good chance to meet new friends. It is a disputable issue whether children should be allowed to nudist gatherings or not. If a parent wants to take his child to a nude beach or gathering he should first consult a children’s psychologist.

What are the advantages and disadvantages of nudism? Many of naturist couples meet their partners on nude beaches; some couples can even make successful families afterwards. When married, such people either give up naturism or join nudists from time to time. It may also happen that a husband who met his wife on a nude beach will some day in the future reproach the woman for joining nudism. After marriage, some of nudist husbands begin to be jealous of their wives appearing naked in other men's presence.

It is good news that walking naked is a wonderful opportunity to temper the organism and let the body ‘breathe’. But at the same time, nudism makes bodies open for infections that naturists may easily catch on beach.

The naturism movement is a good chance to meet new interesting people. At the same time, there is some risk that either people suffering from scopophilia or paparazzi may take a picture of you being on a nude beach and then use it illegally.

After all, naturism gives people a chance to gain their freedom and never be ashamed of their bodies. Indeed, psychologists say that when we liberate the body we thus set our mind and soul free. At the same time, some people may find unattractive ‘liberated’ bodies of naturists and even feel disgust.

Nudists say that it makes sense for everyone to try nudism to feel what it is and decide whether to follow it or not.

What prudes!
I love the feeling of being nude in the outdoors, when it is warmer of course.
Nothing feels so nice as the warm, summer sun or moon on my naked body.

waiting for the sun,

2/02/2007 01:24:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Is there proof that giants once lived and raised families in North America? Stories and newspaper accounts attest to amazing discoveries of huge elaborate caves and mines, gold spears and polished granite inscribed with mystical symbols. Witnesses have reported their discoveries to the Smithsonian Institute and have been promised compensation. Yet, the Smithsonian, archaeologists and other scientists are silent as to the discoveries and have hidden all evidence that is contrary to Darwinian theory of evolution.

The following are actual accounts of giants in North America.

"Atlantis in the Colorado River Desert" - 1947 Nevada news: Near the Nevada - California - Arizona border area, 32 caves within a 180 square mile area were discovered to hold the remains of ancient, strangely costumed 8 -9 foot giants. They had been laid to rest wearing the skins of unknown animals similar to sheepskins fashioned into jackets with pants described as "prehistoric Zoot- suits". The same burial place had been found 10 - 15 years earlier by another man who made a deal with the Smithsonian. The evidence of his find was stolen and covered up by Darwinian scientists.

Dr. F. Bruce Russell had come to Death Valley from the east coast. He had taken up mining in the west for the sake of his health and was exploring across the Colorado River into Arizona. What he found he described as the burial place of a tribal hierarchy within the ritual hall of an ancient people. He felt that some unknown catastrophe had driven them into these caves. All of the implements of their civilization were there, including household utensils and stoves. Dr. Russell reported seeing hieroglyphics chiseled on carefully polished granite within what appeared to be a cavern temple. Another cave led to their sacred hall which contained carvings of ritual devices and markings similar to those of the Masonic Order. A long tunnel from this temple led to a room where, Hill said, "Well-preserved remains of dinosaurs, saber-toothed tigers, imperial elephants, and other extinct beasts were paired off in niches as if on display."

Ten to fifteen years earlier the caves had been seen by another miner who had fallen from the bottom of a mineshaft. In his book, "Death Valley Men", Bourke Lee related a conversation among residents of Death Valley concerning the local Paiute Native American legends of an underground city at Wingate Pass. After falling through the ceiling of an unknown tunnel, the miner had followed it 20 miles north of the Panamint Mountains to discover a huge ancient underground city. He saw arching stone vaults with huge stone doors and a polished round table in the center of their council chamber which had once been lit by ingenious lights fueled by subterranean gases. Leaning against the walls were their tall gold spears. He said that the designs on their thick golden armbands resembled the work of the Egyptians. The tunnel ended at an exit overlooking Furnace Creek Ranch in California's Imperial Valley. He could see from there that the valley had once been underwater. The tunnel entrance had been a dock or a quay located halfway up the side of the mountain. A deal was made with the Smithsonian museum for the find, but the miner was betrayed by his partner. The evidence was stolen and the entrance concealed. In a 1940 a mining journal, another find was reported of much worked gold found in an 8 mile long cave near San Bernadino.

University of Arizona professor Vine Deloria, himself a Native American, made a similar accusation against the Smithsonian for covering up the remains found within the burial mounds of the Moundbuilder civilization. Surviving diaries from before the time Darwin attest to these discoveries. The Moundbuilders were a different civilization than that of the Indians, they said. The mounds contained the remains of hundreds of giants along with the bones of giant mastodons. In Cincinnati, Ohio the giant bones were found with large shields, swords, and engraved stone tablets. In Kentucky and Tennessee the bones of "powerful men of towering stature" were excavated. One of these 7 foot men was buried with an engraved copper plate beneath his head. A woman was also found. She was wearing a silver girdle with letters written on it. The Detroit Free Press reported in 1884 the discovery in Gartersville, Mississippi of the remains of a giant with waist-length jet-black hair. He was wearing a copper crown. With him in his timber burial vault were his children who wore garments decorated with bone beads. The tomb was covered with large flagstones engraved with inscriptions.

In Cayuga, Niagra there is a place called "The Cemetary of the Giants" which was discovered in 1880. Those giants were 9 feet tall and appear to have died violent deaths. Their axes were found with them. Giant bones were also unearthed from a rock fissure on Lake Erie Island. In some of the finds of giant bones, the bones lay in confusion as if left on a battlefield. The Smithsonian does display some artifacts of the Moundbuilders found with the bones of the giants - shell discs and carved stone beads. Many of the bones turned to powdery ash within a short time of being exposed to the air. The Smithsonian has been reluctant to test some less fragile finds. The late Vine Deloria said that it is because they "Mightent find a really early date for the bones" and that it would be distressing - distressing to their Darwinian time-line.

By Mary Alice Bennett

The annunuki walked in the americas.


2/02/2007 01:34:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Satan and his Demons are here to help us get out from under the position of being used as energy livestock in a slaughterhouse for alien consumption.

The enemy Nordics who saw no use for humanity, following the completion of the mining project, sought to follow plan and have us all destroyed. Nephilim that "took wives" and taught humanity, such as Azazel and Set, were banished, cursed and condemned.

We are dealing with entities that have more psychic power, technology, intelligence and knowledge than we do. They don't age as we do; they have the knowledge and technology to have modified their DNA.
The Demons are all the Original Gods, most were very friendly with and spent much time with humans. Considerably outnumbered, they were hated, banished, and cursed by the other Gods for sharing knowledge with humans.

Many ancient tablets and libraries were burned, destroying all information and in attempt to sever any human contact with the Old Gods who promoted wisdom and learning.

Most of the Old Gods were made into monsters, Demons and every nefarious image imaginable in an attempt to destroy any and all relationships with humans.

As many of you are finding, your Demon guides are very friendly and open to contact with you. They wish to help you learn and grow spiritually and become strong competent Satanists.


2/02/2007 01:52:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Can we for once have one thread where there is no hope? Please, just one thread....that's all I'm God Damned thread of hopelessness?

Please Please Please Please?

You can't compare Doom Scenarios from the past to the current. Up until the last 60 years, the ecological earth was still safe from man's debaucherous infection....but that's no longer the case. We have the planet in our collective death grip, and we won't let go until the planet and/or we perish. Hopefully, for the planet and the non-human inhabitants, man perishes before there's nothing left but the detritus rendered from every orafice of our being.

2/02/2007 01:57:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Some 10,000 years ago, the Gods left us.

The Gods are an extra-terrestrial race of beings.

As a matter of fact, there have been several different alien races that have lived here on planet Earth on and off and have taken an interest in human beings, either as friends, enemies or neutrals.

The main Gods who interacted with humanity and are our creators (through genetic engineering) are the race of Gods known as the Nordics.

They live throughout the galaxy in several different solar systems. They are highly advanced in knowledge, intelligence, and in spirit.

Some are helpful to humans as are Satan and the Elder Gods who have been labeled as “Demons.”

Some are neutral and others are and have been working for our destruction.

Thousands of years ago, the Gods shared a lot of their knowledge with human beings. This included spiritual knowledge.

Many even inter-married and/or bore children with humans.

So, will the Smithsonian continue hiding this from the general public?


2/02/2007 02:00:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Come on, even the Chinese say all the
souls are food for me.


2/02/2007 02:04:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

I am an very advanced species in that had only two lower wisdom teeth.

Honest this is what the dentist told me.


2/02/2007 02:09:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

I meant that I only had 2 lower wisdom teeth taken out at the same time.

There are no upper wisdom teeth on the x-rays.

The sound of them coming out, whew.

Anyone else have this happen to them?


2/02/2007 02:13:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Honest this is what the dentist told me.


Was that right before you ripped his head off and pissed down his brain stem for treading on you? ;-)

2/02/2007 02:22:00 PM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...

Thanks, Oarwell. That was both thoughtful and kind (don't mind the apron--they tell me my strings are showing again. I loved the good cop/bad cop schtick. Badges? We don't need no...)

To "answer" your question, Oarwell, about the possibility of the many grassroots movements being co-opted, it's more than a possibility. It's a foregone conclusion, but that's not necessarily a bad thing, either. Consider the whole CIA drug conspiracy. While it's probably true that they were one source behind Dr. Tim's turn on, tune in, drop out propaganda (in order to keep the angry youth from engaging in conventional politics), it's at least equally true that even on the outside looking in, Timothy Leary had the last laugh because the entheogenic revolution revealed glimpses of yet another suppressed truth that could not then be so easily put back in storage. Several amusing/enlightening videos can be found here (BYOWhatever). Everything you could possibly want to know on the subject can be found at the Council on Spiritual Practices, which beats the CFR any day in my book.

My point is that information is exceedingly difficult to manage, which, like most everything else, is a two-edged sword. While Sounder details some frustrating experiences in his attempts to join disparate thought streams in some common purpose--an experience I know quite well myself--it's just as hard to dam and divert those streams for those in that business.

Consider those guys upstream discussing the myths of global warming and Gaia. While much of what they say is true enough, one has to wonder at their Club of Rome connections. Thus armed with the sword of skepticism, it's fairly easy to see that they very skillfully advocate the impossibility of meaningful change. Sure, they toss out nice gestures, things like "governmental oversight" and the "essential" truth of climate change, but they still toe the corporate governmental line.

Now contrast this with the surprising success of Wangari Maathai's Green Belt Movement, or even more importantly with Paul Hawken's vision of Blessed Unrest (the long-anticipated book & movie are finally coming out in April!) What Hawken taps into is the fact that this sea change is both inevitable and ultimately unstoppable. Not that they're not trying. Greenwashing is the soup du jour on every corporate plate, from GE to Monsanto to DuPont, but it's a thin and pasty gruel.

The reason I mentioned free energy early on in this thread is not as a techno-miracle peg on which to hang our hopes, but rather as a catalyst, a mechanism for the necessary change in both our thinking and our contrived and corrupted forms of governance. The conspiracy crowd has spent the last five years watching a few buildings falling down, over and over again, thinking "if only we could prove that Bush is a world-killing Nazi," when we know he is that without exposing his most diverting spectacle. When the story of the suppression of free energy is revealed, we're not going to impeach one whore; we're going to unleash a torrent of disclosure that will make your constitutionalism not only possible but meaningful.

While I've encountered many of the same reactions that Sounder mentions in bringing different factions together, it seems to me that these differences are so insubstantial in the face of the approaching dystopia that they will simply melt away when the big manure pile hits the ceiling fan of civilization. The solutions are much more simple than the Club of Rome slicksters and the co-opted environmentalists would have us believe. You take the money out of politics (and economics, for that matter), make government representative, and implement the sustainable design solutions already on the table in energy, education, health care, manufacturing, architecture, transportation, etc, etc, and presto-chango, the world is a very different place.

The problem is not what do we do--it's how do we pry the fingers of these parasitic barnacle-leeches from the steering wheel? (To mix as many metaphors as possible.) The answer is by demonstrating the viability of the solutions while disclosing the criminal intent of the conspiracy to keep those solutions suppressed. Then comes the hard part. Not implementing those changes--that's the fun part, the cosmic barn-raising. I'm talking about forgiving the trespassers.

Think about it. It's not just that amnesty is necessary as an enticement for disclosure; what about that solid, stolid 1/3rd that stands behind their president, that truly believes in the Great Lies of American Exceptionalism, Manifest Destiny and the Social Darwinism upon which it all stands? How do you re-integrate 100 million stupid and bloodthirsty but also genuine, authentic believers in the Great Deception? What about the principled but wrong-headed scientists who serve Empire so diligently? Sew a red MA (murderous asshole) on all their garments?

Fundamental change on the scale of re-ordering the life of the planet without forgiveness is an invitation to retribution. If there's anything at all we've ever learned in our gruesome history, it's that blood only begets more blood. This is the tricky part. You don't get to hang Rush Limbaugh from a meathook or bitch-slap Joe Lieberman. Sorry.

And all you guys thought "love your neighbor" meant "until her husband gets home." (Sorry about the irreverence--you gotta break up the sermons now and then, you know. And sorry about the hopefulness, Shrub. What can I say?)

2/02/2007 02:37:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Counter that with our philosophy,

We can't change the way we are living without shedding some blood.

"The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots and tyrants." -
-- Thomas Jefferson

Gender: Feminine

Usage: Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Romanian, Polish, Czech, Slovene, Russian

Other Scripts: Сабина (Russian)

Pronounced: sah-BEE-nah (Italian, Spanish, Polish) [key]
Feminine form of Sabinus, a Roman cognomen meaning "Sabine woman" in Latin. The Sabines were an ancient people who lived in central Italy, their lands eventually taken over by the Romans after several wars. According to legend, the Romans abducted several Sabine women during a raid. When the men came to rescue them, the women were able to make peace between the two groups.


2/02/2007 02:51:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

The Rape of The Sabine women

The term "rape" in this context means "abduction" (from the Latin rapere). It refers to an event supposed to have occurred in the early history of Rome, shortly after its foundation by Romulus and a group of mostly male followers. Seeking wives in order to found families, the Romans negotiated with the pre-existing population of the area, the Sabines. The Sabines refused to allow their women to marry the Romans, fearing the emergence of a rival culture. Faced with the extinction of their community, the Romans planned to abduct Sabine women. Romulus invited Sabine families to a festival of Neptune Equester. At the meeting he gave a signal, at which the Romans grabbed the Sabine women and fought off the Sabine men. The indignant abductees were implored by Romulus to accept Roman husbands. According to Livy, he spoke to them each in person "and pointed out to them that it was all owing to the pride of their parents in denying right of intermarriage to their neighbours. They would live in honourable wedlock, and share all their property and civil rights, and - dearest of all to human nature - would be the mothers of freemen."

The women married Roman men, but the Sabines went to war with the Romans. The conflict was eventually resolved when the women, who now had children by their Roman husbands, intervened in a battle to reconcile the warring parties.

[They] went boldly into the midst of the flying missiles with dishevelled hair and rent garments. Running across the space between the two armies they tried to stop any further fighting and calm the excited passions by appealing to their fathers in the one army and their husbands in the other not to bring upon themselves a curse by staining their hands with the blood of a father-in-law or a son-in-law, nor upon their posterity the taint of parricide. "If," they cried, " you are weary of these ties of kindred, these marriage-bonds, then turn your anger upon us; it is we who are the cause of the war, it is we who have wounded and slain our husbands and fathers. Better for us to perish rather than live without one or the other of you, as widows or as orphans."

more to a name,

2/02/2007 02:55:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

A paradox indeed

paradox (Gk: παράδοξος, "aside belief") is an apparently true statement or group of statements that leads to a contradiction or a situation which defies intuition. Typically, either the statements in question do not really imply the contradiction, the puzzling result is not really a contradiction, or the premises themselves are not all really true or cannot all be true together. The word paradox is often used interchangeably and wrongly with contradiction; but whereas a contradiction asserts its own opposite, many paradoxes do allow for resolution of some kind.

such is life,

2/02/2007 03:09:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Ground Hog Day Story for levity

Cheer up, we battle every day and are slain, take by the valkyries to valhalla to feast and party all night, returning tomorrow to do it again.
What a way to live and die.


14 Dead As Storms Sweep Through Florida

Associated Press Writer

LADY LAKE, Fla. (AP) -- Storms carrying the state's deadliest tornado in a decade cut a path across central Florida early Friday, killing at least 14 people, damaging hundreds of homes and littering fields with clothes, furniture and splintered lumber.

Searchers moved through the four-county region, using spray paint to mark what they found in husks of buildings while residents who had startled out of bed came back to look for friends or loved ones and salvage anything that wasn't blown apart.

Among the deaths were two high school students.

Dozens of mobile homes were destroyed near Lady Lake in Lake County, about 50 miles northwest of Orlando. Chairs, beds and clothes were strewn about yards, with debris hanging from trees. Some homes were tossed from their foundations, while others had their roofs ripped off.

"I'm not going to be able to live here, but it could have been worse," said Lady Lake trailer park resident Tammy Peace. "All of this can be replaced, but life can't be."

The Lady Lake Church of God was demolished, its pews, altar and Bibles left in a jumbled mess. The 31-year-old, steel-reinforced structure was built to withstand 150-mph winds, the Rev. Larry Lynn said.

By daybreak, parishioners gathered amid the ruins, hugging each other and consoling Lynn. They planned to clear the debris and hold Sunday services on the empty lot.

"That's just the building. The people are the church. We'll be back bigger and stronger," Lynn said.

The storms moved across Sumter and Lake counties around 3:15 a.m., then to Volusia County, where 69 homes and a county medical clinic were damaged, authorities said.

"Our priority today is search and rescue," Gov. Charlie Crist told reporters in Tallahassee as he declared a state of emergency in four counties.

In The Villages, one of the nation's largest retirement communities, Lee Shaver said he shielded his wife Irene with his body while huddling in a closet as the roof peeled off their home. Fence posts launched as projectiles were embedded into the wall of their home, Irene Shaver said.

"Every muscle and bone in my body shook," said Lee Shaver, 54. "We don't know what to do. We have no cell phones, wallets, IDs."

Many homes were turned into rubble along Lake Mack. Vern Huber, 87, said his weather radio went off around 3:30 a.m. and he and his wife, Louedna, 81, huddled in the hall and put pillows from the couch on top of themselves.

"It was a deafening roar," Huber said.

Determining the exact number of dead could take days, state emergency management chief Craig Fugate said.

Lake County spokesman Christopher Patton confirmed the 14 known deaths - 11 in Paisley and three in Lady Lake. Two of the victims, one boy and one girl, were high school students. Their names were not released, and no further details were available on the other fatalities.

The storms moved across the area about 3:15 a.m., the weather service said.

"The most dangerous tornado scenario is a threat for killer tornadoes at night, and that was the case," said Dave Sharp, a National Weather Service meteorologist in Melbourne.

At least five crashes took place within a quarter mile of each other near Interstate 4's New Smyrna Beach exit, closing the highway for about three hours.

In one case, a tractor-trailer was lifted up and landed on another semi, pinning the driver in his cab, said Kim Miller, a spokeswoman with the Florida Highway Patrol. The driver did not suffer life-threatening injuries, she said.

About 10,000 customers were without power across a wide swath of central Florida, Progress Energy spokeswoman Cherie Jacobs said.

The state Emergency Operations Center was activated, said Mike Stone, spokesman at the state's Department of Emergency Management. Several counties opened shelters for those who lost their homes.

In February 1998, five twisters hit near Orlando over two days, killing 42 people and damaging or destroying about 2,600 homes and businesses, according to the National Weather Service. It was Florida's deadliest spate of tornadoes.

Tornados, it looks
like we are not just in
in Kansas anymore.


2/02/2007 04:25:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

IC touched keys and formed these symbols:

"While it's probably true that they were one source behind Dr. Tim's turn on, tune in, drop out propaganda (in order to keep the angry youth from engaging in conventional politics), it's at least equally true that even on the outside looking in, Timothy Leary had the last laugh because the entheogenic revolution revealed glimpses of yet another suppressed truth that could not then be so easily put back in storage."

Aye! A fun thought to toy with, an interesting mental, um, trip, to take. They didn't know what they were dealing with, did they? Still don't. Albert Hoffman, the real Morpheus, reluctant savior of Mankind!


I'm glad to see you've clearly analyzed the fault lines in the (for lack of a better term) "eco-globalist empowerment" movement. I'm looking at the "Blessed Unrest" site, note the obligatory Bill McKibben blurb -- looks intriguing. Perhaps Wendell Berry, who seemed so much the lone voice in the wilderness in the 80s and 90s, even with a whiff of futility, is seeing some of the seed he planted sprout. I hope so. So much of the modern concept of husbandry (economic kind) can be laid at his feet. Although he would be the first to demur.

But this movement--what does it consist of? "The largest movement in the world...why no one saw it coming..." Nice come-on, but is either clause actually true? Is it remotely possible that a large social movement could grow unseen, under the radar coverage of our Controllers?

"Blessed Unrest explores the diversity of the movement, its brilliant ideas, innovative strategies, and hidden history, which date back many centuries. A culmination of Hawken's many years of leadership in the environmental and social justice fields, it will inspire and delight any and all who despair of the world's fate, and its conclusions will surprise even those within the movement itself. Fundamentally, it is a description of humanity's collective genius, and the unstoppable movement to reimagine our relationship to the environment and one another."

Maybe. Wiki notes that Bill Clinton mentioned Harken's book "Natural Capitalism" as one of the five most important books in the world today. Even allowing for hyperbole, that kind of endorsement makes me reach for my pitchfork.

I wonder who funds Natural Capital Institute? A self-described "NGO" (red flag bigtime), I see more red flag words like WiserEarth, and quotes like this:

"We believe the current downward spiral of environmental and social conditions can be arrested and that a just and restorative economy is possible."

Little teases. Tell us how. The website is somewhat reticent on how we do this. Just a lot of Clintonesque verbiage about "caring for the wider community," "member-centric, control-free zone of activity in which members agree to cooperate in the creation of public goods" ... "WISER (World Index for Social and Environmental Responsibility) creates the space for civil society, the private sector, and government to collaboratively define, address, and solve social and environmental problems. The more than one million organizations and the one hundred million individuals who actively work towards ecological sustainability, economic justice, human rights, and political accountability work on issues that are systemically interconnected and intertwined."

Lots of buzzwords to plow through.

Also, IC, I admire your ardent desire to "out" those who have thwarted free energy, but would suggest, IC, that there are, also, a lot of well-meaning individuals who have been struggling hard to "out" the 911 schemers. Same crowd of perps, I would suppose, and the same serious, world-shaking consequences if this knowledge is made public. Why belittle the "conspiracy crowd" in such an off-hand way? If you know that Bush's team is criminal, don't you think it important to establish the crime? And should such a crime be forgiven, once proven?

Forgiveness and mercy are all well and good, but are we not enjoined to punish murderers? Isn't cold-blooded, premeditated murder deserving of punishment?

And this whole crazy notion of not being able to hang Rush Blimpaugh from a meathook! What?! Imagine the psychic pain that poor man experiences: it would be doing him a kindness, releasing him from his black iron prison.

That point, at least, you must reconsider.

2/02/2007 04:38:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Being MAENADS means we cut right through the bullshit.

Did you see the way the fucking hypocrite Rush talked about us Maenads?

I do not Like him.
Let's Kill Him!!!

One way ticket, motherfucker!!

Ok, we tie him up,
cut him,
and fuck him.

OK, where is that tire iron?

Simple, and he is a fucking hypocrite to boot.

As far as we see it he like the REST.

They are only living on borrowed time.


2/02/2007 04:52:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

So many Separation little time...

Pakistan to fence border of Afghanistan

2/02/2007 05:05:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

They are only living on borrowed time.

Aren't we all?

2/02/2007 05:08:00 PM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...


All your points are well taken. I'm suspicious of any sort of capitalism because (among many, many reasons) it is squarely predicated on scarcity & usury, the twin devils of any economic scheme to throttle abundance & responsibility. So, I'm not as keen on Hawken's Natural Capitalism as I am on the notion of Blessed Unrest, to which I was attracted mostly because it sounded like what I had envisioned. I guess we'll find out in April what it's really all about.

There are "new capitalisms" floating around out there, everything from gift economies to corporate stewardship (an oxymoronic stew if you ask me.) Here they are, if anyone's interested:

Michel Bauwens: P2P And The Corporation @

Conscious Capitalism: Creating a New Paradigm for Business @

But on to weightier matters. I didn't mean to disparage the whole 9/11 truth movenment, Oarwell; I just wanted to give a different sense of perspective on it. 9/11 was one act of state terrorism. Out of a long, long list. The suppression of free energy and economies of abundance is a completely different world. Putting those terrorists in jail (or on meathooks) will not of itself change the system which sponsored them. That's all I meant, which you were probably guessing, I'm guessing.

As for reconsidering Rush's meathook: no way. You know how twisted these people are. Look, this is really nasty stuff--not my cup of tea at all, you know--but here's why you can't let this happen. You are aware, I trust, that a man voids all his cavities, so to speak, when he's hanged or otherwise violently impaled, pinioned or shook to death, right? Well, given Rush's need for Viagra, wouldn't you be helping him achieve...see! I told you it was nasty! Do you really want to be an accessory to that?

I'm going to go wash my mind out with something vaguely, it won't be the product of any capitalist enterprise, thank you very much.

2/02/2007 06:11:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Case in point with regards to the above, courtesy of Cryptogon:

"Gov. Rick Perry ordered Friday that schoolgirls in Texas must be vaccinated against the sexually transmitted virus that causes cervical cancer, making Texas the first state to require the shots.

The girls will have to get Merck & Co.’s new vaccine against strains of the human papillomavirus, or HPV, that are responsible for most cases of cervical cancer.

Merck is bankrolling efforts to pass laws in state legislatures across the country mandating it Gardasil vaccine for girls as young as 11 or 12. It doubled its lobbying budget in Texas and has funneled money through Women in Government, an advocacy group made up of female state legislators around the country."

Classic example. Big Pharma wants to market its vaccine, which probably has been rushed to market and for all we know will cause liver cancer in 10 years, so it CREATES or SUBORNS an "advocacy" group with a nice-sounding name, Women in Government, to serve as its shill.

"Advocacy" sounds so much better than "lobbyist," doncha think?

Have another martini.

They have deep pockets, the multinationals, and I remain deeply suspicious of Good Guys who suddenly show up announcing this or that panacea. Tear off the mask and you usually find underneath the hyper-alloy combat chassis of some inhuman, amoral, greed-run-amok corporation.

I look askance at ANY scheme for utopia, any dreamer's Erewhon which, held up to the mirror, is seen to be nothing. Thomas More's point, in fact. "There will be no earthly kingdom." Some utopias are imagined by the well-intentioned, true. But some are invidious, Trojan Horses brought as gifts, but actually vessels of pestilence.

David Brin, if we assume him to be sincere in his belief in a future paradise underpinned not by love and trust but by surveillance and the possibility of mutual recrimination, is easy to spot as a fake, a snake in the grass.

I certainly don't know enough about Hawken to say whether his vision is untainted by corpo $$$, but there seems to be a bit of a huckster about him. A soft hucksterism, yes, a green hucksterism, a white-toothed Birkenstock huckster, but a three-card monte game nonetheless.

Not to mention the "Green Cross Millenium Award" presented by Mikhail Gorbachev in 2003.

But never mind that. Hawken's Natural Capitalism site notes that

"the next industrial revolution, like the first one, will be a response to changing patterns of scarcity."

I wasn't aware that the first I.R. was a "response to scarcity." I thought it was a response to the invention of things like power looms, and later, steam engines and advanced steel tools, machines, and factories. Power looms were instruments of profit-generation, damn the consequences on local farmers, weavers, and quality of life. They made cloth cheaply, but I was unaware that there was a pressing shortage of cloth prior to their invention.

A minor point, perhaps: slapping the word 'natural' in front of 'capitalism' is to real human community what slapping 'surveillance' in front of 'society' is to real human interaction. To toads like Brin, surveillance sounds beautiful. To others, 'natural' makes everything smooth, like peanut butter smeared on a memory board.

It is possible that 'nature' and 'aggregate capital' (for that is what capitalism is) may not necessarily happily coexist.

But, to be fair, Hawken coauthored 'Natural Capitalism' with Amory and Hunter Lovins, who sound decent. Here's their pic:

Looking past the moustache (sure sign of insanity lurking just beneath the surface), they co-founded the Rocky Mountain Institute, which sounds like an "our side" outfit, advocating soft energy policy.

I would like to know who funds them, though.

It's always follow the money. Websites, buildings, marketing: it all costs money. Who is paying?

Sign me cynical.

2/02/2007 06:30:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

9/11: The Case Isn't Closed

But with Bush's popularity at a record low, a Zogby poll shows that over 40 percent of Americans now think there has been a "coverup" around 9/11. A more recent poll conducted at the Scripps-Howard/University of Ohio found more than a third of those asked said it was likely that "people in the federal government either assisted in the 9/11 attacks or took no action to stop the attacks because they wanted the United States to go to war in the Middle East."
So, it's probably no surprise that the propaganda mills of the State Department have recently been cranking out attack websites, targeting 9/11 skepticism. And it's not a shocker that the normal channels of media have followed suit (Time, New York Times, etc.) What's weird is how similar the attacks sound in the hallowed halls of "respectable" left political opinion. A recent column on AlterNet by the Progressive's Matthew Rothschild matched the recent bromides of Counterpunch's Alexander Cockburn. In both pieces, the way 9/11 has been questioned was attacked, with no alternatives suggested. Instead, questioning 9/11 at all was belittled with sweeping generalizations."

==Mike Rivero, WhatReallyHappned

2/02/2007 07:01:00 PM  
Blogger Sounder said...

Selene are you sabrina?

I miss alot because of the need to scroll. I did happen to catch this;

"Many are called, but few choose to answer the call." (P) Everyone is called! (L) Yes. But so many succumb to the attacks, can't overcome the blocks and barriers, and choose to continue to view life in mundane, surface terms. When push comes to shove, how many really DO answer. It is a very subtle thing to read the signs and "see the unseen" in the morass of conflicting signals that the 3rd density reality sends to block our vision. (P) Yes. Animals have an abundance of young in order that some will survive. I think there is an abundance of us so that some WILL wake up. The odds are against it, so there HAS to be an abundance of us that have come back for this reason”.

I have distaste for the last element of this screed, as I consider that all will be redemed within the grace of God. At the same time, cause and effect seems to hold sway,... so, who’s to say.

IC, I am not frustrated, got over that 12 years ago. An idea that could be destroyed by bitterness cannot be that great right?

I have been dead to hope and despair for many years. You never go back after the benefits are realized.


2/02/2007 07:44:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Anyone got any ideas about the links between Neo-Nazis, Oklahoma and the first and second WTC attacks (1993 and 2001.)

Fred Crisman, New Orleans and Barry Seal?

2/02/2007 08:30:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

"Texas governor orders STD vaccine for all girls"

TEXAS. Seems like it is always Texas. Just what the hell is wrong with that place ?

2/02/2007 08:31:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Nick Berg in Oklahoma? 9/11 Hijackers in Oklahoma? What's the connection there?

2/02/2007 08:31:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Texas, Florida, Oklahoma, Ohio and Pennsylvania... lots of high wierdness in them their states.

2/02/2007 08:33:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Texas, Florida, Oklahoma, Ohio and Pennsylvania... and gotta throw Louisiana in there too (New Orleans specifically).

You know... JFK assasins, David Ferry, Barry Seal, arm/drugs shipments with Iran, predicted levee breaches and drowning black folk?


2/02/2007 08:43:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Liar’s Poker
“In the showdown between Iran and the United States, both sides are bluffing. But that doesn’t make it any less dangerous.”

“But when the United States antes up in Iraq, it had better remember it’s playing in Iran’s casino.”

Interesting read.

2/02/2007 08:54:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Be a guerilla TV-slayer!

"Mitch Altman, the 50-year-old inventor of the TV-B-Gone, tells me that when he feels depressed he arms himself and heads into the streets. "It's almost a compulsion for me. When I see a TV going in a public place, I go out of my way to turn it off," he says. "Imagine a room where there's an uptight person wearing really bright clothing and jumping up and down and yelling. It's hard to be relaxed when that person is present. When a TV goes off, I notice people's shoulders and arms relax--the body language changes completely. When I'm feeling blue, I turn off a television or two and life just seems a whole lot better."

Just Say Off.

"Altman is a California technophile, a computer whiz, a self-described "geek." He pioneered virtual reality technologies in the 1980s and early versions of voice-recognition software. He built disk drives that were always smaller and faster, and eventually co-founded a company called 3Ware, which perfects disk drive "controllers." He was also a television addict. "I used to collect TVs off the street," he says. "I had 50 TVs in my mom's basement. She was very patient with me. I watched TV every waking moment of my life. But even as a little kid, I remember watching TV and telling myself, 'I don't like this, why am I watching this?' I was five years old when I asked that question. But I kept watching. The one show that I really hated was Gilligan's Island. But it delivered just enough to keep me coming back for more. That is the process of addiction."

Then, in 1980, Altman was watching TV as always, and the question came up that had been dogging him since he was five years old, and suddenly TV was over for him. "I was watching Gilligan's Island--nothing against Bob Denver, but I just couldn't handle it anymore. I went cold turkey. And I've never had a TV since."

It wasn't just Gilligan's Island. It was the physical and psychological awfulness of the experience of watching television. It was the fact that Altman one day sat down in a restaurant with old friends he hadn't seen in years, "but there was a television playing nearby and we found ourselves watching the TV--unable not to watch the television--instead of talking to each other, being with each other."

2/02/2007 10:06:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Some anon asked WTF happened re OK and NYC, etcet and so on.

WTF is going on:

Neocons=neoNazis=Skull&Bones=Luciferian Freemasons, all of whom are the "upper level management" / CEOs / COOs / CFOs for the Central Bankers and Corporatist/Fascist perpetrators of the New World Order

Muslims=patsies=useful idiots=Mossad black ops

Christian Zionists=patsies=useful idiots

Vatican=Luciferian / Satanist pederasts, like S&Boners, last refuge cover story for the Bankers who created Israel as their privately held mercenary state.

Probably half of all the Jews in Israel, if not 2/3 to 3/4, and an equal or greater number in the US are all patsies/useful idiots as well.

Useful idiots (after they have played out their roles)= Useless Eaters [See Henry Kissinger for details]

The mainstream media is all controlled, as is the majority of the internet.

2/02/2007 11:00:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Bush Sr. was part of CIA/S&B hit on JFK (probably W in on JFK Jr. as well).

S&B network with Mossad on behalf of NWO controllers took down the WTC and shot the Pentagon in its little toe to make it look "real."

The controllers want to microchip you as the "mark of the beast", without which no one will be allowed to buy or sell.

2/02/2007 11:03:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Hollywood director and documentary film maker Aaron Russo has gone in-depth on the astounding admissions of Nicholas Rockefeller, who personally told him that the elite's ultimate goal was to create a microchipped population and that the war on terror was a hoax, Rockefeller having predicted an "event" that would trigger the invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan eleven months before 9/11.

Rockefeller also told Russo that his family's foundation had created and bankrolled the women's liberation movement in order to destroy the family and that population reduction was a fundamental aim of the global elite.

Russo is perhaps best known for producing Trading Places starring Eddie Murphy but was more recently in the spotlight for his exposé of the criminal run for profit federal reserve system, the documentary America From Freedom to Fascism.

Currently undergoing more treatment in his fight against cancer, Russo made time for a sit down interview with radio host and fellow documentary film maker Alex Jones in which he dropped bombshell after bombshell on what Rockefeller had told him about the direction the world was being steered towards by the global elite.

After his popular video Mad As Hell was released and he began his campaign to become Governor of Nevada, Russo was noticed by Rockefeller and introduced to him by a female attorney. Seeing Russo's passion and ability to affect change, Rockefeller set about on a subtle mission to recruit Russo into the elite.

During one conversation, Rockefeller asked Russo if he was interested in joining the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) but Russo rejected the invitation, saying he had no interest in "enslaving the people" to which Rockefeller coldly questioned why he cared about the "serfs."

"I used to say to him what's the point of all this," states Russo, "you have all the money in the world you need, you have all the power you need, what's the point, what's the end goal?" to which Rockefeller replied (paraphrasing), "The end goal is to get everybody chipped, to control the whole society, to have the bankers and the elite people control the world."

Rockefeller even assured Russo that if he joined the elite his chip would be specially marked so as to avoid undue inspection by the authorities.

Russo states that Rockefeller told him, "Eleven months before 9/11 happened there was going to be an event and out of that event we were going to invade Afghanistan to run pipelines through the Caspian sea, we were going to invade Iraq to take over the oil fields and establish a base in the Middle East, and we'd go after Chavez in Venezuela."

Rockefeller also told Russo that he would see soldiers looking in caves in Afghanistan and Pakistan for Osama bin Laden and that there would be an "Endless war on terror where there's no real enemy and the whole thing is a giant hoax," so that "the government could take over the American people," according to Russo, who said that Rockefeller was cynically laughing and joking as he made the astounding prediction.

In a later conversation, Rockefeller asked Russo what he thought women's liberation was about. Russo's response that he thought it was about the right to work and receive equal pay as men, just as they had won the right to vote, caused Rockefeller to laughingly retort, "You're an idiot! Let me tell you what that was about, we the Rockefeller's funded that, we funded women's lib, we're the one's who got all of the newspapers and television - the Rockefeller Foundation."

Rockefeller told Russo of two primary reasons why the elite bankrolled women's lib, one because before women's lib the bankers couldn't tax half the population and two because it allowed them to get children in school at an earlier age, enabling them to be indoctrinated into accepting the state as the primary family, breaking up the traditional family model.

This revelation dovetails previous admissions on behalf of feminist pioneer Gloria Steinem (pictured) that the CIA bankrolled Ms. Magazine as part of the same agenda of breaking up traditional family models.

Rockefeller was often keen to stress his idea that "the people have to be ruled" by an elite and that one of the tools of such power was population reduction, that there were "too many people in the world," and world population numbers should be reduced by at least half.

Rockefellers still major share of EXXON (as in $40 BILLION profit just announced), founded by JD Rockefeller as Standard Oil.

Just as Rothschild's founded Shell Oil, which is but one tiny part of their Central Bank and corporate empire, as in US Federal Reserve and Bank of England, Rio Tinto Copper, BBC, Reuters, DeBeers diamond cartel, the list goes on.

2/02/2007 11:25:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

anonymous 8:30 said...Anyone got any ideas about the links between Neo-Nazis, Oklahoma and the first and second WTC attacks(1993 & 2001)?

Yeah I do. The names Kirk Lyons and Don Wassall. Carol Howe had charged that German immigrant Andreas Strassmeir was involved with the Oklahoma bombing. Strassmeir's attorney Lyons assisted in his client's departure from U.S. Timothy McVeigh had admitted to had phoned Lyons prior to the bombing. The speculation of the defense for McVeigh was that Lyons was Strassmeir's federal government handler. Who was keeping evidence of it's foreknowledge of bomb conspiracies out of the reach of the McVeigh jury.

Wassall is involved with John Doe No. 2. The man who sat next to McVeigh in the Ryder truck. Who is believed to be Michael Brescia. Strassmeir is reported to have been seen with these men at a Populist Party event which Wassall had hosted. So these links all tie into a white supremacist movement.


2/03/2007 01:20:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Environmentalism, Hussien, Democrats, Rosie/Trump, Hillary/Barack, global warming, Iraq War, all distractions. As the mass media creates illusions, Big Brother clamps down by opening our mail, suspending habeas corpus, stealing private lands, banning books like "America Deceived" from Amazon, rigging elections, conducting warrantless wiretaps and starting wars based on blatant lies. Soon, the sinking of an Aircraft Carrier(by Mossad) will occur and the US will 'retaliate' against Iran. Which AIPAC-lobbying country benefit's from that? How much will the environment matter after a Nuke attack on Iran? Not much. Stop Iraq, Prevent Iran then the environment.
Last link (before Google Books bends to gov't Will and drops the title):
America Deceived (book)

2/03/2007 01:55:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

[All this forced drugging in Texas and Bush family connections to the ongoing bits of I.G. Farben was KNOWN when he was appointed as President in 2001. Are you surprised? That 'executive order' in my opinion, without huge corruption in Texas, will be DOA.]

The GW Bush Gang: IG Farben 2001 by Robert Lederman

"What my cabinet shows is that I am not afraid to surround myself with strong and competent people...a good executive is one that understands how to recruit people and how to delegate authority and responsibility."

-GW Bush 1/2/2001 [note date]

As promised GW Bush has recruited competent and experienced advisors.

Despite their seeming diversity however they have a common denominator. The America they reflect is the oil, pharmaceutical, armament, Wall Street and eugenics interests long associated with the Bush family.

Seventy years ago a similar configuration of oil, pharmaceutical, chemical, military supply and eugenics interests were organized by Wall Street into IG Farben/Standard Oil-Hitler's industrial powerhouse.

To grasp the real significance of what GW Bush's cabinet has been brought together to accomplish it is essential to understand the history of IG Farben, its relationship with American corporations and how together they applied modern technology to the task of eugenics or scientific racism.

According to former US Justice Dept. Nazi War Crimes prosecutor John Loftus -who is today the director of the Florida Holocaust Museum- "The Bush family fortune came from the Third Reich," -Sarasota Herald-Tribune 11/11/2000

Along with the Rockefellers (Standard Oil, Chase Manhattan Bank), Mellons (Gulf Oil, Alcoa Aluminum), DuPonts (DuPont Chemicals), General Motors and Henry Ford, banks and shipping companies operated by the Bush family were crucial players in setting up the industrial power behind the Third Reich.

These companies poured hundreds of millions of dollars into IG Farben and provided it with technology for tactically-essential synthetic materials-***while withholding the same materials and patents from the US government.***

The Rockefeller family, long aligned with the Bushes, owned Standard Oil.

Through a stock transfer they became half owners of Germany's IG Farben with Farben likewise owning almost half of Standard Oil.

According to the Encyclopedia Brittanica, IG Farben built and operated more than 40 concentration camps in Nazi-occupied Europe, including Auschwitz.

At their slave labor/factory/death camps chemicals, weapons, drugs, synthetic fuels and other materials vital to the Nazi war effort were manufactured.

In addition, eugenicists like Dr. Josef Mengele used the human subjects in the camps for experiments the data from which are today the basis for many drugs marketed by the pharmaceutical industry-not too surprising in light of the fact that more Americans die from prescription drugs than from any other single cause.

At the end of WWII the allies split up IG Farben into companies that are now the top pharmaceutical concerns on earth among them Bayer, Hoescht, BASF, the Agfa-Gevaert Group and Cassella AG.

Many of Wall Streets favorite pharmaceutical/chemical companies behind the proliferation of genetically-altered foods, transgenic animals, human cloning, dangerous psychiatric drugs, deadly vaccines and pesticides-such as Aventis-are subsidiaries of these same companies.

War provides the necessary medium in which this witches brew of oil, eugenics, pharmaceuticals, munitions and Wall Street investing can reach maximum growth.

Likewise, war is also the essential frame of reference for the newly formed GW Bush administration.

The high-profile minorities who are working as Bush advisors have been hand-picked, funded and carefully cultivated by right wing think tanks and conservative foundations with a white supremacist philosophy in order to provide cover for their anti-poor, anti-minority eugenics agenda.

For those who scoff at the validity of comparing the Bush administration to the Nazis and IG Farben please note the following. I'm not suggesting that GW Bush is a literal Nazi nor am I implying that everyone who is an oil or pharmaceutical company executive automatically deserves to be linked to IG Farben. That the Bush wealth and prominence in American politics is derived from Prescott Bush and George Herbert Walker's support of Hitler is a historical fact.

If the connection ended in 1945 with the destruction of Nazi Germany that might have been the end of it-it didn't end there however.

Not only has the eugenics agenda continued but many of the top Nazis who were advancing it during WWII were brought to the US after the war and installed in academia, the media, government research institutions and the CIA-by the same American officials who worked with the Bush family to build up Nazi Germany in the first place.

Their ideas formed the basis for much of the agenda promoted by this nation's most influential right-wing think tanks-the same think tanks that are the sponsors of GW Bush and virtually every one of his appointees.

Why is it significant that many of Bush's staff and cabinet appointees are former pharmaceutical company executives as was GW's father, former President George Bush? These corporations are voraciously patenting the earth's life forms-its plants, bacteria, viruses, animals and even human genetic lineages.

Reproduction of plants, animals and humans may eventually be totally controlled by these corporations, genetically-altered, recombined into chimeric life forms and exploited for profit.

The Human Genome Project, as it admits on the very first page of its website - - , is derived from the eugenics movement in the US and Nazi Germany during the first half of the 20th century.

The Eugenics Records Office at Cold Springs Harbor NY-where American eugenics started-was built by the Harriman family-the Bushes' Wall Street business partners in funding Hitler.

This is the new frontier of colonialism in the 21st century-the total domination and exploitation of the earth and everything on it-the New World Order both former President Bush and Adolf Hitler so frequently called for.

While my writings focus on the Republican aspect of this agenda there is no question that many Democrats are participants and that none of these things could be accomplished without the full "bipartisan support" we hear about each and every day.

Some of the men and women who do the thinking for GW Bush:

- Vice President, Dick Cheney, arguably the real President-elect, was one of papa Bush's top advisors. His company, Haliburton, is one of the nation's largest recipients of government contracts, supplying military equipment, oil services and infrastructure. Cheney epitomizes corporate-welfare and like most of Bush's appointees is a multi-millionaire who will receive huge financial benefits from the administrations' policies and any wars it manages to get the US into.

- Secretary of Labor Linda Chavez (NOTE: she was forced a couple days ago to withdraw her nomination) -who is outspokenly anti-union-was a research fellow at the CIA's Manhattan Institute during 1993 and 1994 and has received almost $200,000 in grants from the John M. Olin Foundation, a notorious right-wing fund derived from a family business in munitions and chemicals with roots in white supremacy. Despite her Hispanic surname she is an outspoken advocate for the English First Movement. Chavez is president of the Center for Equal Opportunity, based in Washington, D.C. an organization dedicated to eliminating affirmative action. On their website Chavez quotes Charles Murray, author of The Bell Curve, a classic of modern racial eugenics which has become the "bible" for the anti-welfare anti-affirmative action movement.

- Secretary of Health and Human Services, Wisconsin Gov. Tommy G. Thompson, is known for his controversial welfare reforms-based in large part on two books by Charles Murray, Losing Ground and The Bell Curve. Murray was a consultant for the Wisconsin welfare reform program. Thompson's protege, Jason Turner, was later brought to NYC where he has run Mayor Giuliani's characteristically brutal welfare elimination program. Turner became notorious for quoting the motto on the gates over Auschwitz- "Arbeit Macht Frei-work shall make you free". He is frequently a guest with Charles Murray in panel discussions at the CIA's Manhattan Institute and other Bush-connected think tanks. Murray wrote the Bell Curve while a fellow at the Manhattan Institute where his pseudo-scientific research on the genetic inferiority of African Americans was primarily financed by the Pioneer Fund. Since 1937 the Pioneer Fund has promoted eugenics and the ideology of white racial superiority.

- Secretary of Energy, Spencer Abraham, who served as Vice President Dan Quale's chief of staff, spent years trying to abolish the very agency he will now head. His legislative positions include being against higher fuel efficiency standards for cars, being against government regulations for industry and support for opening up national parklands to oil drilling. He is a recipient of oil company contributions totaling more than $221,000 according to the NY Times. The American Petroleum Institute has said it looks forward to working with Abraham. Abraham helped found the conservative law group the Federalist Society which specializes in eliminating social programs, affirmative action, welfare and bilingual education. The society is funded by the John M. Olin Foundation, the Sarah Scaife Foundation, the Bradley Foundation, and the Lilly Endowment-America's leading far right think tanks. Among its most prominent members are Supreme Court Justices Scalia and Thomas whose questionable election ruling gave Bush his illegitimate Presidency. Spokespersons for the Federalist Society include Bell Curve author Charles Murray, Manhattan Institute fellow Abigail Thernstrom, and Dinesh d'Souza of the American Enterprise Institute.

- Secretary of Education, Rod Paige, the latest African American Bush appointee, is a conservative public schools administrator in Texas and decades-long crony of the Bush family who supports vouchers, tying teacher pay directly to test scores and school privatization-all of which will negatively impact African American students by destroying public education.

- Secretary of Defense, Donald H. Rumsfeld was Secretary of Defense under President Ford. Rumsfeld like Powell, Cheney, Rice and numerous other Bush administration officials is a salesman for the Star Wars Missile Defense Shield. He served four terms in the US Congress where he voted against Medicare, anti-poverty programs like Headstart, food stamps and various healthcare proposals. Rumsfeld, who formerly headed Searle Pharmaceuticals, is part of the drug company axis within the Bush administration. Former President Bush was director of Eli Lilly, OMB head Mitchell E. Daniels was also senior executive of Eli Lilly and AG John Ashcroft is known as a lobbyist for pharmaceutical companies. Dr. Gail R. Wilensky-one of numerous John M. Olin grant recipients attached to Bush-is the principal author of GW's Medicare plan. Wilensky serves on the boards of eight health care companies in which she owns more than $12 million in stock.

- Secretary of State, Colin Powell is a lifelong operative of the CIA/military-industrial complex. While working for the Pentagon he earned his present stature by helping cover up the Mai Lai massacre, the contra/arms-cocaine deal and Gulf War Syndrome. Powell's reputation as a hero derives from presiding over a war in which US troops were used as guinea pigs for drug companies' experimental vaccines so that they could "safely" fight George Bush's friend Sadamn Hussein-who had been supplied with chemical and biological weapons by the Bush administration. Unlike most of GW's appointees of color, Powell proudly admits he owes his career to affirmative action yet willingly joins an administration that considers ending affirmative action a top priority.

- Secretary of the Treasury, Paul H. O'Neill is the chairman of Alcoa Aluminum, one of the world's worst polluters and a leading corporate supporter of Nazi Germany and eugenics. O'Neill owns 1.6 million shares of Alcoa, worth more than $50 million. During WWII Alcoa negotiated a deal with the Nazis and IG Farben to supply Germany's war machine rather than the US military with aluminum. "If America loses this war," said then Secretary of the Interior Harold Ickes on June 26, 1941, "it can thank the Aluminum Corporation of America [ALCOA]." Alcoa produces hundreds of millions of tons of fluoride. This highly toxic waste byproduct of aluminum has been linked in thousands of medical studies to cancer and other degenerative diseases. In the 1950's Alcoa arranged to have it added to our nation's drinking water rather than disposed of as toxic waste. During WWII in IG Farben's slave labor camps Nazis scientists discovered that by adding fluoride to the drinking water they could make prisoners more submissive to authority. [USSR did it in Siberia prison camps, as well: so the origins of flouridated water is a prison camp.] O'Neill is a fellow at the RAND Corporation and American Enterprise Institute, two more extreme right-wing think tanks.

- Attorney General John Ashcroft (NOTE: His nomination is strongly opposed - see the Confirmation Hearings process at ) is a self-styled moral crusader as strongly anti-abortion as he is enthusiastic about the death penalty. Last year, Ashcroft received an honorary degree from Bob Jones University. He is closely aligned with the Christian Coalition, Pat Robertson and Southern heritage groups which admire the Confederacy and defend the institution of slavery as practiced in the South. He is known among lobbyists as an advocate for drug companies and the automotive industry and for preventing consumers from suing HMO's. The furor over Ashcroft's anti-abortion views is being played out exactly as planned by Team Bush. Not only will the Bush administration never make abortions illegal, if anything the eugenics agenda that underlies the Bush family history guarantees that abortion, sterilization and other technologies intended to limit population-including war, chemical exposure, pesticide use in urban areas, genetically-altered foods and vaccines-will proceed at an unprecedented level. The Bush gang are delighted to see Democrats, women's rights advocates and the left focusing on Ashcroft while virtually ignoring the other Bush appointees.

- Secretary of Commerce Donald L. Evans is an insider in the Texas "oil mafia" and is GW's closest friend and confidant. He's also friend, confidant and contributor to one of America's biggest recipients of government contacts, Halliburton's Dick Cheney.

- Office of Management and Budget Director Mitchell E. Daniels Jr., was senior executive of the Eli Lilly drug company and was previously the president of the arch-conservative Hudson Institute. Daniels, who advocates strict enforcement of laws against casual drug users, was busted for drugs in 1970.

Bush and Eugenics links

Past articles by Robert Lederman about West Nile Virus, Bush, Giuliani, Manhattan Institute and Eugenics can be found at:

2/03/2007 02:26:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Establishing control over one’s emotions is very important. Out of control, emotions can be detrimental to one’s health and well-being, and at worst can be lethal. In a situation where panic takes control and gives way to terror, where fear is completely out of control; one can freeze up when immediate action is called for and wind up dead. Out of control, emotions interfere with and even prevent rational thought. Here the panic/terror takes over one’s entire being. Control of emotions and having a calm mind can mean the difference between life and death.

Worry does nothing to change a problem. It drains energy and can cause serious health problems. Again, the mind is out of control, as the same thoughts compulsively repeat themselves over and over, accomplishing nothing but upset. Bad situations and problems need to be rationally thought out for possible solutions and then let go.
Constantly rehearsing a bad incident over and over isn’t going to solve the problem. This will only create other problems. Stress tears down the body and mind. Mental and psychological pain can be just as bad as physical pain. A strong mind can refuse this pain. When the mind is calm, often solutions will present themselves and problems can be worked out. We are also more open to the spirit world when we are calm, often we can find help here. If we calmly ask our mind for answers regarding a certain problem before we fall asleep at night, we will usually have answers when we awaken, or sometimes answers will come to us in a dream.

Out of control emotions are the result of an out of control mind. Void meditation helps with detaching from negative emotions. When unwanted emotions arise, relaxing one’s mind and detaching one’s self from the feeling can be difficult at first, but with persistence, control can be established. Try softening around the emotion or focusing attention on the emotion/feeling, relaxing and letting go. Empty the mind. This can also be helpful in cases of depression.
Focus on feeling calm and relaxing inside.

When mastery over one’s emotions is established, (this can take years), being able to keep calm in crisis situations can prove invaluable and can be life saving. Animals will rarely, if ever attack someone who is not in any way afraid. Having a calm orderly and powerful mind comes from the regular practice of void meditation. This also strengthens our thought power for magickal practice. The next time you feel unwanted emotions; try to focus on detaching and relaxing. This can be difficult at first, but will come with time. We must completely master ourselves, for this is the path to becoming a god.

There are times when we have to just let go and vent. This can be done during a ritual. Father Satan always listens to us and sometimes it is a good thing to let it all out and get it all out, so that one can be at peace and not have to feel suppressed in any way. If extreme worry or other emotions cannot be brought under control, venting during a ritual is the often best way. Mastering one’s emotions, as well as the mind is something that needs to be worked on every day. In time, a sense of calm and confidence will take over and remain, so that the mind can be free for spiritual development and the fulfilling of one’s desires.


2/03/2007 07:07:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

There is more to us than meets the eye.
Remember the Greater Self?
Does it know more than you?
If we listen for its small, thin, voice can it not tell us many secrets?
The trick is to open up to what is around us,to be aware.
That is why we go out in nature as much as possible.
Nature has a way of opening us all up to the spiritual.
Once we combine our awareness using all of our senses,
adding our sixth sensewith the other five.
then the Greater Awareness combines this into
ONE UNIT , the results are amazing.

Stone circles are ideal for enhancing earth energies and for a place to build your psychic energies and powers.

Using brown stones will amplify the earth energy to be directed into your working. Brown stones will also amplify your psychic ability and attract earth spirits.

You should begin by marking your area and placing your stones around the marked area.

There should also be four points within your circle where you will invoke the Four Crowned Princes of Hell (and invoke the four elements for advanced mages). These four points should correspond to directions as you would for a standard ritual. Lighted candles should be at the four points. You can also invite Demon friends into the circle with you. You should be able to feel their presence, or for those of us who are advanced, to see them in the circle with you. After you have assembled your circle and are ready to begin, it is important to breathe in form the earth and visualize a powerful electric blue light coming up from your feet and into your hand, holding the athame. Point the athame, direct the light to the tip, and mark your circle, visualizing the blue light and drawing a counterclockwise circle with it.

The energies raised need to be directed to your specific goal. When they peak, gather them into a glowing ball or other form of your choosing, send the form on its way with instructions, and visualize the energy penetrating your target.

When you are finished, blow out the candles, north, then west, south then east. Using your index finger pointing, erase all of the blue light of the circle, moving clockwise in a smooth, slow sweep. Thank your Demon friends (if you had any accompany you, we now have 13 demon friends ourselves) and scatter the stones.

We work outdoors in secret, mostly at night, though we love the warmth
of the sun which is also very powerful.

You can also use the power of a stone circle to meditate in. This will act to enhance your energy. Meditation can be done sitting or lying down. Use the blue light for all of your workings.

Satanism is one with nature.

Bella Luna

2/03/2007 07:07:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Satanism is a religion of the mind. Nearly 100% of all Satanists, past and present have practiced and taken a serious interest in witchcraft, magick, and the occult. Witchcraft has always been synonymous with Satanism. "Witch" means "wise one." Because of persecution, most sorcerers and practitioners of the magickal arts/powers of the mind, years ago worked in secrecy.

Each level of Satanism is another revelation in truth and a test where the strong and fearless survive the weak. With knowledge, when we walk through a door, it is permanently slammed shut behind us and the only direction to go is to continue forward.


2/03/2007 07:10:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Luna is so beautiful to behold.
She is beautiful and full now
Saturn sits next to her on her right side now, such a magnificient sight to cast our eyes on.


2/03/2007 07:14:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Suicide Commandos needed.

Launching a physical attack to topple the tyrants now is suicide,
they are Untouchable.

The want to maintain that illusion for as long as possible for their safety and for the machine to keep working as long as it can before breakdown.

We know they are protected by heavily armed thugs.

Regardless one ant cannot eat a human in its path, but an army of ants can!

Focusing our energies to topple this monster of tyranny.

Guess we have to wait, but the rebels in IRAQ are giving the IMPERIALISTS a run for their money, what 8 billion more , plus 30,000 troopers.

Ever see the MONEY PIT?
Nice film and funny too.

Are we going to let them come door to door in the night like the Fascists in Argentina.
Dumping the bodies in the sea, some half dead.
Never to be seen again.

What will it take?

On Standby,


2/03/2007 07:34:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Suicide Commandos needed.

Launching a physical attack to topple the tyrants now is suicide,
they are Untouchable.

The want to maintain that illusion for as long as possible for their safety and for the machine to keep working as long as it can before breakdown.

We know they are protected by heavily armed thugs.

Regardless one ant cannot eat a human in its path, but an army of ants can!

Focusing our energies to topple this monster of tyranny.

Guess we have to wait, but the rebels in IRAQ are giving the IMPERIALISTS a run for their money, what 8 billion more , plus 30,000 troopers.

Ever see the MONEY PIT?
Nice film and funny too.

Are we going to let them come door to door in the night like the Fascists in Argentina.
Dumping the bodies in the sea, some half dead.
Never to be seen again.

What will it take?

On Standby,


2/03/2007 07:35:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Soar like a BEAGLE

Ashcroft what a PRUDE, even made robes for our Gods and Goddesses to cover their beauty.

He was offended by the beauty of the statues.


The same goes for the TEN COMMANDMENTS, that stupid, fool judge was OUT OF LINE and got the punishment he


2/03/2007 07:45:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Ashes to Ashes
Dust to Dust

We are just made of stardust.

Who is to say we are not.

There is a little + and -
in each of us,
some accept it others do not.

We are to refine ourselves in the fire.

The dross of ignorance cleansed from our souls we transcend to the next level. We believe in the transformation of the soul to achieve godhead.

We are more than our physical bodies.

HEMI-SYNC the Gateway Experience
has this affirmation which I believe.

I am more than my physical body.

Because I am more than physical matter, I can perceive that which is greater than the physical world.

Therefore, I deeply desire to Expand, to Experience; to Know, to Understand; to Control, to Use such greater energies and energy systems as may be beneficial and constructive to me and to those who follow me.

Also, I deeply desire the help and cooperation, the assistance, the understanding of those individuals whose wisdom, development and experience are equal or greater than my own.

I ask their guidance and protection from any influence or any source that might provide me with less than my stated desires.

Character cannot be developed in ease and quiet. Only through experience of trial and suffering can the soul be strengthened, ambition inspired, and success achieved.

Life is either a daring adventure or nothing. Security does not exist in nature, nor do the children of men as a whole experience it. Avoiding danger is no safer in the long run than exposure.

Many persons have the wrong idea of what constitutes true happiness. It is not attained through self-gratification but through fidelity to a worthy purpose.

Helen Keller

I hope this helps
you better understand,


2/03/2007 08:05:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

TMI and IONS are dedicated to the exploration of human consciousness and discovering the many possibilities of human potentiality that may enhance our evolution on our planet.

The Gateway Voyage® is a method of discovery where one can explore different states of consciousness through direct experience. By exploring our internal world, we are able to understand in greater depth the nature of our own reality and our relationship to the universe. We utilize the patented Hemi-Sync® Technology as a tool to access these levels of awareness which assists one in knowing that we are more than our physical bodies. We invite you to find out for yourself and let the Gateway guide you on your own personal voyage inward.

We DO NOT provide a new belief system at the Gateway Voyage. Individuals from all walks of life, professions, and a wide variety of religious backgrounds have attended without encountering conflict regarding their beliefs. The only philosophical point we ask you to consider as a serious possibility is that you are more than your physical body. However, there may be times when you are asked to look at different overviews. It will be your choice to evaluate and accept, reject, or remain undecided as to the validity of those overviews; and through direct experience to realize your own Knowns.

Goals include:

* relaxation
* recognition and control of personal energy,
* problem-solving,
* the out-of-body state,
* greater self-awareness,
* emotional cleansing,
* programming your future.

The Hemi-Sync process has been developed and used for 40 years as part of a sound therapy approach to facilitating beneficial brain wave states. This amazing technology developed by Robert Monroe, a sound engineer and businessman from the United States, has also been used successfully in consciousness expansion and personal growth applications. After years of research and refinement,The Gateway Experience set has emerged as the most extensive assemblage of exercises mixed with clinically proven and scientifically developed Hemi-Sync®, for the extraordinary task of exploring realms beyond the physical body. To view the full Hemi-Sync line, please visit

Here's How it Works:

Hemi-Sync is a scientifically and clinically proven audio-guidance process that works quite simply by sending different sounds (tones) to each ear by stereo headphones. This process is perfectly safe and non-intrusive, which also means no subliminal messages are used. Any verbal cues are clearly stated and understood.

The two hemispheres of the brain then act in unison to “hear” a third signal.
Which is A Binaural Beat.
The difference between the two tones.
This is not an actual sound, but an electrical signal that can only be perceived within the brain when both brain hemispheres are working together.

The result is a focused, whole-brain state known as hemispheric synchronization or “Hemi-Sync," an optimal condition for improving human performance, or heightening awareness.

In its more practical applications, specific combinations of Hemi-Sync signals, for example, has helped users achieve laser-like focus and concentration. Different Hemi-Sync signals mixed in the variety of single Hemi-Sync self-help titles have encouraged profound relaxation, expanded awareness, or other desired states for its listeners.
A Quick Introduction to Hemi-Sync®


2/03/2007 08:34:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

No Barry Seal/Bush photo take story is complete if you leave out
Carlos LEHDER, people!!!!

Carlos Lehder's Bahamian Legacy

by Larry Smith

Recently, a Bahamian political weblog posted a claim that Carlos Lehder - the notorious Colombian drug lord sentenced to life imprisonment in Florida in 1988 - was living comfortably with his wife on Paradise Island.

How could this be? Well it turns out that Lehder cut a deal with the US government in 1992 to help convict former Panama dictator Manuel Noriega on drug trafficking and money laundering charges. Noriega was part of Lehder's cocaine cartel in the 1980s.

That much is true, and there doesn't seem to be any doubt that Noriega remains in a federal prison in Miami (although he is due for release next year). But some are convinced that the US government freed Lehder in the 1990s.

According to the Internet conspiracy site, Rumour Mill News, "Lehder is an employee of the US Treasury while his wife has told a veteran DEA agent that Lehder has been selling drugs to Russia for the CIA."

And our Bahamian bloggers demanded to know how Lehder - the 'king of cocaine' - could get into the country these days: "last year and earlier this year, he was lunching and partying with Sol Kerzner at Atlantis."

A spokesman for Kerzner International said he wouldn't even consider responding, but US Embassy sources insisted that Lehder was still safely in prison, although they would not say exactly where:

"Mr Lehder has not been released from prison. Mr Lehder continues to serve the remainder of his lengthy prison sentence in US custody, though in deliberate obscurity. Lehder was not on Paradise Island and was not partying with Sol Kerzner."

These rumours reportedly drew laughter from representatives of the Drug Enforcement Administration - the US agency that made strenuous efforts during the 1980s to stop large-scale drug trafficking through the Bahamas and bring Lehder to heel.

The facts are that from 1978 to 1982 Lehder operated one of the world's biggest cocaine rings from Norman's Cay in the Exumas. One of Lehder's associates, interviewed in the 1990s on the PBS news magazine Frontline, put it this way:

"He operated on the island from the beginning because he had the blessing of the Bahamian government. They were funneling tons of money...The Bahamian government gave Carlos a promise. We will advise you. You will get a wink from us, a signal, when things are getting too hot and you need to move out of there."

Well, things did eventually get hot - for the Bahamian government as much as for Lehder. And those activities forever tarnished the reputation of Sir Lynden Pindling, severely damaged our national psyche and almost brought down the entire government in disgrace.

Heavy pressure from the US led to the appointment of a Commission of Inquiry in November 1983. And the following year its 500-page report published the unpleasant details of widespread official corruption and described the enormous social problems the drug trade had spawned.

The son of a German father and a Colombian mother, Lehder started out as a small-time car thief and pot dealer. But his notoriety as one of the founders of the Medellin Cartel, and his eventual megalomania, made him a legendary and feared figure much like Blackbeard - an earlier international rogue who once had free rein in the Bahamas.

At the time of his arrest in 1987 Lehder, then 37, was reported to be worth more than $2 billion. Throughout the early 1980s his airstrip at Norman's Cay was receiving cocaine flights from Colombia on a daily if not hourly basis, transferring the loads to smaller planes for distribution throughout the US.

To begin with he bought as much property on the island as he could and then chased off the remaining residents. Armed guards patrolled day and night and former Member of Parliament Norman Solomon was once threatened at gunpoint on the beach.

Lehder's social activities were also legendary: "Orgies," his one-time associate told Frontline. "Five males, 10 females and everybody runs naked and everybody switch partners and everybody drinks and smokes marijuana, and alcohol, and three days of Sodom and Gomorrah."

And he was also a Nazi, dressing in military fatiques and comparing himself to Hitler. According to Tamara Inscoe-Johnson, who has written a book on Lehder: "He spent untold hours plotting a political career, aiming at the Colombian presidency. As his goals expanded, so did his fascination with Nazism; after all, Hitler’s goal was to take over the world, and it was the same with Lehder."

Before Lehder, Norman's Cay was a popular anchorage for visiting yachts. It was developed in the early 1970s as a small residential community with a clubhouse and marina. But in 1978 a Bahamian company called International Dutch Resources began buying up land there. IDR was set up for Lehder by a regular trust company in Nassau, which conveniently managed his working capital.

According to the New York Times, Lehder was responsible for 80 per cent of the Colombian cocaine reaching the United States, mostly through the Bahamas. And the interest in his current whereabouts is ironic in view of the recent renaming of Nassau international Airport after Sir Lynden Pindling, "the father of the nation".

Lehder's Bahamian empire collapsed in mid-1983, when NBC television broke the news that Bahamian officials were on the payroll of Colombian drug lords. At first the story generated howls of protest (and some lawsuits) from top Bahamian officials, including the prime minister.

But soon afterwards, they began singing a different tune. In 1985, after the Commission report was published, Deputy Prime Minister Arthur Hanna called on Sir Lynden to resign and opposition Free National Movement leader Kendal Isaacs condemned the 'nation for sale' scandal as the worst in modern Bahamian history.

"The greatest shocks we have had to suffer in 1984 have been the twin revelations of epidemic drug use among our people, and the incredible corruption in the PLP as a government and as a party," Isaacs said at the time.

A series of hard-hitting Miami Herald articles on "corruption in the Bahamas", noted that foreign investors had channelled millions of dollars to the prime minister or to companies in which he had a secret interest: "The money took various forms - gifts, unorthodox bank loans, direct payments to Pindling creditors, unusual stock deals or generous home mortgages."

A review of Sir Lynden's personal finances by the Commission of Inquiry found that he had spent eight times his reported total earnings from 1977 to 1984. According to the Inquiry report: "The prime minister and Lady Pindling have received at least $57.3 million in cash. Explanations for some of these deposits were given... but could not be verified."

Senior police and defence force officers were forced to resign in disgrace. Lawyers were condemned for bribing public officials. One top cabinet minister was found to be fronting for the mafia. A magistrate was fired for collusion. Parliamentarians were found to have accepted bribes from traffickers, and cronies were charged with perjury.

According to the Inquiry report: "We were alarmed by the extent to which persons in the public service have been corrupted by money derived from the illegal drug trade...We were particularly concerned to discover that these corrupting influences made their presence felt at the level of permanent secretary and minister.

"We have also noted with some concern the contribution made by...the legal profession and the banking industry...In our opinion, the whole nation must accept responsibility."

At one time Lehder was put on the stop list, but that did not prevent him from entering the country. The Commission quoted a 1980 police report that Lehder and fugitive financier Robert Vesco (who lived in Nassau at the time) were both engaged in drug running and that Lehder visited the Exumas frequently.

To realise the degree of freedom which Lehder had in the Bahamas, we have only to consider the incident that occurred in July 1982. An aircraft took off from Norman's Cay with two Colombians on board and dumped leaflets on the Clifford Park Independence celebrations calling for the expulsion of the DEA. The leaflets had dollar bills attached to them.

And all of this was in spite of the serious social, psychological and economic ills being created by widespread and growing drug addiction among Bahamians - many of which are still with us today.

In other words, the entire response of our governmental, law enforcement and judicial systems to what had become a clear and destructive threat to Bahamian society and sovereignty was nothing more than a sham.

Nevertheless, Pindling's charisma was such that the PLP were able to weather the storm and he went on to win the 1987 election - his last and most pyrrhic victory. The bottom line was that one of the world's biggest criminal enterprises, managed by one of the world's highest-profile crooks, was able to operate with impunity on a Bahamian resort island for years - while the government looked the other way.

Lehder moved back to Colombia in 1983 where he was eventually captured and extradited to the US.

He and others were responsible for assassinating Colombia's justice minister in 1984; for the 1985 attack on Colombia's Supreme Court that killed 11 justices and 84 others; for assassinating two newspaper editors and 26 other journalists; for shooting the Colombian ambassador to Hungary; and for a long list of other murders.

Is he connected to people at the TOP?


they laugh in the face of the law,


2/03/2007 08:46:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

CARLOS LEHDER = Man with connections
nazi = parallel secret us gvt Carlos Lehder = cia

"All men die, not all men really live."

This phrase from Mel Gibson's Braveheart sent ripples of clarity into our culture.

As for being expendable, let it not sway us with fear of death from our goals.


2/03/2007 08:57:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Anonymous One,I don't know about you all out there,but my spidey senses are really going off lately.What ever is about to happen is going to crack this egg,get ready for some 4th demension shit.I belive these fucks have us all right were they want us to be.You don't think maybe they'll beam a few billion heads during the stuper bowl do yaw?Does anyone remember the first gulf war,and how we were about to play the super bowl between the giants and bills.That was must TV,people didn't care about any "fucken war"as long as it didn't interupt the game for"Joe Six Packer".Just pray the HD TV doesn't wield their heads together at the party,later.

2/03/2007 09:22:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Yes, I remember.

People getting upset because of the interuptus of war into their daily
dose of the matrix.

Using TV as mass mind control is a playable option.

It is a very Powerful Hypnotic suggestion tool.

I remember reading that on election day in Russia they played porno tapes for free.
Clever, eh?

The tempo is increasing,
Most of the frogs do not feel the water getting hot yet.
There is something in the wind,
for sure.


2/03/2007 09:35:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

One very popular source of the present time, Anna Hayes, writes:

The large amount of ET intervention with Earth that is now taking place is due to our planet's position within its present time cycle. Presently humans have little understanding of these processes and so could not possibly remove themselves from harm's way without the assistance of more advanced stellar races who do possess this knowledge. But the Guardians need humanity's assistance to accomplish this task in a way that would insure human survival during these changes. Abductions and ET contact with Guardian groups are carried out in order to educate and biologically prepare certain humans to assist in this forthcoming process. Humans selected to assist in this endeavor are those who possess specific genetic codes that allow for more flexibility of the biological structure. Not everyone has these codes, and those who do have a responsibility toward the planet and toward the populations who do not have the needed genetic imprint. What the code carriers do with this hidden genetic propensity will determine the overall outcome of the Doreadeshi for the remaining populations. [Hayes, 1998,from Contact Forum, volume 6, no. 1, Jan-Feb 1998]


2/03/2007 09:57:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Anonymous One,oh,maybe Prince can perform a symbolic trigger like Janet's nipple ring of the"Sun God",I happened to be the only one at the party that year who even noticed her breast was showen.Almost every one was looking right at the the TVs in the house,had to be 20 or more folks at this party and not one saw what I did at that moment.When the feed was cliped,I turned to the person next to me and asked him"did you just see a tity with a star on it?",the guy gave me a look of "are you nuts?".I turned to the room behind me that had 2 more big tv's in it,and yelled did anyone see the ugly tity they just showed?Not one person saw it,I thought maybe I had lost my mind,but I knew that my eyes weren't fooling me.Not till I got to work the next day,had I realized they pulled a mind fuck on the brain dead sheep that were just along for the ride that day.Stay tuned it's not your set that needs adjusting it's your "minds eye" that you need to adjust,to the new reality that is about to come,later.

2/03/2007 10:14:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Most people are not aware of the higher purpose of Satanism. The Earth has been the target of a soul farm.

Satan is the "Liberator of Humanity."

Xianity and its cohorts are a hoax.

Satan and his Demons are here to help us get out from under the position of being used as energy livestock in a slaughterhouse for alien consumption.

The enemy Nordics who saw no use for humanity, following the completion of the mining project, sought to follow plan and have us all destroyed.

Nephilim that "took wives" and taught humanity, such as Azazel and Set, were banished, cursed and condemned.

The Judeo/Xian Bible is chock full of BLATANT UFO activity.

Many deluded individuals believe the xian "god" to be a perfect force, above the comprehension of any human being.

The truth is- the Judeo/Xian bible REPEATEDLY describes a jealous, wrathful, spiteful and hateful being- Yaweh/Jehova, with emotions no different from that of humans, though more negative in comparison.

The indifference to suffering indicates cruelty.

This alien entity is aware of the human emotions of wrath, anger, hatred and jealousy resulting in wars, murder and genocide that most human beings strive to avoid. The concept of "love" here is not understood and is missing.

To the xian entity, it is merely a word used for control, nothing more.

The entity, is obviously devoid of any sublime emotions, does not understand the concept of "love."

On one hand, the entity claims "love" for his followers, and on the other hand, with the slightest offense, this "love" can damn one to eternal burning and torture in a "lake of fire."

This is very alien to say the least. The Old Testament books, especially Genesis and Exodus are chock full of crimes against humanity such as the mass murder this entity perpetrated even against his own on a whim.

It is a given, that everyone familiar with UFO's and aliens, knows greys and reptilians are devoid of emotion.

Also, it is recorded in the xian bible, when Moses asked to see "god's" face- the alien replied that no one could see him face to face- (Exodus 33: 20-23). Obviously, this being does not resemble a human being.

Many of us have seen Satan.

He has nothing to hide. Satan and his Demons, (as well as some of the "angels" of the xian bible and their cohorts) are of the aliens they call "Nordics."

There are other Nordics who are frequently seen accompanied by greys. These Nordics are those who are normally hostile to humanity.

Anglelic entities seem to follow the same pattern in dealing with people. Known by different names; "Watchers" "Guardians" "Gatekeepers" their true nature is to keep humanity from progressing in any way ESPECIALLY in the area of mind power or knowledge of the 4th dimension/astral.

They are like guards in a concentration camp.

The "Watchtowers." To keep humanity in chains, enslaved and without power.

Those who are without and delve into the occult a little too deeply will often meet with unpleasant experiences (again, FEAR is used as a means of control). One way or another, those who are without are often deceived into relationships with angels.

Of course there are variations, but here is what to look for- you will see this if you read anything about people's experiences:

* The angelic entity intrudes. Most often the creature is uninvited and takes it upon itself to barge in on someone's psyche totally uninvited.

* The entity uses love to lower the victim's defenses. This is done deliberately and masks the entity's true intentions. The victim (human beings are emotionally vulnerable- how many serious mistakes have been made at the mercy of our emotions) feels the "love" and is deceived into believing this is a positive visitor.

* The entity never explains much or gives the victim any valuable knowledge. Most questions are not answered, if they are, they are in riddles or nonsense. Any information given is either incorrect or incomplete.

* Often, the entity will make a statement that it is coming to warn the victim and/or humanity of "erring ways." This many times has to do with anything the entity deems as a threat to their total control, in most cases playing upon the ability for one to defend one's self; humanity's use of mind power for psychic self defense is EXTREMELY threatening to these alien predators as their main tool of control is through the mind; their worst worry is should humanity ever discover the truth and attain the same powers of the mind as they possess. They preach a false concept of "peace" and "love" to disarm humanity and create a helpless/defenseless Earth. Their own convictions concerning this are made blatantly clear throughout the xtian bible where they are bringers of torture, suffering and death. The book of revelation/apocolypse says it all.

* The entity in many cases delivers negative prophesy. Most often, this predicts personal ruin, disaster for the victim, his/her loved ones or others who are close. The entity then offers false reassurance that it will remain with the victim through all of this, but does not lift a finger to stop it.

* The entity in many cases, such as with ignorant (unknowing) new age people, acts as a healer when channeled. As usual, no knowledge of any value is given and the healer as well as the patient remain cripples and are helpless without the entity's assistance, making them slaves.

I have dealt with these entities and they are anything but benevolent. They are bringers of death, misfortune and their victims of choice are children.

Q: (L) Well, if we are sources of food and labor for them, why don't they just breed us in pens on their own planet?
A: They do.
Q: (L) Well, since there is so many of us here, why don't they just move in and take over?
A: That is their intention. That has been their intention for quite some time. They have been traveling back and forth through time as you know it, to set things up so that they can absorb a maximum amount of negative energy with the transference from third level to fourth level that this planet is going to experience, in the hopes that they can overtake you on the fourth level and thereby accomplish several things.

1: retaining their race as a viable species;
2: increasing their numbers;
3: increasing their power;
4: expanding their race throughout the realm of fourth density.

To do all of this they have been interfering with events for what you would measure on your calendar as approximately 74 thousand years. And they have been doing so in a completely still state of space time traveling backward and forward at will during this work. Interestingly enough, though, all of this will fail.
Q: (L) How can you be so sure it will fail?
A: Because we see it. We are able to see all, not just what we want to see. Their failing is that they see only what they want to see. In other words, it's the highest manifestation possible of that which you would refer to as wishful thinking. And, wishful thinking represented on the fourth level of density becomes reality for that level. You know how you wishfully think? Well, it isn't quite reality for you because you are on the third level, but if you are on the fourth level and you were to perform the same function, it would indeed be your awareness of reality. Therefore they cannot see what we can see since we serve others as opposed to self, and since we are on sixth level, we can see all that is at all points as is, not as we would want it to be.

Q: Now, a reader asks: "The Cassiopaeans have said that there are 16 groups of 'good 'guys and 16 groups of 'bad guys.' Have they ever mentioned the names of any?"
A: Excuse us!?
Q: Well, they want you to name the different groups since you did make this remark at one point. Are you going to give a list of the participants on each side?
A: No, we are not.
Q: So this is one of the things we have to learn to figure out ourselves.
A: Yes.

The reader may note that there are endless sources that "name names" in terms of who are the "Good guys" and who are the "Bad guys." If you stop and think about this and the nature of Free Will, you will immediately realize that such a source, EVEN IF THEY ARE TELLING YOU THE TRUTH, have deprived you of your Free Will. And it seems that everything is about Free Will. But, again, we are getting ahead of ourselves, so let's leave that for the moment.

Q: Here is another question from a reader who wants to know if there is a possibility that the effects of The Wave are reflected in physiological phenomena, such as elevation in blood pressure and other things?
A: In some cases.
Q: Okay, L&E sent a question: A corresponedent wrote to them as follows: "L, I am getting some strange reports about the Pacific UFO. What have you heard? One thing, there is more and more effort being put into finding it or getting it, or however you put it. If you will look into it, the Navy has just launched a deep sea rescue submersible and they announced that they are going to 'test' it in the Pacific. Another thing, ASTAT announced about a week ago, maybe two, that there is an unidentified sonic source from the deep Pacific." So, L added: "it appears to me that the Lizzies are constructing an underwater base in anticipation of the arrival of more than 36 million Lizards due to arrive soon. Could this be so?"
A: The problem with these questions is that they attempt to construct the beginning at the middle: presumptuous!! If one truly wishes to learn, one must be open to all possibilities.
Q: Okay, I guess that you are saying that there is some assuming going on here. So, let me ask this: are there 36 million Lizards on their way here?
A: The Lizard beings occupy 4th density.
Q: Are you saying that because they occupy 4th density, they don't have to COME here because they ARE here?
A: Close.
Q: Now, you have told us that there ARE 36 million Nephilim on the way.
A: Nephilim are 3rd density; big difference.
Q: So, the 3rd density Nephilim have to utilize some physical means of travel, even if it does include warping space/time, but the Lizards and other 4th density beings have no such constraints. Is an underwater base being constructed in the Pacific in anticipation of something?
A: No need to construct that which already exists.
Q: Is there any truth to the idea that the U.S. Navy is trying to find or get something out in the Pacific?
A: Maybe, but all governmental stuff is compartmentalized, so it is pointless.
Q: Okay, he also writes: "the photon belt energy is almost upon us according to our channels." I guess he means the wave energy, or the interpretation of this according to these various channels. Is a 'photon belt' or wave energy almost upon us?
A: Laura, you know how to deal with this.
Q: I know. This purported photon belt has been 'almost upon' us so many times that it is becoming boring.
Now, you told us that the Montauk experiment was something that began in the 1920s. All of the stories say that the Navy was trying to make ships invisible to radar for defensive purposes. That's the story. My question is: is that just a cover story?
A: No.
Q: Is that, in fact, what they were attempting to do?
A: Close.
Q: Can you get me any closer to it? What were their intentions?
A: Convergence of interests: US Navy, Secret Government, Esteemed physicists.
Q: Did they actually, even accidentally, discover through this work something about time travel?
A: Yes, but it was more an accident for the Navy than for others involved.
Q: Okay, was the accident and following fiasco fairly accurately represented in the various books about it?
A: Fairly.
Q: After all of this, did they bring the project to a halt, even if only temporarily?
A: No.
Q: Did they decide that 'oh, we have discovered something really fantastic; let's see what we can do with it?'
A: Closer.
Q: Did this actually take place at Montauk?
A: Some.
Q: Were Russians and/or Germans working on similar projects at the same time, or even a little later?
A: Germans earlier, Russians later.
Q: Are the efforts of the Germans, Russians, and the Americans combined at the present time?
A: At some levels they are combined, yes.
Q: Would you be able to evaluate the efforts of the three and say which one, at the present time, is the most advanced?
A: Does not work that way.
Q: Why does it not work that way?
A: Advanced goes to Consortium.
Q: Are you saying that when work of this kind gets to a certain level, it gets absorbed into the Consortium?
A: Close.
Q: Back to Montauk: the Montauk project continued. Did they ever, at any point in time, produce monsters as some of these stories I have heard relate?
A: Maybe.
Q: Was this a result of opening portals between densities or dimensions and having cross-density window fallers dropping in, so to speak?
A: Partly.
Q: Were any of these supposed monsters that they were supposed to have created, productions or creations of their minds?
A: Other densities afford a degree of one and the same thing.
Q: Okay. You previously have said that the HAARP project is a continuation of the Montauk project.
A: Partly. You must remember compartments.
Q: So, the right hand often doesn't know what the left is doing. You also once said that the HAARP project was partly operational. Are some of these wildly extravagant shootings of recent times, or people going off the deep end, a result of some of the HAARP experimentation in mind control, or testing?
A: This is a result of many forces.
Q: Is Montauk connected in any way with this Alternative Three idea of transferring groups or perimeters in the event of a cataclysm or disaster?
A: Too complex, but be careful of what you read. Disinformation. This is most of what you hear and read.
Q: (A) Okay, you have mentioned the Navy and the physicists, and then there were these people who simply were producing monsters, which does not seem to be anything that the Navy would want to do, much less physicists!
A: You are confusing subjects and time frames.
Q: (A) Somebody had to plan this experiment, yes?
A: But that was the Philadelphia Experiment.
Q: (L) How did this business of producing monsters and all that even come into this project?
A: Experiments in mind programming and psy-warfare.
Q: So, these were separate experiments. But, did they fall under the Montauk project...
A: Yes. But the monsters were long after the Eldridge.
Q: When did the experiments with the monsters occur?
A: Late 70s.
Q: Have they continued on with this monster producing business?
A: No need to get hung up on "monsters." There were other materializations. Not just monsters.
Q: What OTHER kinds of materializations did they have?
A: You name it!
Q: Were they able to materialize money for themselves?
A: No need.
Q: Were they able to materialize people from the past or the future?
A: Temporarily.
Q: Did they, in fact, do this?
A: Yes.
Q: Did they ask people from the future what kinds of events have occurred between then and now in order to refine their plans and activities?
A: No such.
Q: Why?
A: Variable futures.
Q: So, they could materialize somebody from the future, but it was only as potential, or probable future, so therefore, it meant very little, or was useless?
A: One of 329 decillion.
Q: Probable futures?
A: Yes. Up to a point...
Q: Could they select who they materialized, or was it random?
A: The materialization was really a duality. Review texts re: abductions between densities for idea.
Q: Could it be possible that, using this technology, the U.S. Government, or Secret Government, has been doing abductions on human beings that the victims THINK is an alien abduction?
A: Maybe in some cases, but the technology is not comparable.
Q: Other than people from the past and future, what other kinds of things did they materialize in the Montauk experiments? What kinds of things were they interested in materializing more than anything else? (A) Probably technological devices. (L) Did they materialize technology from the future?
A: This is more complex than your questions indicate.
Q: I realize this. I am struggling with this whole idea. When they were doing this materializing, did they not have direct intent? Were they just experimenting to see what WOULD materialize at various settings?
A: Their knowledge brought them to a level different than your current imaginings.
Q: Well, help me out here! What do you mean?
A: No use comparing apples to oranges.
Q: At any point did their knowledge and materializations incline them toward benevolent acts and tendencies regarding the rest of the human population?
A: This is not working because you are thinking one way and they do not.
Q: Can you give me a word or two that will clue me as to how to change my thinking?
A: Sure. Try to explain calculus to a kindergartner!!
Q: You are saying that this Consortium, these Montauk folks, have a level of knowledge, and a way of thinking, that makes my thinking, and our thinking, seem like ...
A: Poppycock.
Q: My thinking is poppycock relative to theirs?
A: Close.
Q: (A) But this is only because we do not have this knowledge!
A: Right !!!!
Q: And we are trying to get it!
A: You cannot get it without an enormous amount of patience! These experiments have been conducted over a time period you would recognize as about 93 years and have involved thousands of humans and a few hundred NHIs.
Q: Are the people involved in these experiments STS or STO?
A: All "people" are STS.
Q: Well, the people who are working in the direction of STO, what chance do they have of access to this knowledge?
A: They do not need it.
Q: Why don't they need it?
A: They will have it when the elevator reaches "floor number 4."
Q: Are you saying that it is not essential for us to struggle to know these things to that level because it will come naturally because we are linked in a network?
A: Close.
Q: Well, gosh! You had me worried there! So, these guys are working and digging for knowledge to control others?
A: Close.
Q: Are they trying to develop technology to lock the planet into 3rd density so that it won't go to 4th density?
A: Some may be.
Q: Do they see the moving to 4th density as a threat to their plans and projects?
A: Perhaps.
Q: (A) I believe that there is a lot of this knowledge that would be useful for me to know before I go to 4th density, assuming I will go. I mean, knowledge is knowledge, and I am sure I would make good use of this. Why did you say that this knowledge is not needed for us?!!!
A: We did not say that. You are misreading what we said!!!! Your line of questioning bespoke a level of knowledge not on the same level as those directly engaged in the vast experimentation which in part, was conducted at Montauk. If you were to review the transcripts extensively, you would find that you possess much more knowledge on this sort of thing than you apparently have remembered for tonight's session. You have put forth so much energy toward building the website that you have drained some of your conscious recall ability for the moment. And no, we are not criticizing your efforts, we applaud them!!! But, you could use a thoughtful, meditative review!

Well, it is indeed true that I could use a long rest, but as long as there are questions being asked of me, I will attempt to share what little I have managed to experience over the past 40 some years, and there are other more pressing questions to which we must proceed. So, in closing, let us just deal with one last bit of possible disinformation:

Q: In this Nexus Seven document it says: "What is the final ontological matrix of hidden truth? What elucidates all the aspects of the true-to-life UFO phantasm in our past, present and future? What are the critical goals of Echelon beyond information suppression and technological catch-up? What are the hyper-intelligence focal points for the future? The sun, our sun, is dying, and too soon. This was caused by regional dimensional vortex shutdown some 90,000 years ago. Solar instability can cause much life on Earth to be unsustainable in 40 years. Ancient astro-theology calendars all end around now. There are also dangerous interplanetary bodies, with civilization threatening capability due to cause more serious damage to Earth in another 150 years. One way or the other we are slated to leave Earth, sooner or later, or else. This is a prevailing secret truth. Those in control would rather save themselves and a few elite than worry about the whole of mankind, despite the presence of a few well meaning but deluded true human patriots amongst the bunch." Is, in fact, our sun dying?
A: Yes, and so is everything else.
Q: Is it going to do it in 40 years?
A: You do not understand our attempted allusion. What is not dying?
Q: Well, I KNOW that, but they are saying that our sun is dying too soon.
A: No. What is "too soon?"
Q: Well... (A) Forty years is certainly too soon!
A: Why?
Q: (A) Because scientists would normally give the sun much longer...
A: But do "scientists" really know?!?
Q: You are NOT helping here! Are you saying this guy is right?!
A: Be patient, Laura, this is a lesson.
Q: (A) Well, no, scientists don't really know; but they conjecture.
A: Ah hah! Conjecture!
Q: So, what's your point?
A: Our point is: what is too soon and why?
Q: Too soon would be... well, I guess that in completely objective terms, there is no such thing as "too soon." When things happen, it is exactly the right time for it to happen. When something happens, everything is perfect.
A: Okay.
Q: So, in the deepest sense, nothing is ever too soon... however... (C) What situations would have to be in place for this to happen within forty years?
A: There are unlimited numbers of situations... Some of those possibilities are always present, especially when combined with multitudinal external factors.
Q: What would the external factors be?
A: Energies, or cosmic forces present in space at various locators which the sun would pass through in its journey through space, for one example.
Q: Are we slated to pass through any of those energies or forces?
A: Wait and see.
Q: Well, let me ask the next question on that subject. Does any of this have to do with dimensional vortexes that were shut down 90 thousand years ago in the area of Sirius?
A: We are interested in knowing the "dimensional shutdown of vortex process." Could you explain, please?
Q: Well, no. I don't think anyone else could either. It's just a term here. Is there such a thing as a dimensional vortex?
A: Semantics.
Q: What would you call a dimensional vortex?
A: Once again, this is not flowing because you are navigating haphazardly through subjective proclamations.
Q: So, you are saying that all of this analysis of what the deep ontological truths are, is just subjective proclamations. Was there ever something that happened that might have been perceived by the person who wrote this material, as a dimensional vortex shutdown 90 thousand years ago?
A: What is that?!?
Q: So, basically, you are trying to point out that there is no such thing as a dimensional vortex shutdown. But, you have said that the planet Kantek exploded between 70 and 80 thousand years ago, right?
A: If so, that is not what the writer is attempting to portray
Q: Could it have been a supernova?
A: Look here! This is pointless.
Q: So, all of this stuff is nonsense? I am really missing the point here. Okay. What I am getting from what you are and are not saying, is that this person is clearly trying to portray something, and that there IS something behind what he is saying, but I am just too dense to figure out the right question so you can download the answer.
A: Dense? No my dear! You are just learning, as are we all.
Q: Now, I did have a thought that this 90 thousand year cycle could be the period of the companion brown star you have said is on it's way into the solar system. Is that what they might be talking about?
A: Closer.
Q: So, what they are really talking about, or may have seen in some way, is the companion star, rather than the death of our own sun. (A) Let me just ask a simple question. Can you estimate the liklihood that the sun will die in 40 years?
A: That is unlikely.
Q: Well, what a relief! (A) We are done! How unlikely?
A: There is one chance in 189 million.

I think I will go and buy some lottery tickets. I have a really good chance of winning - one in thirteen million!

Q: (I) I was writing something in my journal about supernovae being steps toward the Big Bang, in the sense that each supernova represents a reflection of ourselves...
A: In a more physiological sense, supernovae present cosmic energies which "up the ante" of awareness, when one is in close enough proximity.
Q: (I) Now, this supernova that happened in fairly recent times - the Cas A supernova of 1658, or thereabouts - does that have anything to do with our awareness thing going on right now?
A: It has some to do with this conduit.
Q: (I) I had that feeling. I went back and read Supernovae, Vehicle of Ascension? Did whatever happen with that supernova , is it affecting us....
A: The more interesting question would be, what about the NEXT supernova?!?
Q: (I) There is one coming up, and that's going to be the wave? Or...
A: No, no, no. No anticipation, please.
Q: (L) Well, that's pretty hard when you said "what about the NEXT one!"
A: Reflection, yes, but anticipation? No!


2/03/2007 10:18:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

So, they are coming from all different timelines with all different kinds of agendas - all designed to serve themselves.

Naturally, this was also tied up with some sort of cataclysm that most people did not survive.

To avoid massive social breakdowns, the alien presence must be suppressed. Otherwise kiss your normal human life goodbye as we enter the science fiction world of living on a planet invaded by some of it's original experimental caretakers, with a new identity of being kept animals in some giant laboratory, with all our spiritual and physical authority and power usurped by non-human aliens calling themselves our divine benefactors.

This should actually say "To avoid loss of power, for as long as they can maintain it, the Consortium suppresses knowledge of the alien presence for their own benefit." It could also be that they have been "promised" some exalted position in the coming 4th density hierarchy. Too bad they don't study history or they would realize that the betrayers and double agents who assist the conquerors are generally the first to be eliminated in any kind of coup.

Nexus 7: The controlling secret societies have no interest in fame, only power and influence, and influence only comes in terms of capital (economic), force (military), or belief (religious) as root resources for control amongst the incognito power elite. So the leaders of capital systems, military might, and religious influence would naturally secrete and accrete themselves into well-funded, well-insulated, well-connected institutions of secrecy, inside the very systems that are vaguely aware of their presence, but unaware of their intent. Its all just business don't forget.

Indeed, and it seems that their intent is to retain this position in the coming New World Order that has been conceived to be instituted when the planet transitions to 4th density. However, there is something they have NOT considered in their linear, 3rd density little brains, and that is, the nature of 4th density reality. It may not be as simple to stay on top as they think! In fact, they may find themselves on the absolute bottom!

One very popular source of the present time, Anna Hayes, writes:

The large amount of ET intervention with Earth that is now taking place is due to our planet's position within its present time cycle. Presently humans have little understanding of these processes and so could not possibly remove themselves from harm's way without the assistance of more advanced stellar races who do possess this knowledge. But the Guardians need humanity's assistance to accomplish this task in a way that would insure human survival during these changes. Abductions and ET contact with Guardian groups are carried out in order to educate and biologically prepare certain humans to assist in this forthcoming process. Humans selected to assist in this endeavor are those who possess specific genetic codes that allow for more flexibility of the biological structure. Not everyone has these codes, and those who do have a responsibility toward the planet and toward the populations who do not have the needed genetic imprint. What the code carriers do with this hidden genetic propensity will determine the overall outcome of the Doreadeshi for the remaining populations. [Hayes, 1998,from Contact Forum, volume 6, no. 1,


2/03/2007 10:21:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Anony two,
I am ready now.


2/03/2007 10:27:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


The reason for the inverted crucifixes, pentagrams, and reversed symbols in Satanism is to convey a very important message: THINGS ARE BACKWARDS! The Judeo/Christian religion and its cohorts are all false religions. They are the true evil, though they masquerade as benevolent. Their real purpose is to stop humanity from advancing spiritually and to keep spiritual knowledge and power in the hands of a few who have abused it for centuries. Humanity has suffered greatly as a result.

The Christian "God" had nothing to do with our creation, this entity and ilk hate humans and only wish to torture and enslave us.

Satan is our True Father and Creator.

The "God" that the Christians, Jews and Muslims worship is the enslaver; the Prince of Lies.

In truth, God and the Devil are backwards. SATAN is the TRUE Father and Creator of humanity.


2/03/2007 10:48:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Shrubageddon as the 'Caffeine Spider'
Iridescent Cuttlefish as the 'LSD Spirder'
Sabina as the 'Crack Spider'
Richard as the 'Alcohol Spider'
Introducing Jeff Wells as the 'THC Spider'

2/03/2007 11:19:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

I wanna be the THC spider.

Oh what a tangled web we weave when first we practice to decieve.

Ever dance with the devil in the pale moon light?


2/03/2007 11:24:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

What is your POINT?

First of all that is not true, if a PROPER dose is given spider weaves beautifully.

I watched flies get eaten by spiders while tripping my ass off, it wasGREAT.

Never did we think of sharing a dose with a spider, first they are small, sure to overdose.

Second lsd is so powerful, 250 mcg.
Is more than enough for most humans, what was the guidelines on this psuedo-experiment?

Going around overdosing spiders to make your point, oversteps the bounds here at RI.

Please stop abusing the SPIDERS.

Or perhaps is it that spiders should not do drugs?

Or is it that we should eat spiders to get high, a very bad bad idea. Plus very bad luck?

Or that drugs = bad thoughts?

Getting high is fun, you should try it, but leave the spiders alone, OK.

Whew, trying to prove drugs are bad, just like the the stupid ads they had to pull.The drug partnership cabal.Commercials funded by anheiser-busch and friends.

They did have a few i remember, and they concentrate on Marijauna you see, because it can help you open up psychically.

They want you all drunk and STUPID, forever and ever.

I remember leaving my body after getting high, at that time I knew nothing of the astral.

Mind expanding drugs are good and used properly are tools to unlocking
what is dormant in most people.

go buy some bud and give it a try,

2/03/2007 11:44:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Spider boy = Ryan

I Know


2/03/2007 12:03:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Quoting the Joker as played by Jack Nicholson in Batman? A sadistic psychopath who mutilates women and wears scads of pancake makeup and heavy lipstick and eyeliner?

Now we know for sure you're an aging Drag Queen.

2/03/2007 12:36:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

You know, Jeff, I think you can ban one particular IP using Blogger from whence all this "Sabina" comes from.... Give it a try.

2/03/2007 12:38:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Today on the Saturday Cinema:



Shrubageddon as.....the 'Caffeine Spider'
Iridescent Cuttlefish as...the 'LSD Spirder'
Sabina as........the 'Crack Spider'
Richard as......the 'Alcohol Spider'


Introducing Jeff Wells as..the 'THC Spider'

Written by George W. Oarwell
Lighting by Lucis T.
Sound by [who else?] Sounder
Directed by the D.N.I.
Produced by Redshield Rockafella

2/03/2007 01:04:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

That would be STUPID dissywawa,
We all have computers, you stupid little shit!!!

Besides we like hearing you whine coyote.

Ahhhh woooooo!!!!!!!!!!

because there are too many of us, and we have the key to the GATEWAY.
go fuck yourself slowly!

As for my friends and all the demons.

Come To The Sabbath

Come, come to the Sabbath
Down by the ruined bridge
Witches and demons are coming
Just follow the magic call
Come, come to the Sabbath
Down by the ruined bridge
Later on the master will join us
Called from the heart of Hell
First we light up the fire
And then we hail our Lord
Two candles, a black and white
Are placed upon the altar
North, South, East and West
And so we clean the air
High priestess invoking the Devil
Infernal a names are spoken

Come to the Sabbath, Sabbath...
The ceremony's proceeding
It's time to grant your wishes
And evil curse on the priest
Who took the life of Melissa
Now we must close up the ritual
Lead the Enochian key
And so it will be done, come
Come to the Sabbath, Sabbath...

If you say heaven I say a castle of lies
You say forgive him I say revenge
My sweet Satan you're the one

Ik hou van jou, SATAN,

2/03/2007 01:12:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

BILL HICK'S doing his best goat boy impression yet says:

I’ve been travelling a lot lately. I was over in Australia during Easter. It was interesting to note they celebrate Easter the same way we do—commemorating the death and resurrection of Jesus by telling our children a giant bunny rabbit . . . left chocolate eggs in the night. (Audience laughs.)sexymaenads all rotfl!!!

Gee, I wonder why we’re so messed up as a race. You know, I’ve read the Bible. Can’t find the words “bunny” or “chocolate” in the whole book. (Audience laughs.)asshole xians!!

I think it’s interesting how people act on their beliefs. A lot of Christians, for instance, wear crosses around their necks. Nice sentiment, but do you think when Jesus comes back, he’s really going to want to look at a cross? (Audience laughs. Bill makes a face of pain and horror.)
stupid fools!!!

Ow! Maybe that’s why he hasn’t shown up yet. (As Jesus looking down from Heaven) “I’m not going, Dad. No, they’re still wearing crosses—they totally missed the point. When they start wearing fishes, I might go back again. . . . No, I’m not going. . . . O.K., I’ll tell you what—I’ll go back as a bunny.”

NOW hers the best part of the trip, the best part!!

Occasionally, the instinct for Goat Boy comes over him, and Hicks, a man of instincts, goes with it. Goat Boy is Pan, or Hicks’ version of him—a randy goat “with a placid look in his eyes, completely at peace with nature”—through which he celebrates his own rampaging libido.

“I am Goat Boy,” he would say in the act that night, in a grave baritone. “Come here, my little fruit basket.”

“What do you want, Goat Boy?” he answered, in a coy Southern falsetto. “You big old shaggy thing.”

“Ha, ha, ha, ha,” Hicks growled into the microphone. “I am here to please you.”


“Tie me to your headboard. Throw your legs over my shoulders, let me roll you like a feed bag.” Hicks brought the microphone close to his mouth. He snorted, slurped, and finally screamed, “Hold on to my horns!” Then, as suddenly as the impulse had come upon him, Hicks broke off the fantasy, saying, “I need professional help at this point.”

I want Sabina and Kelly, he says OK we say together DO US BOTH!!!!



2/03/2007 01:20:00 PM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...

Ik hou van jou, SATAN,

Well, of course you do, but why do we need to hear about your flamboyant devotion? Isn't love a personal kind of thing, so that sky-writing sort of misses the point? (And wouldn't the omniscient thorny one know all this anyway?)

What's with the Dutch? They were among the more tolerant of your persecutors, niet waar?

As to all to animal persecutors out there: don't you know how many humans could benefit from those drugs? (Not that I'm necessarily a people-first-kind-of-guy, but still.)

2/03/2007 01:25:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Hier is it veel verdraagzaam!

We all like it here.

That is why we are here.

tot later,

2/03/2007 01:39:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

ummm. I think it's time to call the Catholic priest. Tell him to bring the holy water....

2/03/2007 01:42:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


"The Perchtenlauf was earlier usual on the last Fasching-evening. It was a kind of masked procession. The masked ones were called Perchten. They were divided into beautiful and ugly.... The beautiful Perchten often distributed gifts. So went it loudly and joyfully, if the wild Perchte herself did not come among them. If this spirit mixed among them, the game was dangerous. One could recognize the presence of the wild Perchte when the Perchten raged all wild and furious and sprang over the well-stock. In this case the Perchten ran swiftly away from each other in fear and tried to reach the nearest, best house. For as soon as one was under a roof, the Wild One could not have them any longer. Otherwise she would tear apart anyone, who she could get possession of. Even today, one can see places where the Perchten torn apart by the wild Perchte lie buried"
(Sitten, Bräuuche, und Meinungen des Tiroler Volk


2/03/2007 01:52:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Per aspera ad astra.

I am a High Priestess of Satan and I am very close to the one known as "Satan."

No CATHOLIC priest has power over SATAN.

Spiritual power is kept in the hands of a few to the detriment of all. The Jesuits who run the Vatican, unbeknownst to the average Christian are fully capable of spiritually harming another human being, especially their own devout Catholics who tie into the beliefs (sympathetic magick). This order is adept when it comes to black magick and the average person is helpless against it. This is shown through all of the wealth and power they have. Protestants enjoy pointing the finger at the Catholic Church, yet they refuse to look at their own who are every bit as guilty and tie into the same lies in the bible (a book comprised of corrupted material stolen from religions around the world predating it), and upon close examination is a hoax infused with occult power with a very sinister objective for those who believe in it. This is a classic case of sympathetic magick where a connection must be made at some level. The connection to the original religions is in everyone's racial memory. Satan, who is our True Creator God does not contradict himself.

3. They forever rant and rave how “The Devil deceives and is the ‘Master of Lies’” yet for any scam to be successful, the victim(s) must be unknowing on some level. Spiritual knowledge comes from Satan. Christian Priests and ministers alike are lost as to giving answers and solutions to many problems that face humanity. In contrast, Spiritual Satanists have the ability to heal themselves and loved ones, astral project their souls at will (this enables one to navigate the astral and be familiar with it so upon death, he/she will neither be lost nor spiritually helpless), obtain the necessities and comforts of life through power meditation, to spot spiritual problems and to heal them in him/herself and others. Satan has given us knowledge of the anatomy of the soul and how to maintain the soul and keep it healthy so problems like the above never happen.

4. These are gifts from Satan who is our true God and Creator. There is nothing spiritual about the Christian churches. Christians are under a powerful spell of catastrophic proportions and those who do not wake up will face their own damnation through a lack of knowledge.

It is sad they picked upon Belial and accused him of such things in that film. Belial has done much to help those who are under his protection and guidance to advance spiritually. Belial would never allow a disciple of his to suffer needlessly and when a dedicated Satanist is in trouble spiritually (yes, we get attacked by the same angels who are behind these possessions that are blamed upon Demons) other Demons and at times even Satan himself will come to the aid of the victimized human and see to it no harm comes to him/her.

In closing, the Demons were bound for centuries. Anneliese Michel (the real name of “Emily Rose” was supposedly “possessed” in 1968. I can reassure you the Demons including Belial were bound and it was not until very recently were they released. I know because I was involved in releasing them. Only now are they able to come forward and defend themselves and reveal the truth to those who will listen. It is said “In the end, the truth will come out and many will want to join on at the last minute, but it will be too late.”

Tempora mutantur, et nos mutamur in illis.


2/03/2007 02:01:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Animals and children are sacred to Satan. People who abuse animals and children are an abomination to him. Cats were sacred and held in very high esteem in Ancient Egypt and many Demons are symbolized by appear in the form of a cat.



Demons have powerful energy, way beyond the average human. When we invoke them or have close intimate contact with them, a variety of effects can happen. The Demon's bioelectricity merges with our own. We are all individuals and our life force is individual, operating on different levels of intensity. What one person may experience, another may or may not. This depends on many different things, such as previous levels of the energy of our soul. The more powerful your own energy, the more energy you can withstand, with little or no unsettling effects. One’s present physical strength and constitution also determine the amount of energy we can handle. People who are built up or stronger physically can withstand more from their own workings or that from an outside source.

People who do regular and intense physical exercise will find they are able to handle higher energy levels and progress faster in increasing their own bioelectricity. All of this takes time and patience. This is like climbing a mountain, where you have to camp at certain heights for a period of several days to a month or more, to acclimate yourself before moving upwards or otherwise experience some very unpleasant and sometimes life threatening effects such as severe altitude sickness. We are all individuals and must move at our own pace.

Common sensations after invoking a Demon/ess are skin sensitivity, tingling, your insides vibrating or tingling; aching in the joints (for those with lower levels of bioelectricity), feeling like you are glowing and/or floating, sometimes anxiety, feeling heat or cold, exhilaration, intense dreams, feeling hyperactive or nervous, insomnia and others. The lower your own levels of life energy, the more effects you may experience. None of this is anything to be concerned about, as it will pass. The above also depends on the closeness of contact with the Demon/ess. Plain telepathic communication does not produce the effects having sexual intercourse with a demon does.

I am covered by his blue light.
It feels good,

2/03/2007 02:06:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Qui non potest sperare, desperet nihil.


2/03/2007 02:12:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Selene.jpg (JPEG Image, 229x457 pixels)


2/03/2007 02:47:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Here is a better one,
endymion_poynter.jpg (JPEG Image, 356x480 pixels)


2/03/2007 02:52:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

The nazarene makes it plain he comes to bring war on earth and conflict, hatred and enmity among family members; breaking up the family unit and home:
Matthew 10: 34-36
34 Think not that I am come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword.
35 For I am come to set a man at variance against his father and the daughter against her mother and the daughter in law against her mother in law.
36 And a man's foes shall be they of his own household.

No individual in history has been provided with more excuses. Twisting, warping, distorting and outright lying of what this entity taught and did is commonplace among those who are deluded, sympathetic and/or just plain stupid.

Many argue that this entity never existed and/or is unimportant. People who maintain these opinions are as deluded and foolish as those who believe the nazarene was a righteous individual. Whether or not this entity physically existed is irrelevent. The effects this creature had upon humanity has permeated every aspect of the society in which most of us live. There are millions and millions who worship this creature and promote him at every level relentlessly. The impact this entity has had upon humanity is horrendous. Nearly every war there has been has been fought for RHP religious purposes. Millions and millions have severe psychological disorders and hangups which prevent them from living a healthy normal life.

The sorry list of crimes against humanity perpetrated because of this individual goes on and on.

It does not matter whether the entity is a myth or physically and historically existed. The entity is a reality through all of the major injustices and workings of which have held us ALL back for centuries and must be destroyed.

One might ask what purpose war serves when an institution such as the Catholic Church is striving for world rule.
Nothing known to humanity changes lives, creates devastation and opens people up for domination more than war.
Both sides of the conflict are aided and funded by those intent on establishing world domination and the creation of a slave state.
At the end of the war, all countries concerned are at the debt of the international bankers, much of these owned, and operated by the Vatican.
This is not to disregard others who are working for the same objectives.
All parties involved use each other to achieve these ends, along the way, both despise each other out of greed and seek each other’s destruction so if the goal is achieved, the winner takes all.
What they all have in common is the worship of the same “god.”

Those who take a stand for personal liberty and freedom are incessantly battling christians in the courts as they relentlessly and obsessively work to deprive every last man, woman and child of their freedom and their lives.


2/03/2007 03:36:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

The Truth About Satan's Power

I don't know how many times I have heard Christian claims concerning the Nazarene or his angels banishing Satan from an area or "casting out Demons."

My own opinion regarding this is the "Demons" aren't really "Demons" but angels impersonating what Christians believe to be "Demons."

Why? Because it makes Satan appear to be under the control of the Nazarene and in many cases frightens those who lack knowledge.

Fear is used to control.

I was watching the movie "The Exorcist." For those of you who are unfamiliar with this 1973 film, the plot concerned a 12-year-old girl who was possessed by the Mesopotamian Demon "Pazuzu."

This movie topped the charts for years, designated as the ultimate in frightening the public.

There have been few actual claims concerning cases of "possession." Accounts included sketchy reports of victims "vomiting objects" and performing other senseless acts.

Everyone knows souls are important to Satan; humanity is his creation. When we dedicate our souls to Satan, we become a part of a massive vortex of energy that we can tap into to accomplish our desires and objectives.

The additional energy not only benefits humanity, but also benefits Father Satan and the Original Gods, and gives everyone concerned more power. (The Christian churches have exploited souls and their energy for centuries).

Now, as we know souls are important to Satan, why would he or his Demons do anything to frighten people away, or make people try to avoid him at all costs?

When looking at this analytically, one can see the truth, as there is a motive behind nearly everything.

The only motive here is the greedy entity Jehova and ilk frightening ignorant human beings BACK into his energy bank of souls.

Of course, Satan and his Demons are blamed as usual.

Since Christians are FORBIDDEN to practice any magick or become knowledgeable in the occult, this ends with Jehova and ilk having a full supply of energy all to themselves to use as they see fit.

For people who use the traditional methods of summoning spirits as instructed in the popular grimiores, which use the names of Jehova and his angels, how do they really know exactly who or what they are contacting?

Everyone I ever heard from who went through Satan directly to summon a Demon respectfully has had positive experiences.

I know I have.

The followers of the Christian god and his foul Nazarene are forever crowing that this entity has power over Satan. In reality, this is not true.

When I was new to Satanism, (this was before I performed the initiation rite), I experienced much confusion. I was very upset one night and COMMANDED the foul holy spirit of Jehova to leave my body forever IN THE NAME OF SATAN/LUCIFER.

I felt a weak, battered energy leave me through my feet. Afterwards, I felt a deep sense of peace, and much of the confusion and turmoil I was experiencing was gone.
When I was twelve years old, Satan came to me in a Catholic Church, when an important Christian sacrament was being performed.

The Christian "God" was powerless to stop him. On the other hand, I will bet one will never see Christian entities visit a Black Mass.

A couple of years ago, I initiated a friend in a city park at 4 am, because as no privacy for a religious rite at home. Driving there, she was fearful and hesitant about dedicating her soul to Father Satan. When I was reading the prayers, afterwards, she told me, she saw a foggy white apparition that was an enemy spirit. Some Demons promptly appeared and chased it away. These Demons I might add were on the lower end of the Demonic hierarchy. They were the ones with the red eyes, gargoyle like with rubbery wings. This order of Demons mainly carry out tasks as messengers and protectors. I saw them quickly clear the path when Azazel approached the area they were in, out of respect. It didn't take much to get rid of the enemy spirit, afterwards, my friend felt much better.

When Satan approached the Nazarene in the desert, HE DID NOT APPROACH HIM AS AN EQUAL, BUT AS A SUPERIOR. We do not worship an equal or a lesser being. Satan's offering to the Nazarene, right there, blatantly indicated that he had much more power than the Nazarene fool. He talked down to the Nazarene. Most Christians are fearful of Satan. Satanists can blaspheme foul Jehova, his worthless "holy spirit,” and his pedophile son,* but few Christians will actively invite the wrath of Satan. Many are even fearful of us- so much for their faith in a cowardly impotent "God."

We believe the Nazarene to be a fictitious character, created from various myths and legends predating Christianity from hundreds to thousands of years.

The sole purpose of this entity is to create a distraction.

Unknowing followers are fooled into believing "Jesus Saves" when in truth, we save our own souls.


2/03/2007 03:48:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

To Selene

Greeting to you, gem of the night!
Beauty of the skies, gem of the night! Mother of the stars, gem of the night! Foster-child of the sun, gem of the night! Majesty of the stars, gem of the night!

2/03/2007 04:45:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


It was an ancient belief that the Moon was the dwelling place of those souls who had passed from the physical life.

Old myths speak of the God, as the Sun, crossing the sky each day and gathering the souls of all who had died during the night.

He would then carry them off to the West, and down into the Underworld. Here they were presented to the Goddess (remember, the moon sets in the west too) who then carried them off to the Afterlife World.

Aradia called this Realm, Luna. Today, many Pagans refer to this concept as the Summerland.

Luna is a "place" in which the soul is renewed and revitalized.

It can then become prepared for its next incarnation, or in some cases, for its next "move" up into the Higher Dimensions (when it no longer requires the need for the physical dimension experiences).

The Moon is connected to the cycles of Fertility, the Tides, and to menstruation (we bleed but do not die).

It is not difficult to see why the ancients then linked the Moon to the cycles of Death and rebirth.

Old legends spoke of the Moon receiving souls from the physical life, and that the light of the moon swelled with the collective light of their spirit bodies.

As the souls returned back into the World, the light of the Moon began to wane.

The old teachings say that in Luna, there is communion with those who have gone before us, and that "plans" are made to be reborn among those who we knew before.

In a way this also addresses the issue of "Karmic" links and connections.

The "portal" to the Realm beyond Life, stands at the Western Quarter.

This association was established due to the fact that the Sun and the Moon "disappear" in the West, just as we too, in our time, disappear.

The association of a body of Light and the Soul, also seem to have originated with this concept, and the non-physical (yet physical) properties of the Sun and the Moon, as "understood" by the Ancient Peoples.

The beliefs of a People, have a powerful impact upon the Astral material, of the Astral Dimension.

Within the Astral Plane, thoughts ARE THINGS (believe it).

So, it is here that the Summerland, or Luna, exists.

We are more than our physical bodies.

Bella Luna

2/03/2007 04:54:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

There are several revolutionary things people can do, as in "the people", but I think the most powerful and the most quickly liberating is to release and expose and broadcast the unfortunately numerous & deep "secrets" that our betters have kept from us for various reasons, most of them wrong-headed or condescending.

Let them all flow into the open and change the dialogue, the plans, the objectives, the understandings, etc. etc.

Be it UFOs, suppressed technology, false theology, MIHOP or LIHOP secrets, the betrayals, the deceit - let is all hang out and see what happens.. ideally, justice..

Take away from the malfesants their money & power to start with.. let "the people" have more of a say and a share..

It's our existence to make & remake if only we can do it.

2/03/2007 05:23:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Exactly, full disclosure.

People fear what they cannot understand.

The are good, so we have to be better.

Too bad so much has been destroyed,GWB has sealed records of WTC for 50 years.NYC has sealed the records citing privacy concerns of the victims families.

We all know they would like to know why their love ones were turned to DUST in a FLASH.

The FOIA is a joke now, blacked out text is the norm.

The BCCI records and more were destroyed in the towers, Clinton did the same for WACO and Oklahoma (Waco records destroyed in Oklahoma City blast).

Because this is the information age.
They know they must cover their track fast with bulldozers.
I am not kidding.
The record speaks for itself.

Why did the Gnostics teach that we are living in a prison, and then why did the Catholic Church institute the Inquisition to deal with this "Deadly Heresy?"

And why is this Heresy received with the most heated umbrage by every promulgator of "Love and Light," whether from the Standard Religious mode or from the New Age/New Thought mode grafted onto the "Old Time Religion?"

And further, why does this prison seem to be designed to foil our every attempt to break free?

Why? What a monstrous thing to say about this wonderful, beautiful, God-created and divinely inspired world in which we live!

And, of course, the "Why?" goes much deeper than that. Not only do we wish to know Why in practical terms, we want to know Why in ontological terms. Even if we have a reasonable explanation for the practical "why," how do we explain our place in the Universe, and in the care of a Divine Being who loves us, if He allows such a condition to exist!

Such a God must hate his children!


As for the
Advanced/Technology-Alien Coverup

They prefer feasible deniability, the Rand think tank did studies.

The results are if they disclose that there is some major calamity coming or aliens are here the world will stop in awe.

People will panic, most people cannot handle the truth yet or maybe ever.

Playing both sides of the fence.

Must be very soon though, too many holes in the dike.


2/03/2007 06:01:00 PM  
Blogger Sounder said...


Is Satan the creator God? (i think you have said this.) Then in your picture, he is responsible for this suffering. So, not good; would not want to worship this being.

Was the god of the Old Testament, - G-d. I do not think so, and saying it’s so doesn’t make it so.

Do you see what I am saying?
My opinion, the gods represent emotions and aspects of development, and they, like spoiled children want to claim that they “created all this stuff”, and look mommy arn’t you proud, when they were the conduit but not the creator of tangible expressions.

See, G-d has an out that the created gods do not have. G-d is All and the problems are created when the part masquerades or presents itself as the All.

Sabina, do you relate to the STO or the STS types?

If it’s the STO that you relate to then how does that square with your negative attitudes to love and altruism?

If it’s STS you relate to, Why would any sane person listen to you?

2/03/2007 07:23:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Psychological control is a major theme occurring in 1984.

“Those who control the past, control the future: who controls the present controls the past”
George Orwell

Now in seeking to establish control
the church set about destroying the ancient records.
This then allowed an alternative invented "history" to be written which has disconnected humanity from its true origins.

Controlling history is important because if one manipulates how people see what we call the past, this influences the present and the future.

This is much more than an interesting concept to those who Control and are seeking to maintain Control.

The entire Bible is an extremely powerful subliminal tool full of occult numbers, messages, allegories, and stolen material, which has been corrupted from ancient religions.

In addition, this book has been infused with psychic energy and power to instill fear and to make it believable.

When one’s eyes are opened and one has the necessary knowledge, the *spell* will no longer be effective.

The entire underlying theme of the Judeo/Christian Bible is the establishment of the fictitious history of the Jewish people in the mass mind.
What the mass mind believes has power and the energy to make manifest in reality as thoughts are energy
Many secrets will be revealed about ufo,s and aliens if we get access.

Therefore it is off limits to loose cannons, so to speak.

The fact is that there are vacuum-sealed vaults in the Vatican library containing thousands upon thousands of ancient esoteric books from around the world that have been stolen and hoarded over the years and kept out of public circulation.

The Catholic Church, which is the root of the Christian religion, is controlled by a secret society that has abused occult power to enslave the masses.

The end goal is the total enslavement of humanity, which they have worked towards relentlessly and ruthlessly.

All of this has directly affected each and every one of us.

Humanity has suffered unnecessarily because of the denial of this knowledge.

People have been coerced over the centuries into paying for their own damnation to the tune of billions and billions of dollars to keep this lie prospering and continuing strong.

The survival and prosperity of this vicious hoax on humanity requires only ONE thing.



2/03/2007 07:31:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

FREE WILL, Thoughts and Energy

Asked for his last message to his disciples, the Buddha told his chief disciple Ananda: "Be yee lamps unto yourselves." He did not tie them to his doctrines, but left them free to be guided by the lamp within them.

So, we learn and teach.
This helps us grow.

No one has a right to interfere or disrupt the learning process, it is
hard enough focusing without being distracted
and attacked.

Occasionally, many of us feel a little psychically thrown off balance or experience some confusion.

Our own personal experience in having this problem usually comes down to one source, some stupid xian(s) is praying for us.

If one tunes into this and knows what it is, the offending xian will be exposed.

We know and pray for you all too.


2/03/2007 07:52:00 PM  
Blogger Syn Diesel said...

Oarwell said...

What is your take on Fitts and Solari? I can't quite get a grip on what her central premise is. Any thoughts?

Fitts is a banker and advocates people investing in life-positive business while boycotting life-negative business. Pretty simple really.

2/03/2007 10:46:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Let the exorcism of Rigorous Intuition begin


Ludmila, in this short film of a Russian exorcism, sounds like a long lost relative of yours..

Russian Exorcism

Perhaps we can get a virtual exorcism of this blog.

Here's Icke's tao of physics attempt at explanation of exorcism as an issue of transdimensionality linked to bloodlines, and a clip of an Italian exorcism. If this blog is going to take hyperspace, transdimentionality, and a holographic universe seriously, then this is reality in these films.

icke exorcism crowley

I think we may know where Sabrina's famous 'let's cut him, suck him, fu** him, and kill him!' comes from?" Unless of course she/it's just a troll sent here to play with us, which we can ignore with a little chuckle.

2/04/2007 12:46:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Adventures in HEMI-SYNC Land

During our next program tape exercise our task was to explore how human beings move from Focus 27 into physical lifetimes on the earth. I arrived first at my place in Focus 27, noticing the hanging canvas chairs were occupied as usual by people who were always there waiting. After talking with them about the insights I'd gained during the previous exercise examining the chair and playing with the clover, it was time to leave and meet up with my group of fellow explorers at the crystal. Bob and Ed were there waiting again when I arrived, motioning for me come over to where they were standing.

"That clover of yours was an interesting creation," Bob remarked.
"Sure left me with some questions!"
"Good! A little something for that curiosity of yours to play with," Bob laughed.
"Maybe somewhere along the way you'll find some answers," Ed casually remarked.

Then it was time to leave for my encounter with the Entry Directory (ED), the guy who supposedly knew about how humans entered lifetimes on the earth. After taking on a charge of energy from the crystal with the rest of the group, I placed my intent to find the ED. I shot straight up through the roof and into blackness. After a brief sense of movement the tower I'd seen earlier, with the two bell shapes, came into view. Very tall, it looked like a radio antenna tower with two huge bell shaped objects at the top. The small ends of the bell shapes joined together and appeared to be fastened, horizontally, to the tower at its very top. Stopping to look more closely, I became aware of someone standing behind me.

"Are you the Entry Director I'm supposed to talk to?" I thought out to the presence behind me.
"Well, let's just say I'm one of many who attend to the operation of the Reentry Station and I can probably answer your questions."
"I'm a member of a group in a program called Exploration 27 at The Monroe Institute back on earth. We're all here to learn about the inner workings of Focus 27."
"Yes, I know. Your buddy, Bob Monroe, told us your group would be coming for a tour of the place. How can I be of assistance?"
"Is this thing I'm looking at, the tower with the bell shapes at the top, is that the Reentry Station?"
"What does it do and how does it work?"
"Look closely around the big open end of the bell shape at the left and tell me what you see," the ED suggested.
"I see a flow of something entering the open end of the bell shape," I described.
"Direct your attention to that flow and tell me what you see there," the ED continued.
"I see a cylindrical flow of little bits of yellowish-gold light, all moving together into the bell shape."
"Look closely at the bits of light."
I moved closer to the flow to get a better look.
"They all have generally the same size and shape, and they're emitting light. They look a little like cocktail shrimp after they've been cooked and peeled, kind of the shape of little cheese curls. I've seen these things before in a place I call the Flying Fuzzy Zone. These curls look the same, but in the Flying Fuzzy Zone they fly all around like moths buzzing a bright light. What are these things?"
"Focus your attention on them, what do they feel like?"
After gazing at them for several moments I got the precept, "I'll be a son of a . . . those curls are people! Each one is a separate human being!"
"They seem to be in some kind of 'dormant' state. Not too much activity going on in them, not much thinking. More like they're asleep and waiting. Why are they like that, and why are they entering the bell shape of the Reentry Station?"
"Come on, follow me," the ED replied, "we'll go inside the station so you can take a look."
There was a quick feeling of movement and then I was standing at the center the of the area where the small ends of the two bells joined. I could plainly see the flow of curls being compressed as it passed through this area.
"This part of the station is called the constriction," the ED volunteered.
"This section seems to be putting the curls under pressure. Why?" I asked.
"Preparation for entry into physical world reality. The awareness of each curl is compressed here to help hold it together and stay focused in one place long enough to make the transition."
"I'm getting the sense that compression also closes down its conscious awareness of nonphysical reality in general, including awareness of nonphysical aspects of itself. Is that a result of compressing a curl's conscious awareness?"
"Yes. Physical world reality is a pretty crowded place. By compressing the curl's awareness into one place, it's more concentrated. It's better able to focus, concentrate if you like, on its tasks and purposes once its in the physical world. Less apt to be distracted by input overload from the high level, M-band noise pressure."
"Input overload? High level M-band noise pressure?"
"At the level of physical world reality there are presently over five billion human inhabitants packed onto a very small place called earth. Everyone living there is constantly broadcasting their thoughts and feelings into that close quarters environment. They're like five billion little radio stations all broadcasting their own, unique talk shows into the airwaves at the same time. Those thoughts and feelings are what we call M-band noise. There are so many people broadcasting at once, all pushing their thoughts and feelings out into the environment, we call it high level, M-band noise pressure."
"Does closing down a curl's level of awareness by compression in the constriction section have something to do with limiting the effect of that M-band noise?" I asked, responding to impressions I was getting as I watched the curls pass through. "It limits the curl's ability to sense things in the nonphysical environment, doesn't it." "Yes it does. You see, if a curl's conscious awareness remained fully expanded to its normal size during and after entry into physical world reality it couldn't function. It's being constantly bombarded by a great percentage of the M-band noise. Finding its own memories and thoughts amongst that blaring jumble would be extremely difficult, if not impossible. At its normal level the curl's awareness would be in a constant state of complete and utter chaos, as a result of the input overload. Such overload would make progress on a curl's purpose for being in physical world reality impossible. The compression step of the reentry process concentrates the curl's awareness into a very small area, allowing it to be less aware of M-band noise."
"So compression reduces conscious awareness of nonphysical reality. But doesn't that also make it so the curl has no memory of what happened to it or decisions about its purpose made before entry into the physical world?"
"Well, yes, sort of. Memory of those decisions and contact with the Greater Self, your Disk or Monroe's I/There, is also almost completely blocked by the compression. You see, compression works on the level of the curl's conscious awareness. That doesn't mean those memories and contacts are removed or totally inaccessible, they're just compressed into the subconscious. They are fully accessible, but ordinarily only at the curl's subconscious levels.
"Wouldn't be better to let curls decide whether they want this to happen or not?"
"They do decide, Bruce. Each curl understands and agrees to this as part of the reentry process. It's not a rule imposed upon the curl by anyone, it's part of the preparation necessary for survival in the environment. You could think of it like the old fashion, deep sea diving suits. You know, the ones with the big heavy helmet and air hose hooked to a pump on the surface. To withstand the pressure and survive while exploring the ocean bottom in the old days, divers had to wear the suit. Compression at the Reentry Station is where the curl puts on that suit."
"I'm getting that M-band noise is somehow similar to the water pressure at the bottom of the ocean in your metaphor," I said, responding to incoming impressions.
"Very good! M-band noise IS like the water of the ocean. As you go deeper toward the ocean bottom, physical world reality, M-band noise pressure becomes greater. Once a curl reaches physical world reality M-band noise pressure actually helps maintain compression of its conscious awareness within the limits of its physical body."
"What do you mean?"
"Remember, we are talking about conscious awareness of the curl. If the diver, in my metaphor, tries to expand himself at the bottom of the ocean he has to push outward against the surrounding water pressure. If a curl attempts to extend its conscious awareness beyond the confines of its body it encounters the M-band noise of all the other inhabitants. Just like a diver extending himself beyond his suit and feeling the water, a curl extending its awareness beyond its body becomes aware of the blaring jumble of the M-band noise. The thoughts and feelings of the other inhabitants begin to come into the curl's awareness. It's such a jumble it tends to breakup the concentration and focus required to further extend its awareness. Prolonged contact with the surrounding M-band noise leads to wandering thought trains that jump from one track to another as thoughts and feelings of others flood into the curl's thus triggering memory associations. After a while, curls generally stop trying to expand their awareness, since they so easily lose the train of thought necessary to do so. That's how M-band noise pressure tends to maintain compression of conscious awareness. Some curls continuing trying to expand their awareness into the M-band noise and some of the successful ones are often labeled psychotic."
"How can curls safely get through the M-band noise to expand their awareness?" I wondered out loud.
"By learning to focus their attention not through the M-band noise, but beyond it. If the curl learns to focus its awareness at a level of consciousness where the M-band noise is attenuated or nonexistent, expansion is much easier. Meditation is an useful, time tested method and the one you're using seems to work pretty well."
"The method I'm using?" I asked, puzzled.
"You learned to focus your attention beyond the M-band noise using the sound patterns of hemi-sync. Remember something in the advertising about coherent brain wave states. You learned to maintain your focus and avoid the jumble by shifting your conscious awareness past M-band noise and into states you call Focus levels. Focus 10, Focus 21 and so on are levels of human consciousness with greatly reduced M-band noise."
"I see what you mean. The hemi-sync the tool I stumbled upon allowed me to remain in a coherent, focused state as I expanded my awareness past the M-band noise and into states beyond it!"
"You sound surprised! Hemi-sync is an adaptation of a long known technique. As for stumbling upon it, later you might want to check for filament of awareness connections between yourself and the guy who introduced that system. For right now let's get back to the to the purpose of your tour," the ED said cryptically.
"Okay. I'm getting that compression also causes the curls to lose memory of where they came from. It's the reason so few have any past life memories or awareness of anything that exists beyond their present physical world."
"Yes, that's a byproduct of the compression. Again, compression pushes these memories into the curl's subconscious, by definition that means the curl is not consciously aware of them. Typically, they are unable to extend their conscious awareness through the M-band noise to access 'outside' sources of the information either. These, so called, outside sources of information exist in awareness levels adjacent to the physical. Past life memories, the focus levels you're aware of, lots of information sources exist in these adjacent levels of awareness. Of course the information is carried inside the curl too, but few learn to focus inward to find it there. Curl's, compressed as they are have little if any conscious awareness of that information stored within themselves, and the M-band noise tends to cut off access to adjacent sources. Of course there are some exceptions, in fact, here comes one now," the ED said, as he directed my attention to the incoming flow of curls.

Focusing my attention to where he pointed, I saw what my Tour Guide was referring to. In amongst all the other little curls in the flow was one at least ten times their size. It stood out as the biggest, brightest curl in view.

"Big Fish, we call them," the Tour Guide said. "What do you get from that one?"
Reaching out to sense the Big Fish, it seemed more awake and active then the other curls. I watched as it moved through the constriction and then exited off to my right.
"Seems to be more aware and active then the others. It knew about the compression process it was going to go through and maintained its awareness while passing through it. I get that it remembered most of what it entered with after passing through the constriction," I replied, relating my impressions.
"Big Fish have developed the ability to be consciously aware of far greater 'volumes' of information. They pass through the constriction losing very little of their multidimensional awareness. They're exceptionally well suited to bringing awareness of adjacent realities, and of human existence in them, into the physical world. Many live lives in which they share their multidimensional awareness with others living in physical world reality who are lacking it. By doing so they help others become Big Fish," the ED said, with a wistful pride.
While pondering the implications of little curls and Big Fish, something else in the flow caught my eye. There were four curls, a little above average size, that appeared to be connected together along some kind of lighted filament. They looked like shrimp on a string with two, close together, leading the way, followed by two others spaced close together, further along the string.
"Could be a family of four, or just four curls planning to act on a common purpose," the ED Tour Guide explained before I could ask the question. When we see them strung together like that, we know they have a prior agreement about something that requires they pop into the physical world in a certain time sequence."
"So if it was a family of four, the two in the lead are probably the parents and the next two will be their kids?"
"Yeah. And if it's not an actual family, with parents and children, it could be just that those four have to arrive in a specific time sequence."
That phrase, specific time sequence triggered a question, "Is that group headed for Focus 15?"
"Of course, every curl goes to 15 after they finish compression. I don't have time right now to go into all the details of what happens from then on, so don't ask. That will all be covered later in your tour," the ED said, cutting off the whole line of questions I was forming. "Groups like those four are usually tied into a cooperative effort aimed at carrying out individual and group purposes."
"Like, maybe those first two have to bring a discovery into physical world awareness that the second two will later utilize. In the case of that specific group, the second curl will be traipsing through a jungle when he meets the first one, a native medicine man, a local shaman. Their combined knowledge of drugs and diseases will uncover the healing properties of a certain plant. Years later, the second two curls will meet when they each deliver research papers at the same medical conference. They'll discover they've both been working independently to bring the use of the plant's properties, discovered by the other two, into practical use. They'll join forces to carry on their work together as man and wife. That's when they'll start working on the most important joint purpose for the entire group's entry."
"Most important purpose?"
"With the inflated egos those two have it's going to be quite a challenge for them to learn to love through each other," the ED said, with concern in his voice. "At least they're got their love of humanity bonding them together. Working toward practical use of the that plant's properties for the good of mankind is a real plus in that department."
"How do you know all that, or are you just making it up?" I asked inquisitively.
"I'm not making it up, I know because I can read curl, and because my awareness extends beyond what you're used to."
"Who decided what their purpose was and what they were going to do to accomplish it? Sounds like predestination, like they have no choice."
"Those curls made all those choices for themselves. You could call it predestination I suppose, as long as you remember they made all the decisions effecting their destinies and agreed to work as a group before they came to the Reentry Station."
"So there is predestination!"
"Of course! They decided what they were going to do, and now they're going to go do it. You can call it predestination if you like, as long as you remember who made the decisions," the ED stated flatly.
"I want to know more about that string that connects them and what it has to do with when they arrive in the physical world?"
"That string, as you call it, is a filament of awareness that connects them now and will remain in place throughout their lives. You could also call it a section of a time/event line. The string is part of the process of insertion into time frames in the physical world and the Big Clock gets used as part of that process."
"What are time/event lines and what's the Big Clock?" I asked excitedly, hoping to learn more about the Focus 15 angle.
"I'd suggest you save those questions for your visit to The Planning Center. They can explain it better in the context of what they do there."
"Okay, thanks. I'll make a mental note to do that."
"Don't worry. If you don't remember I'm sure your Tour Guide there will have gotten the word to remind you."
"Take a close look a the curls in the flow again. Pick out a group on a string and look real close at the filament of awareness associated with them. Here comes a group of three now, check out the area directly behind the group."
"I don't see anything other than that they're connected together by a fine bright filament. . . Wait a sec . . . There's an even finer filament trailing them. In fact, now that I can see that one, I see all the other curls in the flow have the finer filament trailing them too. Didn't notice it before, what is that?"
"Do you remember the story of Curiosity you wrote in your first book? Do you remember Curiosity's Probes?"
"Yes, why?"
As I waited for the Tour Guide's answer, it hit me like a forty foot wave crashing into a sea wall and I caught insights in the spray.
"Those are Probes! Those filaments trailing each curl are their connection to their Disks, the things Monroe called I/There! Those filaments are what provide transfers of awareness between the Probe and its Disk! I saw my filament and followed it back to my Disk during a vision in the mid 1970's. That's how I became aware of the my Greater Self, my Disk, my I/There!"
"Glad you caught on to that, Bruce, As you continue your tour of Focus 27 during your program, I'd like to suggest you be open to learning more about who and what you really are. There's more to learn."
Looking closely at the filaments trailing the curls again I noticed something odd. "That group of three I saw had only one filament trailing it. Some of the other groups I see have more than one filament trailing them. Why is that?"
The ED just stood there looking at me, waiting for me to get the answer on my own. Then it hit me! "Those three curls with the single filament are all from the same Disk, aren't they!"
"And the ones with more than one trailing filament?" the ED asked.
"Not all the curls on the connecting string are from the same Disk!", I blurted out. "What are the implications of that?" I asked.
"Like I said, there's more to learn, but that's one you'll have to explore and discover for yourself."
For several moments I floated in silence, trying to get more insight into what my Tour Guide seemed to be alluding to. Not getting much I decided to pursue something else.
"I'm puzzled by something."
"Wouldn't it be better if all curls who reentered physical reality lifetimes carried more of their memories in their conscious awareness? Wouldn't I have a better shot at carrying out my purpose in life if I knew what it was? Couldn't the compression process of the Reentry Station be modified to allow that to happen?"
"In some cases, like Big Fish, much of such memory remains intact and easily accessible. And there are things that can be done to help a curl move toward Big Fish awareness levels. Part of that process is the curl learning to feel what's going on inside its awareness, becoming aware of what's stored within it's subconscious. That process also involves becoming aware of what's available in adjacent levels of awareness. That's an internal learning process all curls go through as they make progress towards becoming Big Fish. But to do that within the M-band noise of physical reality, one must utilize the emotional charge and emotional impact of events in physical world reality. Emotional impact is part of the earth school training system, part of learning to feel and become a Big Fish."
"So remembering too much would interfere with learning, Big Fish training if you will?"
"It tends to reduce the emotional impact of events which normally help a curl learn to feel what's inside itself. Think of it this way, if someone told you all the details of a suspense thriller you were planning to see at the theater, including the climactic ending, what would it do to a movie's emotional impact on you?"
"If I knew everything ahead of time, including how the movie ended, most of the emotional impact would be gone."
"And you might experience less or weaker feelings in response to what happened on the screen?"
"I see what you mean, emotional impact helps us learn to feel and so we curls don't remember our purpose in life because it might spoil our movie?"
"Something like that. There's also learning to use the filament connection to consider."
"What's the filament of awareness connection got to do with becoming a Big Fish," I asked, not seeing any possibilities.
"Becoming aware of that connection can lead to awareness of your Disk. That in turn can lead to an accelerated opening of awareness by virtue of the information available via that connection to the Greater Self. Surely, you of all people, can see the possibilities in that!" the ED said, like I really ought to have figured it out already.
"Oh . . . you mean my vision of the Disk way back in the middle '70's. I see what you mean! Once I had some limited awareness of my Greater Self, and my connection to it, the pace of my growing opening picked up. Gee, you mean I'm in training to become a Big Fish?" I questioned proudly.
"Bruce, all curls are in training to become Big Fish," he said, taking a little wind out of my sails.
Dar's voice startled me when it cut into my conversation with the Tour Guide at the Reentry Station, suggesting it was time to return to the crystal at TMI There.
"That's my signal to go back to physical world reality, I got so involved in our conversation I forgot this is just a tape exercise in a program. Seems like there's a lot left unanswered."
"As you continue your tour you're free to keep asking questions of anyone you meet and of course, let that curiosity of yours have free rein. Feel free to come back and visit me whenever you like."
"Before I leave, since you read curl and all, can you give me anything on my purpose during my present lifetime?"
"Sure," he said as he flipped me a thought ball, "but you already know most of it, so nothing in this one should come as any big surprise."
"Thanks, ED, you put on quite a tour, and thanks for this," I said, holding up the thought ball.
On my way back to the crystal, moving through blackness, I excitedly opened the thought ball, anticipating some great revelation. It said: "You entered this lifetime as a retrieving type to recover many of yourselves and those with other Disks of origin. Most of all, you wanted to learn more about the energy called Love. Beyond telling you that, I wouldn't want to spoil your movie!" It was signed, "ED, Entry Director."


2/04/2007 01:12:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Here's three different female exorcisms, supposedly, in Egypt:

exorcism in the egyptian way

They're all queuing up, eh? And all female? I wonder if the female body is a more opportune vessel for possession? Thoughts, Sabrina?

2/04/2007 01:13:00 AM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...

Disclosure is the answer, alright. The question is by what mechanism? It's not just the dirty deals, the false flags and the litany of collusion & conspiracy that we spend so much energy detailing here and at other like-minded sites--the misalignment of humanity runs so deep that many, or even most of those participating in the Big Scam aren't even aware that there's anything wrong.

I've been shamelessly plugging this guy Kötke's Final Empire e-book of late, not so much because I agree with all of his conclusions as that he states so well the disconnect between how we view life on earth and the way it really works. With the exception of the "simpler, indigenous" people on the planet (a quickly vanishing breed) and those whose orientation is spiritual, the vast majority of us see the world through the lens of a mechanistic interpretation of the universe, whether we realize it or not.

Very nearly all of our science is predicated on the assumption that the universe consists of matter, and that mind, to the extent that it even exists, arises (somehow) out of matter. This is where it all falls down, of course, since chemistry doesn't really explain love or imagination, our two greatest assets, but only a handful of wacky labcoats are ever even looking into the nature of consciousness at any one time. It's a trivial pursuit in the eyes of the establishment for the very good reason that it holds the key to understanding where we went wrong as a species and why exactly we're in such a rush to get to the edge of that cliff.

The biggest truth I've yet found, the thing that most needs to be exposed is that we do not live in a mechanistic universe. This is of such immeasurable importance because so much of how we live is based on this false assumption. Strangely enough, while science is one of the things that is most perverted by this horizonless mistake, the truth about "life, the universe and everything" (as Douglas Adams used to say) will ultimately come from science itself. I'm going to let Kötke explain it for you in better detail so you see what I mean. It is a little lengthy for a comment on a blog, so please scroll on by if you're not interested (sorry!) If this does sound about right, however, read the rest at the link, as it's only a few more pages. This is an excerpt from the section called The Moral Basis of the Life of the Earth:

"Mechanistic theories such as Darwin's gradualism or the doctrine of uniformitarianism (slow earth changes over long periods of time) in geology, have endured not so much because of the logic of the theory but that they fit the prevailing social ideology so well. The increasingly 'powerful' civilized human, 'man the toolmaker,' acting on inert, mindless matter is a welcomed image. The conscious power of an intelligent and balanced earth that creates the forms of life, in which the human is one, is not welcome news. To think that all of the life forms are part of the whole intelligent life of Earth like all of the forms in a cell are part of a cell's life, would frame a new ethical view. That image would come dangerously near causing us and the empire to question our way of life.

The mechanists of science have gone to great lengths to suggest that life has little power of conscious creativity. Their efforts to deny that animals think is laughable to anyone who has lived on a farm or ranch. Another intellectual sleight of hand is the creation of the concept of instinct. Instinct is a meaningless word that has long served the mechanists as an explanation for what could not at the time be explained or admitted. Is the honey bee society so conscious and intelligent in its own way that it can do the activities and constructions that it does? No, is the mechanist reply, 'it's instinct.' In creating new human culture we will be creating an assemblage of ideas, a thought form, which will be linked with biology. An expanded view will be taken of what mind is and how it fits with culture, biology and the earth.

The Psychobiological Perspective

The mind-set of industrial culture is conditioned by the cult of scientism. The reductionist view that matter is the only reality has become the cultural 'common-sense' view. This is not in fact what the scientific method says. Empirical science observes, measures, quantifies and performs tests on things, with the understanding that the 'things' have to be matter or none of this could be done. The actual scientific method makes no comment on anything outside the realm of matter that it tests. What has happened is that the body of repeatable experiments and 'scientific laws' (one must be aware there is much dubious material travelling under this banner) has been raised to the level of 'truth' and dogma. Science has become the bible by which truth and reality is verified by a mass culture influenced by years of classroom conditioning. Love, creativity, hope, consciousness, in fact much of the real non-material reality of life and activity has been relegated to insignificance by the cult of science.

The quest for power (military and other) through science has become the central focus of the industrial empire. In the broad view, science is the means to power whereby the empire culture more efficiently extorts the life force of the planet. (Scientific agriculture does not concentrate on building the life of the soil; it concentrates on producing heavier tonnages for market). The reality that science is an integral component of the imperial social system is shown by the fact that more than half of the working scientists of the U.S. are employed in the military-industrial sector. This is hardly a dispassionate search for truth, as the propagandists would have it. The scientific establishment is deeply implicated in the social apparatus of coercion and death as a means of political control.

The control of the public definition of reality- what humans are, what nature is, even the definition of life itself- is not just a matter of scientific dialogue, it is an item of central importance to the power of empire itself. If the context of reality in the public mind is narrowed to a chemical reaction, people will more willingly march in lock step than if they were to realize the mystery, awe and immensity of reality. If the public is conditioned to believe that humans are with original sin, have an African primate genesis that is vicious and brutal, they will be more willing to agree to a military/police state. It will be just 'common sense' to them that humans are so brutal that they can only be controlled by strong governmental force. If the public were to understand that each of us is a conscious being living within other conscious beings, such as Gaia, the whole life of the earth, the purpose of public life would change. This would threaten the status of the scientific/military/industrial elites who now control and profit from the production of material goods and the control of money.

Materialist science is a cult. It is a mass social institution and also a method of knowing. It continues the split between Being and Doing and between body and mind. When we look at Natural cultures we see great attention to Being- in relationship to the world. When we look at the scientific ideology we see great attention devoted to abstracted Doing, with little attention paid to our inherent being. Da Free John (a.k.a., Franklin Jones) summarizes this difference which underlies the struggle of empire to control the life of the earth:

The scientific establishment has been organized in league with the highest levels of concentrated political, economic and propagandistic power in the world today. Science is simply the primary method of knowing in modern societies, and its rule is established in no less an irrational and authoritarian manner than was the case with any religious or philosophical principle that ruled societies in the past.

The method of science has now become a style of existence, a mood or strategy of relating to the world and to other human beings. That method now describes the conventional posture taken by 'Everyman' in every form of his relationship to the conditions of existence. Science has become a world-view, a presumption about the World-Process itself. It has become a religion, although a false one. And modern societies are Cults of this new religion. Can this new religion establish us as individuals and communities in right relationship to each other and to the World-Process? Absolutely not!

Science is only a method of inquiry, or knowing about. It is not itself the right, true, or inherent form of our relationship to the conditions of existence, we cannot account for existence itself. And we are, regardless of our personal and present state of knowledge about the natural mechanics of the world, always responsible for our right relationship to the various conditions of experience, to the beings with whom we exist in this world, and to the World-Process as a whole. Relationship is inherently and perpetually a matter of individual responsibility, founded in intuition, prior to the analytical mind.

The cult of scientism and empire has brought us to the brink of the death of the planet and the cult figures have no adequate response. The sad, one-dimensional leaders of empire challenge any new strategy meant to lead to health. If they don't like ecological restoration, what do they have to offer our collective grandchildren? If they don't like permaculture, let them then defend industrial agriculture. If they don't like population control, let's hear from them what they have to offer in view of the reality that we all see. Every patriarch in a position of power in every mass institution bears responsibility. It is obvious now that their refrain of growth and material wealth is not the answer.

We need to maintain perspective on the cult of scientism. It is discredited by its works. We live on a rapidly dying planet. We can't let the group that has led us to the brink of annihilation convince us that more of the same is a solution.


Kötke goes on to discuss some of the new science which has shown
how incredibly wrong we've been about the most fundamental things in life. I think that while this will in the end be a bigger pill to swallow, it'll be a whole lot easier to make happen than waiting for the perps who were behind those buildings falling down to come forward.

2/04/2007 01:26:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Another Fantastic, Sexy and Erotic
S&M Bedtime Story

Did you see what that guy wrote about our Sweet Satan and us Maenads?

We are going to have to punish you for that.

One way ticket motherfucker!

Let's tie him up, cut him and suck him, then kill him!

No we'll tie him up, cut him, fuck and then kill him!!

Go get the tire iron.
Go ahead girls tie him up.

Stop crying I don't want to fucking hear it, baby.

Shut the fuck up, baby.

Put your panties in his mouth and duct tape it shut.

Give me the tire iron!

If we do not get to kill, we get depressed.

I know you can't wait either, mommy!!


2/04/2007 01:27:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

We do not believe in morality, the self is contradicted by it.

The self will always win over what others think or how they will react.

In the end morality loses to the self.

Ethics are more important to learn.


2/04/2007 01:31:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

All souls that were residing in Hell in spirit form have all been re-incarnated recently and will be joining the ranks of Hell here on Earth. This is total fucking war!

For centuries, xians have been relentlessly attacking us and continue to do it to this day. We are persecuted to where we are unable to openly have our own places of Satanic worship in public.

Some people will not even let us write about our Creator God, Satan.

We often have to conceal our beliefs and practices from others in order to keep our jobs, avoid major confrontations with our families and to avoid persecution and harassment.

It is high time we begin to fight back aggressively and with a vengeance. The burning days are over and we have the psychic power.

Fundamentalist xians continually brag about "binding Satan" "binding and cursing Demons" and so forth. They all talk the talk. It is time we show them what *real* binding and cursing is. The burning days are over with and there are no laws against spiritual cursing and other works of psychic retaliation. What you do using the powers of your mind in the privacy of your ritual chamber in or out of doors is legal and free.

Satan wants the enemy completely drained of their massive vortex of psychic energy and destroyed.

Satan has asked every dedicated Satanist to participate in spiritual warfare. We must work together as a team and like a battering ram, relentlessly attacking the enemy through psychic means. Everyone can do at least one ritual or hook up an energy line and/or direct destructive energy towards the enemy. Many of you who are truly dedicated and able may want to perform a ritual to Satan dedicating your services as a warrior and making a commitment to carry out regular works of psychic destruction against the enemy. Covens can do this as well and the more people involved- the more power.

It is important to work in silence and secrecy here. Steel your heart and steel your mind. As the images of the Egyptian Gods have shown us with their arms crossed over their chests- the heart and human emotions are vulnerable to manipulation. The enemy exploits this. This is why the nazarene is usually shown with his arms open. This is to exploit human emotions. We must never forget the Inquisition and what was done to millions of innocent human beings under xian rule.

No human being is of more importance to Satan than a warrior is. Satan will reward you profusely as he has with me. Now is the time and Satan is asking each and every one of you to join in the fight and bring the enemy down to their knees and completely destroy them through psychic means. Power meditation is a gift from Satan. It has changed many of our lives for the better. It is time each and every one of us gives something back in gratitude. The more you do for Satan, the more Satan will do for you. Each warrior will receive special recognition and outstanding rank in Hell.

As for those who have this complacent "live and let live" attitude and prefer to ignore the ever advancing xian problem that curses and blasphemes our God, works to enact laws that are forever taking away our rights and is incessantly fighting against us- these people don't even deserve to be called Satanists. One only needs to type in "spiritual warfare" and "Satan" together in any search engine to pull up thousands of militant xian websites that prove how they are relentlessly attacking us. So far, most Satanists have turned the other cheek. This needs to be corrected.

Black magick is all about the manipulation and direction of energy. The strength of one's mind and aura determine the type and amount of energy that one can direct and handle safely while producing the desired results. Workings fail because of weakness of one's mind and aura.

Energy ripping involves drawing off the life force. One should already have a strong aura that can pull energy at will and be able to transform it for one's personal benefit. There are two ways of going about this. One is the destruction of victim's aura and the second is hooking up an energy line and draining the victim dry. This prepares the victim to be much more vulnerable to psychic attacks and completely opens him/her for the willed input of destructive energy from the mage.

1. One should have a photograph or image of the victim. This is so one can visualize him/her clearly. This is very important to the operation.

2. Go into a trance state.

3. Begin by visualizing yourself drawing off the victim's aura and disintegrating it. You can visualize yourself actually eating and ingesting the aura until it is completely gone or drawing it into your sexual chakra.

Always Draw Energy with your Feminine chakras as these absorb.

The masculine chakras project energy. It is best to absorb this type of energy in the lower chakras.

4. When the aura is disintegrated and ingested, visualize drawing off all of the inner energies. The victim should change from white energy to grey energy and then to black, indicating the life force has been completely drained.

Clean your aura and chakras thoroughly after each working to transform the absorbed energy into personal benefit.

The above four steps should be done frequently, a minimum of 3-4 times a week to more than once a day. It will eventually take its toll.

After the working has done its job and depleted the victim, one should follow up with black magick workings. Before each black magick operation, the victim's aura should be prepped with black energy so he/she will absorb the destructive energy. Just visualize him/her with a black aura and proceed with the working.

Don't forget to thoroughly clean your own aura and chakras real good.


2/04/2007 01:40:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

The Inquisition

"The Christian resolve to find the world evil and ugly, has made the world evil and ugly."
- Friedrich Nietzsche

Today, the xtian church does not have the power it once had, yet, we have witnessed the xtian abuses of children, child rape, molestation and other vile acts that reveal the true nature of many xtians and the effects their "god" has upon his followers. The pedophilia scandals are just a small sample of what xtians are capable of.

Years ago, when the xtian church had complete control over government, human life and spirit, we can see from the inquisition, just how sick these people are and just what lengths they will go to get you to accept "jesus." Just as is seen in the numerous xtian abuses of children today, years ago, with the inquisition, girls as young as nine and boys as young as ten were tried for witchcraft. Children much younger were tortured to extract testimony against their parents.¹ Children were then flogged while they watched their parents burn.
A documented case in the Silesian town of Neisse reveals a huge oven was constructed, which over a ten year period, more than a thousand "condemned witches, some as young as two years old" were roasted alive.² Many victims were also extremely old, some in their 80's. This made no difference to the church.

The xtian church murdered, tortured, mutilated and destroyed millions and millions of lives both directly through the Inquisition and indirectly through all of the wars they incited. The damage and destruction this foul religion has perpetrated against humanity is almost beyond comprehension. Most people aren't even aware of the facts. Between the years of 1450-1600, the xtian church was responsible for the torture, and burning of some 30,000 alleged "witches."³

During the reign of the Roman Emporer Constantine CE 306-337 the doctrines of the xtian church were regarded as the foundation of law.4 Heretics (persons who opposed church teachings) were sought out, tortured and eventually murdered. Heresy was an offense against the state as well as the church. For hundreds of years, civil rulers tried to stamp out all heresy.

As early as CE 430, the church leaders declared heresy punishable by death. In CE 906, "The Canon Episcopi" was the first church body to expressly forbid the use of witchcraft.5 Before the Inquisition was fully underway, the church accepted heretics back into the fold, under terms it considered reasonable. The following is an example:

For three Sundays, the heretic was stripped to the waist and whipped from the entrance of the town/village all the way to the church door. He/she was to permanently deny him/herself meat, eggs and cheese except on Easter, pentecost and xmas, when he/she is to eat of them as a sign of his/her penance. For twenty days, twice a year he/she was to avoid fish and for 3 days in each week fish, wine and oil, fasting, if his/her health would permit.

He/she was to wear monastic vestments with a small cross sewn on each breast. He/she was to hear mass daily. Seven times a day, he/she was to recite the canonical hours and in addition, at Paternoster ten times each day and twenty times each night.
He/she was to observe total abstinence from sex. Every month he/she was to report to a priest who was to keep the heretic under close observation. He/she was to be segregated from the rest of the community.6

There is no precise date for the beginning of the Inquisition, most sources agree it manifested during the first 6 years of the reign of the catholic pope, Gregory IX, between 1227 and 1233. Pope Gregory IX who ruled from 1227-1241 is often referred to as the "Father of the Inquisition."

The Inquisition was a campaign of torture, mutilation, mass murder and destruction of human life perpetrated by xtians. The church increased in power until it had total control over human life, both secular and religious.
The Vatican wasn't satisfied with the progress made by regional leaders in rooting out heresy. Pope Innocent III commissioned his own inquisitors who answered directly to him. Their authority was made official in the papal bull of March 25th, 1199.7Innocent declared "anyone who attempted to construe a personal view of god which conflicted with the church dogma must be burned without pity."8

In 1254, to ease the job of the inquisitors, Pope Innocent IV decreed that accusers could remain anonymous, preventing the victims from confronting them and defending themselves. Many churches had a chest where informants could slip written accusations against their neighbors. Three years later, he authorized and officially condoned torture as a method of extracting confessions of heresy. 9

Victims were tortured in one room,

then, if they confessed, they were led away from the chamber into another room to confess to the inquisitors.
This way it could be claimed the confessions were given without the use of force. The Inquisitional law replaced common law. Instead of innocent until proven guilty, it was guilty until proven innocent.

Inquisitors grew very rich, accepting bribes and fines from the wealthy who paid to avoid being prosecuted. The wealthy were prime targets for the church who confiscated their property, land and everything they had for generations. The Inquisition took over all of the victims' possessions upon accusation. There was very little if any chance of proving one's self innocent, so this is one way the catholic church grew very wealthy. Pope Innocent stated that since "god" punished children for the sins of their parents, they had no right to be legal heirs to the property of their parents. Unless children came forth freely to denounce their parents, they were left penniless. Inquisitors even accused the dead of heresy, in some cases, as much as seventy years after their death. They exhumed and burned the accused's bones and confiscated all property from their heirs, leaving them with nothing. 10

The actions of the inquisitors had devestating effects on the economy that left entire communities totally impoverished while the church glutted with wealth. They also crippled the economy by holding certain professions suspect. Inquisitors believed the printed word to be a threat to the church and interfered with the communication brought about by the invention of the printing press in the 15th century. Maps, cartographers, traveling merchants and traders were all placed under intense suspicion; a threat to the church.

Although the church had begun murdering people it deemed heretics in the 4th century and again in 1022 at Orléan, papal statutes of 1231 insisted heretics suffer death by fire. Burning people to death prevented spilling of blood. John 15:6 "If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned."
The nazarene quote incited all of this.

The pedophilia witnessed today is just a small example of the insanity and the twisted, warped minds of most xians and where any power that they obtain leads to.

The Witch hunts, 1450-1750 were what R H Robbins (The Encyclopedia of Witchcraft and Demonology) called "the shocking nightmare, the foulest crime and deepest shame of western civilization." In this 300 year period, the church stepped up the mass murder and systematic torture of innocent human beings. Torturers were allowed as much time as they needed to torture their victims. Most courts demanded that prior to the torture, the victim be thoroughly shaved, claiming that any Demon left undetected in the victim's body hair might intervene to deaden the pain that the torturers inflicted or answer for the victim.11

Doctors would be in attendance if it seemed the victim might die from the torture. The victim would then be allowed to recover a little before more torture was applied. If the victim died during the torture, inquisitors claimed the Devil intervened with the purpose of sparing the victim further pain or preventing them from revealing his secrets.12 Those who fainted had vinegar poured into their nostrils to revive them. The victim's families were required under law to reimburse the courts for the costs of torture. Entire estates were seized by the church. Priests blessed the torture instruments prior to their being used. Certain devices were employed to inflict the maximum pain; indisputable evidence of the sick xtian mind:

Judas Cradle

The victim was pulled up by a rope or chain and then lowered to the point. The torturer controlled the pressure by attaching weights to the victim or rocking or raising and dropping the victim from various heights.

Brodequin (The Boots)

The brodequin was used to crush the legs by tightening the device by hand, or using a mallet for knocking in the wedges to smash the bones until the bone marrow spurted out. People who passed out were further condemned as the losing of consciousness to be a trick from the Devil in order to escape pain.

Burning the feet. Oil, lard and grease were applied to the feet before roasting them over a fire. A screen was used to control or increase the pain as exposure to the fire was applied on and off for maximum suffering. Also, as a variation, some victims were forced to wear large leather or metal boots into which boiling water or molten lead was poured.

Hanging and the Strappado

The victim's hands were bound behind the back. They were then yanked up to the ceiling of the torture chamber by a pulley and a rope. Dislocation ensued. Xtians preferred this method, as it left no visible marks of torture. Heavy weights were often strapped to the victim to increase the pain and suffering.
Squassation was a more extreme form of the torture. This method entailed strapping weights as much as hundreds of pounds, pulling limbs from their sockets. Following this, the xtian inquisitor would quickly release the rope so they would fall towards the floor. At the last second, the xtian inquisitioner would again yank the rope. This dislocated virtually every bone in the victim's body. Four applications were considered enough to kill even the strongest of victims.

Many were hung upsidedown as well until strangulation ensued.

Heretic's Fork

This device was often used to silence the victim on the way to the burning stake, so they could not reveal what had occurred in the torture chamber or defend themselves in any way.

Ripping the flesh

Xtian clergy delighted in the tearing and ripping of the flesh. The Catholic church learned a human being could live until the skin was peeled down to the waist when skinned alive. Often, the rippers were heated to red hot and used on women's breasts and in the genitalia of both sexes.

Breast Rippers

The Iron Torture Chair was studded with spikes. The victim was strapped in nude and a fire was lit beneath the chair. Heavy objects were also be used. They were placed upon the victim to increase the pain of the spikes. Blows with mallets were also inflicted. Often, other torturous devices were applied with the chair such as the flesh ripping pincers, shown above and leg crushing vices.

Skull Crusher
This one speaks for itself. Xtian clergy preferred this device because it did not leave visible marks, unless the skull was completely crushed, which happened.

The Rack

The Rack, aka the Ladder was another device that was used extensively. The procedure was to place the nude or near nude victim horizontally on the ladder or rack. Ropes were used to bind the arms and legs like a tourniquet. The knot could be steadily twisted to draw tight the ropes and stretch the victim to where the muscles and ligaments tore and bones broke. Often, heavy objects were placed upon the victim to increase the pain. This was considered by the church to be "one of the milder forms of torture."

The Wheel

The nude victim, was stretched out, lying face downward on the ground or on the execution dock, with his or her arms and legs spread, and tied to stakes or iron rings. Wooden crosspieces were placed under the wrists, elbows, ankles, knees and hips. The inquisitor then smashed limb after limb and joint after joint, including the shoulders and hips, with the iron-tyred edge of the wheel, taking care not to bring about the death of the victim. There were splinters of smashed bones, blood spurted everywhere and the victim's entire skeleton was crushed and smashed. Thereafter the shattered limbs were “braided” into the spokes of the large wheel. The wheel has to be one of the most gruesome of all torture devices. The idea is, that the victims' limbs are shattered and entwined around the spokes of the wheel, attaching them to it.

The Thumbscrew

The thumbscrew was a device where the victim's thumbs were placed and systematically crushed. Similar devices were used on the toes. Thumbscrews were often applied at the same time as the strappado and other torture devices to inflict more pain.

The Water Torture

The victim was stripped and bound to a bench or table and a funnel was inserted and pressed down into his throat. Water was poured into the funnel in jug fulls with his/her nose being pinched, forcing him/her to swallow. After this was repeated enough times to where the victim's stomach was almost to burst, the bench or table was then tilted, with the victim's head pointing to the floor. The water in the stomach put painful pressure on the victim's lungs and heart. There was not only the incredible pain with this, but also, the feeling of suffocation. Inquisitors would also beat upon the stomach with mallets to the point of internal rupture.
In another variation, the victim was forced to swallow large quantities of water together with lengths of knotted cord. The cords were then violently yanked from the victim's mouth resulting in disemboweling.

The Iron Maiden aka the "virgin mary"

Covering the front side of this device was a statue of the virgin bitch, inside were spikes, sharp knives or nails. Levers would move the arms of the statue, crushing the victim against the knives and nails.

Other devices and methods:

* Forced feeding of overly salted foods that resulted in extreme thirst, then, the denial of water.

* Immersion in scalding water laced with Lime.

* Yanking back and forth by 2 or more inquisitors with ropes attached to a spiked iron collar. This tore the flesh on the victim's neck. Variations used screws that could be tightened.

* The prayer stool. A spike board on which the victim was forced to kneel.

* Stocks which were fitted with iron spikes

* Slowly roasting victims over fire.

* "Walking a Witch" entailed forcing a victim to walk back and forth for days on end until completely exhausted. A variation of this was having the victim sit cross legged upon a wooden stool, being deprived of movement or sleep. Some victims were as much as 80 years old.

* "Thrawing." Similar to the spiked iron collar, only a rope was tied tightly around the head and the victim was yanked back and forth.

* "Turkas." These were a variation of pincers used to pull out fingernails.

* Many were thrown in filthy dungeons with no light or human contact, in addition, often being chained or confined in the stocks.

* "Scoring above the Breath" the ancient belief that bleeding a witch above the mouth and nose would break a spell incited inquisitors to tear flesh, stick with needles and other instruments upon the victim's face.

Galileo Galilei,the famous Italian astronomer and physicist was one of the most noted victims of the inquisition. A letter in which he attempted to demonstrate the Copernican theory, that the Earth is not the center of the universe, was forwarded by some of his enemies (xtians) to the inquisitors in Rome. He was tried in 1633 and found guilty of heresy. He was forced to recant (publicly withdraw his statement) and was sentenced to life imprisonment under house arrest.
In 1979, Pope John Paul II declared that the Roman Catholic Church "may have been mistaken in condemning him," and he established a commission to study the case.13
In 1993, the Catholic Church "officially" pardoned Galileo. In other words, they forgave him for teaching that the planets revolve around the Sun, not the Earth. (See the above link).

Loss of human life:

* Salzburg, Austria, 1677-1681 over 100 murdered

* Basque region of the Pyrenees; 1608, Lawyer Pierre de Lancre was sent to the region to "root out and destroy those who worshipped Pagan Gods." Over 600 tortured and murdered.

* Witch judge Henri Boguet c. 1550-1619 sent some 600 victims to their deaths in Burgundy, many of them young children who were systematically tortured and then burned alive.

* A pregnant woman was burned alive and from the trauma, she gave birth before she died. The baby was tossed back into the flames.

* Swedish town of Mora, 1669, more than 300 murdered. Among them, 15 children. 36 children between the ages of 9 and 15 were made to run the gauntlet and were beaten with rods upon their hands once a week for an entire year. Twenty of the youngest children, all under the age of 9 were whipped on their hands at the church door for 3 sundays in succession. Many more were severaly beaten for witchcraft offenses.

* In Scotland, under the rule of Oliver Cromwell, a total of 120 in a single month were murdered in 1661. Estimates of the total dead have been as high as 17,000 between 1563 and 1603.

* In Würzburg, Germany, the Chancellor wrote a graphic account in the year of 1629:
"...there are three hundred children of three or four years, who are said to have had intercourse with the Devil. I have seen children of seven put to death, and brave little scholars of ten, twelve, fourteen and fifteen years of age..."
Between the years of 1623 and 1633, some 900 "witches" were put to death throughout Würzburg. This was largely maintained by the Jesuits.

* The Chronicler of Treves reported in 1586 that the entire female population of two villages was wiped out by inquisitors. Only two women were left alive.

* Noted cases included the Knights Templar, Joan of Arc who was chained by the neck, hands and feet and locked in a cramped iron cage, Galileo, who stated that the Earth revolved around the Sun and was not the center of the universe as the church taught(See above).

The above accounts were taken from Cassel Dictionary of Witchcraft by David Pickering.

On Sunday, March 12th, 2002, the Pope John Paul II apologized for the "errors of his church for the last 2000 years."


¹The Dark Side of Christian History by Helen Ellerbe, page 124
²Cassel Dictionary of Witchcraft by David Pickering, article on "Germany", page 108
³Cassel Dictionary of Witchcraft by David Pickering, article on "Inquisition", page 146
4 World Book Encyclopedia article on "Inquisition." ©1989
5 Wizards and Sorcerers by Tom Ogden, article on "Inqusition."
6 The Dark Side of Christian History by Helen Ellerbe, page 77
7Wizards and Sorcerers by Tom Ogden, article on "Inquisition."
8The Dark Side of Christian History by Helen Ellerbe, page 77
9Wizards and Sorcerers by Tom Ogden
10The Dark Side of Christian History by Helen Ellerbe, page 80
11Cassel Dictionary of Witchcraft by David Pickering article on "Torture."
12Cassel Dictionary of Witchcraft by David Pickering, article on "torture."
13World Book Encyclopedia article on "Galileo." ©1989

hi Selene,

2/04/2007 01:45:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Forget not the days of old
And recall the stories told
Of the burnings and the screams
Do they ever haunt your dreams?

There was a time when freedom died
It was an age of genocide
The Inquisition at the door
The Church of Rome in a holy war

They broke children on the wheel
In the madness of their zeal
In the shadow of their wake
The innocent burning at the stake

Children resist a return to the burning times
People be wise to the power of their lies
Be not fooled as those who were fooled before
Children, oh children, be free, be wild

Then the turning of the tide
From the truth they could not hide
Now the darkest age has passed

The Goddess has returned at last!


2/04/2007 01:50:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Don't Break the Oath

Hail Satan,

2/04/2007 01:52:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

“No, Platon Mikhailovitch,” replied Khlobuyoff, sighing, and pressing his hand warmly. “I am good for nothing now. I have become decrepit before my time, and my loins ache from my old sins, and I have rheumatism in my shoulders. Of what use am I? And besides, a great many lucrative places have already been established for the benefit of useless people. God forbid that the taxes of the poorer classes should be increased on my account!”

“Behold the fruits of dissipation!” thought Platonoff. “This is worse than my heedlessness.”

In the meantime, while they had been thus conversing, Kostanzhoglo, as he walked behind them with Tchitchikoff, was quite beside himself with rage.

“Just see,” said Kostanzhoglo, pointing with his finger, “to what a state of misery he has reduced his peasants! Why, there are neither carts nor horses here. If murrain breaks out a man ought not to consider his own property. He ought to sell all his own belongings at once, and provide the peasant with cattle, in order that he may not be left for a single day without the means of pursuing his work. However, things cannot be remedied for years here. The peasants have become lazy, dissipated drunkards. If you ever allow them to remain without work for even one year, you ruin them for ever; they grow used to rags and a vagabond life. And what land! Look at the land!” he said, pointing to the fields, which soon madetheir appearance behind the cabins. “They are all water-meadows. I could raise flax, and make five thousand roubles out of that alone. I could plant beets, and get four thousand out of them. And look yonder; on the slope a forest formerly arose: there is nothing now. He has planted no grain—I know that. And look at those valleys. I would raise such a forest there that the crows could not fly to the top of it. The idea of flinging away such treasures of land! And if there was nothing to plough with, he might have cultivated the vegetable garden with a spade: he might have undertaken that garden himself. Take the spade in your own hand; make your wife, your children, your servants do it too; if you must die beasts, at all events die over your work. You will then at least die in the fulfilment of your duty; and if not, you can eat yourself for dinner like a pig!” So saying, Kostanzhoglo spat, and his splenetic temper darkened his brow with a gloomy cloud.

This blog is more dead than the characters inhabiting Gogol's Dead Souls, and possesses not one tenth the humour, humanity, wit, or wisdom, not to mention honesty.

Therein lies it demise

R.I.: R.I.P.

2/04/2007 01:55:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

By reading the posts I am seeing the same signals being given by people who have no connection to each other, but they are all saying pretty much the same thing.

Correlation of the available data allows for a better analysis.

We are only living on borrowed time unless changes are made now, not tomorrow is the current forecast.

Indeed if the future is open, and we through our thoughts can shape it.
There is enough for everybody, but with a minority holding most of the wealth.

But forget not that the masses are being manipulated and either are unaware or frankly do not even care as long as they can enjoy their current lifestyle(materialism).

This is the tricky part waking up the Giant from the slumber so to speak.

Can it even be done versus the bread and circus of the massmedia who have their own corporate agendas?


2/04/2007 02:18:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

This comment has been removed by a blog administrator.

2/04/2007 05:40:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

My my, some folk do have all kind of problem with all kind of things.

It's not a direct answer, but I guess sabina is saying that they proudly follow the STS types. Then she/he says that Satan is the true creator. OK.

How does one reconcile TMI and STO material, their concepts of Love as the glue holding reality together, with worship of some god as a creator God, who because of this, is responsible for all this suffering, but fuck that -you are pissed at the followers of some other imposter god because he is a fraud, and not really the creator God, but it's his fault that there is all this suffering, so that you think it a bargain to sell your soul to Satan, the real God, but all the suffering is not his fault? OK, now do I have that all straight?

2/04/2007 05:42:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

Very good nikolai, see it is not dead yet.

I do not wear bumper stickers on my work van, but if I did, I am thinkin one that says, NOT DEAD YET, -would be good for me.

2/04/2007 06:01:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

This comment has been removed by a blog administrator.

2/04/2007 07:47:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

From Kotke via IC,

“The control of the public definition of reality- what humans are, what nature is, even the definition of life itself- is not just a matter of scientific dialogue, it is an item of central importance to the power of empire itself. If the context of reality in the public mind is narrowed to a chemical reaction, people will more willingly march in lock step than if they were to realize the mystery, awe and immensity of reality. If the public is conditioned to believe that humans are with original sin, have an African primate genesis that is vicious and brutal, they will be more willing to agree to a military/police state.”

This then points to the need to study our psychical conditioning systems so as to be put in a position to design a new, more proper system for understanding. Sorry, I do not see much of that. More often people pick at little parts of the monster, without taking the necessary steps to identify the functional and structural elements that maintain the power within the ‘beast’. So, I hold that the PTB maintain systems that place being ahead of consciousness, so as to shift authority towards themselves. Materialism is only one means for doing this. The Dolly Lama seems ready to sign on to this agenda, and he would not appear to be a materialist. The gods of old had the same agenda, think through and in terms of us, the gods, the voices in your head. (Those voices are merely resonance patterns set up by your particular style of fear of the unknown)

Look, I have found that by being neither conformist or rebel that I can better balance order and liberty, thereby taking control of my own expressions of consciousness.

A little story:

My dad, whom I love and loved dearly, being a good German catholic, had many children. He was a wonderful father, doing his part to produce an interesting home life. He was not happy with his work, as his boss’s wife was on an early version of the pill so that his boss always came to work in a bad mood. Well, this was bad for the family also, that and the fact that the railroads were changing and my dads job was being threatened. Ok, probably feeling that the affections of his wife were being focused on the large number of kids did not help either. And who knows what else. At any rate, he started being a little bit ornery.
One time,(12 yrs.) in the middle of a cold winter, my dad decided that I was the one that was leaving lights on, or doors open, or closed, or whom the fuck knows, doesn’t really matter. At any rate, his solution was to kick me out of the house without any shoes on. So, I am walking around the block, out for about half an hour. I loved it, my feet stayed warm. I came back in the house when allowed, - totally happy and comfortable. My dad did the same routine two or three more times.

Boy howdy, that was an education that was different than the one he intended.

On edit; changed reality to really.

2/04/2007 08:07:00 AM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...


This notion of a mechanistic universe is the foundation for the official story, not an explanation of why the individual is cut off from the real world (although that's true, too, at least in part.) If you go to that link, you'll see what I mean--I just didn't want to reprint the whole damn thing. If you go there, notice the part where the connection is described between the mechanistic/materialist worldview and such things social Darwinism, environmental degradation, corporate greed/irresponsibility, and elite dominance (not to mention our widespread indifference to all this.)

He's not writing about the individual but humanity in the aggregate, although you could make much the same argument on that level. As far as the Lama person goes, I don't trust him, either. Who says he's not a materialist? Why is he holier or more exalted than the lowliest monk or penitent? Doesn't sound very egalitarian to me.

Down with the elite! Danial Pouzzner's an idiot! (Okay, my sloganeering can get a little random sometimes...)

2/04/2007 10:04:00 AM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...

But at least it fits on a bumpersticker.

2/04/2007 10:14:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

This comment has been removed by a blog administrator.

2/04/2007 10:28:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

This comment has been removed by a blog administrator.

2/04/2007 11:35:00 AM  
Blogger Sounder said...

Thanks, IC I will read Kotke's material. The point that i am making is that a Platonic or idealist worldview can also place being before consciousness, merely by placing the 'gifted' between the common man and some far off god. And you are right the Lama may well be a materialist, I think they take no specific position on the matter. But the religious fathers were not materialists and they also see fit to define what is to be the proper expression for our being. We are being played from both sides, and it is only from the center that one be able to play their own version of the game.

Hey anon, at 3:00 You are right that was screwball. If I recognize your voice correctly, you have provided good chuckles in the past. It's is an honor to be roasted by you; - you may be channeling my dad. Thanks.

2/04/2007 11:42:00 AM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

A stone cast into a pond of quiet water sends out many rings.

That is the awareness of the stone seeking its new environment.

The changing world is in constant flux like water and we either adapt to the new situation or fight it, and we are the stone cast in the water.

Try to go with the flow of the water, because fighting the current will only tire you out.
Conservation of energy.

Whereas if you ride the wave, you do not drain all your energy fighting something you can never win and never have the energy to fight the real enemy either.

There are those who constantly fail
in their purpose.

Of course, the question arises as to why.

The answer is that they did not believe in themselves.


2/04/2007 12:08:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Soundie, of course we are hedonistic, without a doubt.

I love sensuality.

All the things I experience help me to grow on my very short time here on this beautiful planet.

That is why we come here.

It is worth the pain.
For you see for without it how can we know true bliss?

Why should I deny myself so that others seeking control can have all
the world has to offer for themselves.

There is enough for me too.

Now all three dimensional humans are STS there is no way out of it.

That means even you, being washed in the blood will not erase KARMA.

We destroy only what is trying to stop us, the church wants us spiritually dead along with their root religion.

It must be destroyed.

The Original Gods [Demons] were unjustly labeled as monsters and branded as "evil" to keep humanity from spiritual knowledge. Because of this, the human race has drastically degenerated both spiritually and intellectually.

Tibetan's and Hindu's seem to understand this.

Why is it that you can not grasp this.

If you think dying and having your soul assimulated by jvhw and being psychically vampirized is ok who is stopping you not me.

Monroe was not allowed to publish certain things because they were too shocking, so what is available to read is only part of the picture. What else could be more shocking than the same thing Castaneda found most shocking: the flyers/predators.

Prepare for astral flight!!!


2/04/2007 12:47:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Don Juan looked at me from head to toe.

"You are fearing the wrath of God, aren't you?" he said. "Rest assured,
that's not your fear. It's the flyers' fear, because it knows that you will do
exactly as I'm telling you."

His words did not calm me at all. I felt worse. I was actually
convulsing involuntarily, and I had no means to stop it.
"Don't worry," don Juan said calmly. "I know for a fact that those
attacks wear off very quickly. The flyer's mind has no concentration

After a moment, everything stopped, as don Juan had predicted. To
say again that I was bewildered is a euphemism. This was the first time ever,
with don Juan or alone, in my life that I didn't know whether I was coming
or going. I wanted to get out of the chair and walk around, but I was deathly
afraid. I was filled with rational assertions, and at the same time I was filled
with an infantile fear. I began to breathe deeply as a cold perspiration
covered my entire body. I had somehow unleashed on myself a most
godawful sight: black, fleeting shadows jumping all around me, wherever I

I closed my eyes and rested my head on the arm of the stuffed chair.
"I don't know which way to turn, don Juan," I said. "Tonight, you have really
succeeded in getting me lost."

"You're being torn by an internal struggle," don Juan said. "Down in
the depths of you, you know that you are incapable of refusing the
agreement that an indispensable part of you, your glowing coat of
awareness, is going to serve as an incomprehensible source of nourishment
to, naturally, incomprehensible entities. And another part of you will stand
against this situation with all its might.
"The sorcerers' revolution," he continued, "is that they refuse to honor
agreements in which they did not participate. Nobody ever asked me if I
would consent to be eaten by beings of a different kind of awareness.
My parents just brought me into this world to be food, like themselves, and that's
the end of the story."

Don Juan stood up from his chair and stretched his arms and legs.
"We have been sitting here for hours. It's time to go into the house. I'm
gonna eat. Do you want to eat with me?"

I declined. My stomach was in an uproar.

"I think you'd better go to sleep," he said. "The blitz has devastated

I didn't need any further coaxing. I collapsed onto my bed and fell
asleep like the dead.

At home, as time went by, the idea of the flyers became one of the
main fixations of my life. I got to the point where I felt that don Juan was
absolutely right about them. No matter how hard I tried, I couldn't discard
his logic. The more I thought about it, and the more I talked to and observed
myself and my fellow men, the more intense the conviction that something
was rendering us incapable of any activity or any interaction or any thought
that didn't have the self as its focal point. My concern, as well as the concern
of everyone I knew or talked to, was the self. Since I couldn't find any
explanation for such universal homogeneity, I believed that don Juan's line
of thought was the most appropriate way of elucidating the phenomenon.
I went as deeply as I could into readings about myths and legends. In
reading, I experienced something I had never felt before: Each of the books I
read was an interpretation of myths and legends. In each one of those books,
a homogeneous mind was palpable. The styles differed, but the drive behind
the words was homogeneously the same: Even though the theme was something
as abstract as myths and legends, the authors always managed to insert
statements about themselves. The homogeneous drive behind every one of
those books was not the stated theme of the book; instead, it was selfservice.
I had never felt this before.

I attributed my reaction to don Juan's influence. The unavoidable
question that I posed to myself was: Is he influencing me to see this, or is
there really a foreign mind dictating everything we do? I lapsed, perforce,
into denial again, and I went insanely from denial to acceptance to denial.
Something in me knew that whatever don Juan was driving at was an
energetic fact, but something equally important in me knew that all of that
was guff. The end result of my internal struggle was a sense of foreboding,
the sense of something imminently dangerous coming at me.
I made extensive anthropological inquiries into the subject of the
flyers in other cultures, but I couldn't find any references to them anywhere.
Don Juan seemed to be the only source of information about this matter. The
next time I saw him, I instantly jumped to talk about the flyers.

"I have tried my best to be rational about this subject matter," I said,
"but I can't. There are moments when I fully agree with you about the

"Focus your attention on the fleeting shadows that you actually see,"
don Juan said with a smile.

I told don Juan that those fleeting shadows were going to be the end of
my rational life. I saw them everywhere. Since I had left his house, I was
incapable of going to sleep in the dark. To sleep with the lights on did not
bother me at all. The moment I turned the lights off, however, everything
around me began to jump. I never saw complete figures or shapes. All I saw
were fleeting black shadows.

"The flyers' mind has not left you," don Juan said. "It has been
seriously injured. It's trying its best to rearrange its relationship with you.
But something in you is severed forever. The flyer knows that. The real
danger is that the flyers' mind may win by getting you tired and forcing you
to quit by playing the contradiction between what it says and what I say.
"You see, the flyers' mind has no competitors," don Juan continued.
"When it proposes something, it agrees with its own proposition, and it
makes you believe that you've done something of worth. The flyers' mind
will say to you that whatever Juan Matus is telling you is pure nonsense, and
then the same mind will agree with its own proposition, 'Yes, of course, it is
nonsense,' you will say. That's the way they overcome us.

"The flyers are an essential part of the universe," he went on, "and
they must be taken as what they really are-awesome, monstrous. They are
the means by which the universe tests us.

"We are energetic probes created by the universe," he continued as if
he were oblivious to my presence, "and it's because we are possessors of
energy that has awareness that we are the means by which the universe
becomes aware of itself. The flyers are the implacable challengers. They
cannot be taken as anything else. If we succeed in doing that, the universe
allows us to continue."

I wanted don Juan to say more. But he said only, "The blitz ended the
last time you were here; there's only so much you could say about the flyers.
It's time for another kind of maneuver."

I couldn't sleep that night. I fell into a light sleep in the early hours of
the morning, until don Juan dragged me out of my bed and took me for a
hike in the mountains. Where he lived, the configuration of the land was
very different from that of the Sonoran desert, but he told me not to indulge
in comparison that after walking for a quarter of a mile, every place in the
world was just the same.

"Sightseeing is for people in cars," he said. "They go at great speed
without any effort on their part. Sightseeing is not for walkers. For instance,
when you are riding in a car, you may see a gigantic mountain whose sight
overwhelms you with its beauty. The sight of the same mountain will not
overwhelm you in the same manner if you look at it while you're going on
foot; it will overwhelm you in a different way, especially if you have to
climb it or go around it."

It was very hot that morning. We walked on a dry riverbed. One thing
that this valley and the Sonoran desert had in common was their millions of
insects. The gnats and flies all around me were like dive-bombers that aimed
at my nostrils, eyes, and ears. Don Juan told me not to pay attention to their

"Don't try to disperse them with your hand," he uttered in a firm tone.
"Intend them away. Set up an energy barrier around you. Be silent, and from
your silence the barrier will be constructed. Nobody knows how this is done.
It is one of those things that the old sorcerers called energetic facts. Shut off
your internal dialogue. That's all it takes.

"I want to propose a weird idea to you," don Juan went on as he kept
walking ahead of me.

I had to accelerate my steps to be closer to him so as not to miss
anything he said.

"I have to stress that it's a weird idea that will find endless resistance
in you," he said. "I will tell you beforehand that you won't accept it easily.
But the fact that it's weird should not be a deterrent. You are a social
scientist. Therefore, your mind is always open to inquiry, isn't that so?"
Don Juan was shamelessly making fun of me. I knew it, but it
didn't bother me. Perhaps due to the fact that he was walking so fast,
and I had to make a tremendous effort to keep up with him, his sarcasm just
sloughed off me, and instead of making me feisty, it made me laugh. My
undivided attention was focused on what he was saying, and the insects
either stopped bothering me because I had intended a barrier of energy
around me or because I was so busy listening to don Juan that I didn't care
about their buzzing around me anymore.

"The weird idea," he said slowly, measuring the effect of his words,
"is that every human being on this earth seems to have exactly the same
reactions, the same thoughts, the same feelings. They seem to respond in
more or less the same way to the same stimuli. Those reactions seem to be
sort of fogged up by the language they speak, but if we scrape that off, they
are exactly the same reactions that besiege every human being on Earth. I
would like you to become curious about this, as a social scientist, of course,
and see if you could formally account for such homogeneity."

Don Juan collected a series of plants. Some of them could hardly be
seen. They seemed to be more in the realm of algae, moss. I held his bag
open, and we didn't speak anymore. When he had enough plants, he headed
back for his house, walking as fast as he could. He said that he wanted to
clean and separate those plants and put them in a proper order before they
dried up too much.

I was deeply involved in thinking about the task he had delineated for
me. I began by trying to review in my mind if I knew of any articles or
papers written on this subject. I thought that I would have to research it, and
I decided to begin my research by reading all the works available on
"national character." I got enthusiastic about the topic, in a haphazard way,
and I really wanted to start for home right away, for I wanted to take his task
to heart, but before we reached his house, don Juan sat down on a high ledge
overlooking the valley. He didn't say anything for a while. He was not out of
breath. I couldn't conceive of why he had stopped to sit down.

"The task of the day, for you," he said abruptly, in a foreboding tone,
"is one of the most mysterious things of sorcery, something that goes beyond
language, beyond explanations. We went for a hike today, we talked,
because the mystery of sorcery must be cushioned in the mundane. It must
stem from nothing, and go back again to nothing. That's the art of warriortravelers:
to go through the eye of a needle unnoticed. So, brace yourself by
propping your back against this rock wall, as far as possible from the edge. I
will be by you, in case you faint or fall down."

"What are you planning to do, don Juan?" I asked, and my alarm was
so patent that I noticed it and lowered my voice.

"I want you to cross your legs and enter into inner silence , " he said.
"Let's say that you want to find out what articles you could look for to
discredit or substantiate what I have asked you to do in your academic
milieu. Enter into inner silence, but don't fall asleep. This is not a journey
through the dark sea of awareness. This is seeing from inner silence."
It was rather difficult for me to enter into inner silence without falling
asleep. I fought a nearly invincible desire to fall asleep. I succeeded, and
found myself looking at the bottom of the valley from an impenetrable
darkness around me. And then, I saw something that chilled me to the
marrow of my bones. I saw a gigantic shadow, perhaps fifteen feet across,
leaping in the air and then landing with a silent thud. I felt the thud in my
bones, but I didn't hear it.

"They are really heavy," don Juan said in my ear. He was holding me
by the left arm, as hard as he could.

I saw; something that looked like a mud shadow wiggle on the
ground, and then take another gigantic leap, perhaps fifty feet long, and land
again, with the same ominous silent thud. I fought not to lose my
concentration. I was frightened beyond anything I could rationally use as a
description. I kept my eyes fixed on the jumping shadow on the bottom of
the valley. Then I heard a most peculiar buzzing, a mixture of the sound of
flapping wings and the buzzing of a radio whose dial has not quite picked up
the frequency of a radio station, and the thud that followed was something
unforgettable. It shook don Juan and me to the core-a gigantic black mud
shadow had just landed by our feet.

"Don't be frightened," don Juan said imperiously. "Keep your inner
silence and it will move away."

I was shivering from head to toe. I had the clear knowledge that if I
didn't keep my inner silence alive, the mud shadow would cover me up like
a blanket and suffocate me. Without losing the darkness around me, I
screamed at the top of my voice. Never had I been so angry, so utterly
frustrated. The mud shadow took another leap, clearly to the bottom of the
valley. I kept on screaming, shaking my legs. I wanted to shake off whatever
might come to eat me. My state of nervousness was so intense that I lost
track of time. Perhaps I fainted.

When I came to my senses, I was lying in my bed in don Juan's house.
There was a towel, soaked in icy-cold water, wrapped around my forehead. I
was burning with fever. One of don Juan's female cohorts rubbed my back,
chest, and forehead with rubbing alcohol, but this did not relieve me. The
heat I was experiencing came from within myself. It was wrath and
impotence that generated it.

Don Juan laughed as if what was happening to me was the funniest
thing in the world. Peals of laughter came out of him in an
endless barrage.

"I would never have thought that you would take seeing a flyer so
much to heart," he said.

He took me by the hand and led me to the back of his house, where he
dunked me in a huge tub of water, fully clothed-shoes, watch, everything.
"My watch, my watch!" I screamed.

Don Juan twisted with laughter. "You shouldn't wear a watch when
you come to see me," he said. "Now you've fouled up your

I took off my watch and put it by the side of the tub. I remembered
that it was waterproof and that nothing would happen to it.
Being dunked in the tub helped me enormously. When don Juan
pulled me out of the freezing water, I had gained a degree of control.
"That sight is preposterous!" I kept on repeating, unable to say
anything else.

The predator don Juan had described was not something benevolent. It
was enormously heavy, gross, indifferent. I felt its disregard for us.
Doubtless, it had crushed us ages ago, making us, as don Juan had said,
weak, vulnerable, and docile. I took off my wet clothes, covered myself with
a poncho, sat in my bed, and veritably wept my head off, but not for myself.
I had my wrath, my unbending intent, not to let them eat me. I wept for my
fellow men, especially for my father. I never knew until that instant that I
loved him so much.

"He never had a chance," I heard myself repeating, over and over, as
if the words were not really mine. My poor father, the most considerate
being I knew, so tender, so gentle, so helpless.


2/04/2007 12:49:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

To make the subthread of the U.S. Civil War more complete, read about how Lincoln was the first Leo Straussian?

2/04/2007 12:49:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

"The sorcerers' revolution," he continued, "is that they refuse to honor
agreements in which they did not participate. Nobody ever asked me if I
would consent to be eaten by beings of a different kind of awareness.

My parents just brought me into this world to be food, like themselves, and that's
the end of the story."


2/04/2007 12:51:00 PM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...

u bent wat u eet of, wat u wilde, in elk geval? (enkel kidding!)(werkelijk waar!)

2/04/2007 01:05:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


Everyone knows free thought is the ability to think for one's self, but how many people actually apply this? Only when you can completely free your mind, will you be able to come into your own and know yourself.

How to think, what to think, what to believe, what our likes, our dislikes, our concepts of right, wrong, good and evil are, are constantly being programmed by the media, peer pressure and those in power.

Those in power can refer to the government, parents, family, educational institutions and textbooks, the system, the medical association and so forth.

Many live their lives by the values of others and as a result, they never come to know themselves. People are TOLD what to think and believe.

The television is a good example. Canned laughter implies something is supposed to be funny and it's OK to laugh.Ha ha ha, very fake.

Background music lets the viewer know when he/she should get scared or anticipate something.

Emotional scenes lead some people to tears.

Life is much like this. One is supposed to obtain some form of approval for any and every thought and/or action.

Take a look at the xian church. Everyone is repeatedly told this nefarious enemy of humanity is something "good."

In spite of the continuous and blatantly obvious signs to the contrary, most people actually believe this to be true. The xian bible is called the "good book."

This "good book" is full of mass murder, slaughter, torture, gang rape, prostitution, cannibalism, infanticide, mutilation, blood sacrifice, curses, feces, hatred, and every ugly thing know to humanity. It has incited war, slavery, bloodshed and destroyed the lives and mental health of billions.

Ask yourself; what do I think? How do I feel? NOT how *SHOULD* I think, or what would someone else think, or what does everyone else think. We are all individuals. We all have different preferences and tastes. Just because someone else likes or dislikes something, that doesn't mean you as an individual should feel the same way.

Whenever presented with a dilemma or something new, ask yourself the above questions.

Satanism is free thought in the EXTREME, yet, so few are able to actually think for themselves.

Now, of course, those in power are dead against free thought. Sheep are easily controlled.

Very few people really know themselves, in spite of living with themselves 24/7.

This is really sad, not knowing yourself.

By preaching helplessness, self-sacrifice, denial, doing NOTHING, being a victim, suffering for so-called "sins," punishment and all of the suicidal teachings that go along with this, they have set us up for doom.

The survival of a species depends on the ability to DEFEND itself and THE ABILITY TO EFFECTIVELY FIGHT BACK. AND DESTROY ITS ENEMIES!

The human race as a whole is completely helpless when it comes to psychic and spiritual warfare.


2/04/2007 01:06:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

IC, Ik wet het wel dat dat verhaal fantastische is, maar ik geloof het.


2/04/2007 01:11:00 PM  
Blogger Sounder said...

Sabby said;

"Why should I deny myself so that others seeking control can have all
the world has to offer for themselves?"

Right, right, uh sabby; -uh, putting all your eggs in the shopping basket is what allows the control seekers to keep control.

Your only difference with the Christians is your slight variation in the demon's that rule you. Their demons encourage the impulse to control; your demons encourage you to rebel from being controlled. You are more a follower of Lucifer, yet thankfully you are ignorant, so that battling internal demons insure you will never be very effective.

Thank G-d for that.

2/04/2007 01:33:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Sabrina's Believe it or Not

Summoning, Contacting and Communicating with the Dead

Many books on witchcraft, séances, channeling, and mediumship advocate an elaborate process in order to contact the deceased. In reality, it is not all that difficult to summon someone who is hanging around on the astral.

There are many who are "lost souls" and are trapped on the astral. In the case of those who have been reincarnated, if you are in tune enough, you will be able to pick this up and know it is of no use to try to contact them, as they are already in another life.

Deceased Humans are "spirits." These are of a lower order. They are not as powerful as Demons or angels, unless the person empowered his/her soul.

The astral is usually a lonely place for these souls and often, they wish to make contact with the living. Ghosts that are seen or sensed in old houses (often the person died there), those who cannot part from living family members or loved ones; usually the ghost attaches itself to something - the house, the place of employment, the living family or a surrogate family.

There can be unfinished business where the deceased needs help from the living, as with a burial, solving a homicide, missing person or something where the deceased cannot "rest." Most often, the deceased will make him/herself known. Objects can be misplaced, electrical appliances can be turned on or off, he/she can be felt, even by untrained individuals.

How to Make Contact:
The deceased does not need to be hanging around to establish contact. If he/she is dead, he/she can be contacted, provided he/she has not reincarnated. A summoning can be done at any place where one can focus.

Tarot cards can be used to make contact. A Ouija board or pendulum can be used to communicate. In cases where there is a group, all participants should be in tune and serious. One person will act as the medium.

1. The person closest or the nearest in contact with the deceased (in the case of a known spirit), shuffles the cards, concentrating on a reading to contact and give information about the one being summoned. The medium then begins to read the cards. Do the same, if you are substituting a Ouija board. In using a Ouija board, the medium should sit opposite the person wishing to call on the deceased. Having a personal object of the deceased can be a help for those who are inexperienced or not as psychic, who are acting as the medium.

2. Usually the person closest to the deceased will feel him/her before anyone else. The person acting as the medium will draw in the soul and speak for him/her. When finished, direct the soul to depart. Do not bind in any way with the soul. Keep it as impersonal as possible.

A Pendulum can also be used. The medium should have some experience with a pendulum, should he/she decide to use this method. Begin by asking if there are any spirits in the room/house/building/area. If the pendulum answers "yes" then you can go on to ask more questions or use a Ouija Board to get a conversation going.

Human spirits are fairly easy to invoke. They do not in any way have the energy of a Demon, as I have invoked both. The energy from a human, usually, can only be felt when he/she enters your body. A Demon on the other hand is electrifying and the residual energy can make your skin tingle for several days afterward.

Never try to force the spirit into answering questions they do not wish to answer. Being rude will give your aura a bad vibe on the astral and future attempts at contact or invocation of other spirits may be thwarted.

Void meditation is essential here, as is a strong mind and spirit, with total control over your own thoughts and emotions. The ability to turn off and block out anything unwanted is of extreme importance when invoking anything from the astral. Some spirits feed on fear, an untrained mind, or other emotions.

People who are fearful, overly impressionable or prone to excessive emotion/hysteria; unstable behavior, should not take part in any séances! One must be cool, calm and collected at all times during a séance. The medium must always remain in total control of the situation.

When souls of the departed are contacted, they are as they were when alive. The personalities do not change, at least from the experiences I have had. This is another reason we all should make the most of our life here, as we all need to work toward developing and empowering ourselves spiritually.


2/04/2007 01:55:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

The new next best seller. Woopee!!!

2/04/2007 01:57:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


That you are right and I am wrong?

I always wondered why the smarter people never believed in xian nonsense.

Is it that an intelligent mind is against being a slave?

Witchcraft is nothing more than attempts by human beings at attaining powers of the mind that are our birthright. For centuries, the Christian Churches, and their cohorts have done everything in their power to frighten people away from attempting to use the power of which other beings in the universe have full access. The sole purpose and objective of Christianity has always been to remove all spiritual knowledge and prevent people from accessing the powers of their minds and souls, so this power can be kept in the hands of a "chosen" few world domination. Humanity has been held dangerously and purposely back by Christianity. This not only places us as a whole in a seriously vulnerable and defenseless position, but also damns the soul that is at the complete mercy of other beings with power.

The enemy extraterrestrials, which outnumber the friendly ones, look upon humanity as beasts to be exploited. Their goal is to use the energy of our souls after we die, for their own purposes. The only way they can succeed is through humanity’s spiritual ignorance and lack of spiritual power. This is one reason I strongly encourage people to perform the dedication ritual to Satan. When we make a commitment to Satan, he protects us as we advance spiritually. Many, who go it alone with sorcery and advancing their souls, meet with disaster. This does not come from Satan, but is from the enemy who uses fear and negative experiences to frighten and discourage people from attaining any real power. Those who reach a certain level, stand out on the astral. There are numerous Yahoo groups on the internet, those who are without, who discuss kundalini and other psychic empowerment phenomena and the negative experiences these people have are rampant.

Get used to it,

2/04/2007 02:06:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Another common teaching is denial of materialism.

The reason for this is so all the wealth and power can be kept in the hands of a few- the same people at the top who work to remove spiritual knowledge and replace it with Christianity and other lies.

The Nazarene archetype stands for slavery, servitude, and enduring endless abuse in order to program humanity to be the perfect slaves in a new world order.

Satan/Lucifer is the True Creator God of, and the great liberator of humanity.

SATAN does not FEAR humans having spiritual power and knowledge because he is truthful and has nothing to hide.

Most people do not know Satan.

They believe everything they are told about him without question.

Fear is a powerful tool that has been used for centuries to keep humanity away from Satan.

Material possessions make life more enjoyable and are an extension of ourselves.
There should be a healthy balance between spiritualism and materialism.


2/04/2007 02:15:00 PM  
Blogger iridescent cuttlefish said...

Und wenn wir es mal versuchten in eine Sprache die ich wirklich kenne? Meine einzige Frage bleibt: warum? Wieso dieser Dunkelheit dienen? Hast Du nicht mal gesagt "besser tot als Sklave"?

Anders formuliert, wenn Gott nur Liebe wäre, statt dieser ewig zörnigen Figur, die die zahllosen Unschuldigen umbringt--dann würdest Du dich anders orientieren? Als freier Mensch?

Mir kommen beide "Seiten" als Sklaverei vor.

2/04/2007 02:22:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

The most important thing you can do is forget everything you have been taught about Demons from sources that are hostile to Satanism.

There is nothing but misinformation from most of the readily available and most popular writings. Following the instructions written in most grimoires is not only wrong, but can be very dangerous.

My own experience with various Demons is that they are very proud and being respectful is very important.


1. Know the Demon you intend to summon. This website lists the attributes and available knowledge about different Demons. All of the Goetic Demons are human friendly, as we know from experience.

2. It is important to have a specific purpose; know exactly *why* you are summoning a particular Demon.

3. When we ask assistance from a Demon, it is only proper to offer something in return. Be prepared to give something in return. This is something both you and the Demon should agree upon. Remember, the Elder Gods value one’s word, honesty, integrity and one’s honor as the utmost importance. NEVER agree to anything you know you cannot follow through on.

4. Know the method you plan to use to communicate with the Demon.

One of the most important steps in the summoning of a Demon you are not yet familiar with, is to go through Satan.
The reasons for this are serious. Not all Demons are friendly to humans, nor are all Demons of Satan. Satan has authority over all of the Goetic Demons. Most Demons are friendly when treated with respect and summonings result in a positive experience. I have found many Demons that have caused outsiders problems are often friendly to a confirmed Satanist.

I have learned much through my own interactions with Demons and through the many experiences of others, both the laity and the Ministry. Experience is, as always, the best teacher.

There are different levels of experience when one establishes contact with a Demon:

1. The Demon speaks to us through our thoughts (telepathy). With telepathy, the words of the Demon come to us through our thoughts. In the beginning, it can be difficult for those who are not as sensitive or lack psychic ability to differentiate between the communication from another entity and their own thoughts. With power meditation and experience, this becomes much easier over time.

2. We see and hear the Demon. This is with people who are more psychic and open.

3. We invoke the energy of the Demon. This is powerful and electrifying. We are engulfed in a strong aura. During this time, we will often hear the Demon speak to us and we may in addition, see the Demon.

4. During an actual summoning, the Demon appears and speaks to us through scrying into a mirror, in the smoke of the incense, or in some other manner. This is best for those who are new. With scrying, if we are sensitive enough, we can often feel the Demon touch us if he/she chooses to do so.

5. Tangible contact; objects in our rooms are moved, there is actual physical evidence of the Demon having been present.

There are accounts in popular books concerning extremely powerful energies encountered when evoking a Demon. To my knowledge, no one using the methods outlined HERE has ever experienced anything negative or overwhelming.

I have invoked Demons many times and the energy was never beyond anything I couldn’t handle or in any way uncomfortable.



2/04/2007 02:24:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...


* Zodiac Position: 0-4 degrees of Scorpio
* Octobr 23rd-27th
* Tarot Card: 5 of Cups
* Planet: Mars/Pluto
* Candle Color: Dark blue
* Plant: Allspice
* Metal: Iron/Plutonium
* Element: Water
* Rank: Marquis
* Sabnock is a Night Demon and she rules 50 legions of Spirits

She can cause arguments to escalate into serious fights, she protects soldiers and their camps and can cause wounds not to heal.
She teaches architecture and provides good familiars.

Sabnock is a female Demon.
She has blue wings with frosted highlights.
Her golden hair can turn to blood red.
She has large eyes that match her hair, there is no white in them at all.
She is a beautiful demoness.
She is very fair skinned with long legs and thinly built.
She is rather calm and quiet.
She floats on the air.


2/04/2007 02:26:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Hasten to our call for help and snatch from ruination and from the
clutches of the noonday devil, this human being made in your image and likeness.

Strike terror Lord, into the beast, now laying waste your vineyard, let your mighty hand cast him out of your servant, Regan Teresa MacNeil, so he may no longer hold captive this person, whom it pleased you to make in your image.

Merrin sprinkles more holy water on Sabina. She falls back crying in pain.

...and to redeem through your son. Who lives and reigns with you, in the unity of the holy spirit, God forever and ever.

The power of Christ compels you. The power of Christ compels you. The power of Christ compels you. The power of Christ compels you. The power of Christ compels you. The power of Christ compels you. The power of Christ compels you.

Sabina lands back on her back once more.

He brought you low by his bloodstained cross! Do not despise my command because you know me to be a sinner. It's God himself who commands you! The majestic Christ who commands! God the Father commands you! God the son commands you!

The mystery of the cross commands you! The blood of the martyrs commands you!

Give way to Christ, you prince of murderers. You're guilty, before
Almighty God, guilty before his son, guilty before the whole human race. It's the Lord who expels you. He who is coming to judge both the living and the dead and the world by fire.

2/04/2007 03:05:00 PM  
Blogger Sounder said...

Sabby, you are right that the connections between the realms may become more tenuous than they have been in the past. You think of yourselves as guides, so those novices may have less unpleasant experiences in their contacts with other realms. Good for you and I wish you well in your efforts. I on the other hand consider myself to be a rank novice and you to be horribly ignorant, having no business guiding others. The advantage of my technique is that it at least illustrates a ‘do no harm’ type method for learning to think for oneself rather than through the influence of some church, or ideology, or scientism or bowing down to some damn deity, (that is an aspect of creation masquerading as the Creator); or spending time tilting at windmills.

Better bargain, and does not require the sale of ones soul.

How do you reconcile TMI and STO material, their concepts of Love as the glue holding reality together; with worship of some god as a creator God, who because of this, is responsible for all this suffering, but fuck that -you are pissed at the followers of some other imposter god because he is a fraud, and not really the creator God, but it's his fault that there is all this suffering, so that you think it a bargain to sell your soul to Satan, the real God, but all the suffering is not his fault? OK, now do I have that all straight?

G-d is beyond categories and as such is not deity. I submit to God alone. Peace

2/04/2007 03:11:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Most Spiritual Satanists make a commitment to Satan.

The commitment is very important because Satan protects us as we work to advance our powers.

Those who go it alone or without any spiritual protection often meet with disaster.

Once one makes a commitment, Demons often guide us and work with us to help us advance.

Unlike right hand path religions, Spiritual Satanism encourages action.

As you can see.

Satan wants his people to live life to the fullest and to evolve.

Satan is always there for us, but as we progress, he expects us to handle things, as we are able to, for ourselves, using our own powers.

My soul is mine.

This soul is indeed committed to Satan.

I broke away from the herd.

I thank Satan
and the Demons they are our friends.

If you are inexperienced, bear this in mind.

Regardless of the formal education you might have obtained, put aside everything you have been taught and proceed with RESPECT.

Spiritual Satanism advocates individuality, liberty, and independence.

You advocate submission and slavery.

It is obvious that Satan is not the "deceiver of humanity."

Satan's followers have been few in number and he doesn't need copious amounts of wealth, power and control to keep his followers.

Satan accepts us as we are, but guides us to advance ourselves to where we evolve to a higher level.

Satanists are free to live their lives as they choose- responsibility to the responsible.

We live by natural law and encourage everyone to develop themselves to their fullest extent.

We know we “save” our own souls as opposed to claims of the Nazarene saving anyone.

Satanism is based upon the true transformation of the soul.


xians say this PRAYER below not us:

I offer the prayer my mother taught me.

Now that I am grown, I find it a BIT DASRK don't YOU?

Who wants their kids to think about dying just before bedtime?

Many children are afraid of sleeping because of this.
Now I lay me down to sleep,
I pray the Lord my soul to keep.
If I should die before I wake,
I pray the Lord my soul to take.



2/04/2007 05:45:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

They were once known as angels from the sky and heaven.

But now they are known as devils, demons, alien monsters.



I wish i could
give you a nice big bonghit
of DMT, but I can't.
That might do the trick.
It can open your third eye so wide.
Looks like you need it.

But then again you being unprotected on the astral means you would get in trouble.You will be ok though, as long as I am with you babysitting.

Anglelic Entities

Known by different names; "Watchers" "Guardians" "Gatekeepers" their true nature is to keep humanity from progressing in any way ESPECIALLY in the area of mind power or knowledge of the 4th dimension/astral.

They are like guards in a concentration camp acting as the "Watchtowers." To keep humanity in chains, enslaved and without power.

Those who are without and delve into the occult a little too deeply will often meet with unpleasant experiences (again, FEAR is used as a means of control).

One way or another, those who are without are often deceived into relationships with angels.

That is why lots of people channel total nonsense, they are without protection and told lies by the angels.

I have seen unprotected, foolish people scared senseless because they went at it alone.

There is some scary stuff out.

Establishing control over one’s emotions is very important.

Out of control, emotions can be detrimental to one’s health and well-being, and at worst can be lethal.

In a situation where panic takes control and gives way to terror, where fear is completely out of control; one can freeze up when immediate action is called for and wind up dead.

Out of control, emotions interfere with and even prevent rational thought.

Here the panic/terror takes over one’s entire being.

Control of emotions and having a calm mind can mean the difference between life and death.

tot later schatje,

2/04/2007 06:12:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

True Satanism is about elevating and empowering humanity to reach equality with the Gods, which was our True Creator (Satan's) intention

Due to centuries of misinformation, lies, and the systematic removal of knowledge, few people these days understand or even know what “Satanism” really is all about.

Christianity has been at liberty to dictate without any opposition, what they CLAIM Satanism to be.

In order to accomplish this, the truth had to be destroyed.

The Catholic Church (the original Christian Church, from which all Christian sects have evolved), heinously tortured to death and mass-murdered millions of innocent men, women and children in what was known as "The Inquisition."

Some children who were burnt to death in what were known as "witch houses" were as young as two years of age.

Christians forever rant and rave concerning the "one world order" where all identities, cultures, personal privacies, and liberties will be lost and humanity, after being systematically bar-coded, will be lumped into a one-world slave state.

What they fail to see is how their own so-called "religion" and bible have always been and are the roots of and blueprint for this regime.

Everything in the Judeo/Christian Bible has been stolen and corrupted from religions predating Judaism, Christianity, and Islam from hundreds to thousands of years.

Through Judaism and its tool of Christianity, all of the original spiritual teachings from around the world, (which are CONCEPTS) have been stolen from, lumped together into the "one," and corrupted into Jewish archetypes and characters and fictitious places.

This has given the Jewish people as a whole a false history, political power and "spiritual" authority to which they are not entitled.
We are all equal.

The bible is a very powerful subliminal tool to control the masses.

One can see this is a man-made work as there are endless contradictions.

The bible has been systematically drummed into the minds of the populace from a very early age.

A lie must always be enforced as opposed to the truth which can stand on its own.

Because spiritual knowledge and occult power have been removed and kept in the hands of a "chosen" few, the unknowing populace has been helpless against it.

The agenda here is to create a one-world slave state with the "chosen" few ruling at the top.

The perpetrators of course blame Satan to create a necessary distraction, while they use occult power to accomplish their ends.

They have a history of stealing from and blaming their enemies for everything they really are and do, while always holding themselves in the highest esteem and innocence.

The original religions now known as "Satanism" (by the way, "Satan" means "enemy" in Hebrew), were all based upon what is known as the "Magnum Opus" or Great Work. The one known as "Satan" is our True Creator God. He was prevented by the other Gods from finishing his work on humanity, that of the godhead.


2/04/2007 06:21:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

The truth about 'satan', Jesus, and GOD

The core of the Muslim understanding of God can be summarized by the Arabic word tawhid (pronounced Toe-HEED), which most simply means unity.

Understanding the indivisible unity of the divine is the quintessence of Islam.

What about Jesus, with whom the “satanists” are so obsessed?

Muslims revere Jesus, Issa, in Arabic, as a unique prophet, for whom the Qur'an reserves the specific name Ruhallah, literally "the Spirit of God".

Muslims also exalt his mother Mary, Maryam in Arabic. Her name is actually mentioned more times in the Qur'an than in the entire New Testament.

Consonant with the Muslim belief in Jesus as a very special prophet, unique in his teaching and mission to humanity, is the belief that Jesus will return at the time Judgement to defeat the Dajjal, or Antichrist.

In addition, Muslims hold that Jesus will be assisted in this effort by the Mahdi, a special figure in Islam eschatology for both Sunni and Shia Muslims. Again, this is true for all Muslims. For the minority Shia sects (so-called Twelvers, Seveners), they believe the Mahdi will be a returning historical Muslim leader from the past, but differ on whether that person is the hidden 7th imam, or twelfth imam.

In keeping with the concept of Tawhid, or unity, all Muslims also adhere to the doctrine that Jesus was yet a man, not God incarnated. In Islam to think or say otherwise would be considered the blasphemy of shirk, or establishing partners to God.

Muslim scholars would argue more specifically that Jesus never made any claims for his divinity, and none can in fact be found in the Gospels. Historically, the claims of Jesus’ divinity were foisted upon the world by the Council of Nicea in the year 325 A.D. as part of a political move to quell temporal dissent between conflicting sects, and as a means of consolidating Roman political control over the Catholic Church and its holdings.

The reason that attempting to establish “partners” to God, or shirk, is considered a blasphemy to Muslims flows from the comprehension that God is Unitary and All-Encompassing. There is no Reality but God. The shahada the witnessing or profession of faith, the first pillar of Islam, is: La ilaha illah Llah. There is no god, no thing, but God.

And though God's essence is unknowable to man, we may begin to approach the understanding of God’s infinite attributes as represented in al asma al husna, the 99 most beautiful names of God, as found in the Qur’an.

To try and cast it in perhaps slightly poetic language, Muslims believe in the unity, ubiquity, omniscience and omipotence of God. God is understood to be both imminent and transcendent, hidden and manifest, seen and heard, though ineffable, complete, uncreated, self-evident yet mysterious, possessed of all attributes and lacking none, encompassing all that is, as well as all that cannot be known other than by God.

To Muslims this presents no paradox, but is rather a constant living truth, a truth to which all beings owe their lives and existence. God is the owner of our souls, dispenser of mercy and grace, beyond yet containing all form, and though God's essence is not directly knowable, many of the various attributes of God can be apprehended by man, and carry great benefit as focuses of contemplation, prayer, and invocation.

Thus, although God is infinite, and in the essence an eternal mystery, still God is never separate or "other" in away way, knowable by us through contemplation of God’s infinite attributes and the names by which these are signified, and yet, always, completely One.

Consonant with the Unity of God, evil, in the form of Satan, also known as Iblis or the shayatin, is also simply God's creation, and thus incapable of thwarting or countering the Divine will. For it to be any other way would, of course, be logically inconsistent with the infinite nature of God.

Is nature capable of evil, apart from man?

No, of course not. So already evil has taken a human, rather than a cosmic, form.

Satan, Shaitan or Iblis in Arabic, can be seen as the embodiment of human ego, or nafs, literally breath. It is that part of the human mind which asserts itself as primary to all else, and is capable through its divine gift of free will of attempting to act contrary to, or in rebellion against, the Divine Will.

As told by Muslim Sufis, Iblis was the angel dearest to God and loved God with greater intensity than all the other angels. After God created Adam, God commanded Iblis to bow in allegiance to man, ego being placed in service of the person, not the other way around, which would be an inversion of morality. Iblis, by dint of his pride, refused to submit his will, or ego, to man as the regent of God.

Iblis' initial answer to God as to the reason why he refused God's command to prostrate before Adam was that he, Iblis, loved God above all else and that for him to bow to man would be to denigrate the love Iblis had for the Almighty. A false dichotomy, a spiritual metaphor for man’s alienation from his own divine nature. God’s gift of regency to Adam was thwarted by the ego’s insistence on it’s own illusion of separateness, masquerading as fealty to or love for God. A seeming paradox, but only so when seen through the false lens of separation. In Unity there is no room for this illusion of separation, or rebellion.

God remonstrated Iblis, informing and warning him that he could best demonstrate his love for God by following God's command and bowing before Adam. It was then that Iblis said, "Did you not make me and the other angels out of fire? Are we not superior to this man made of clay?" A metaphor for the mind’s illusion of superiority over matter, from which it was fashioned by God.

God requests obedience, but Iblis' sin of Pride, a metaphor for our own ego or nafs’ refusal to acknowledge our own servitude to God, prevents him/us from surrendering God's command.

Thus it was that Iblis was condemned to hell, but bargained his way back to earth in order to serve as the tester and tempter of the moral fiber of man and woman. In Muslim as well as Christian wisdom traditions it is said that God’s punishment was so severe to Iblis because he was kept, whether in hell or on the earth, away from the Divine presence, that which he most dearly loved. The most horrific cry of grief ever to occur was Iblis' lament of lost love as he descended to earth upon hearing God’s decree of banishment.

Thus our greatest pain and suffering comes from our own illusory belief in the primacy of our egos, and our refusal to surrender to the will of God in the mistaken belief that we are other than, or separate from, God.

The Qur'an, unlike the Bible, holds that this "hell" of our own making is not an eternal punishment, and that God's mercy ultimately redeems all of his creation. The separation is just temporary, but maintained for as long as we consent to listen to the temptations of Iblis, or ego, or nafs, and fail to follow God’s way.

Thus is Iblis known as the whisperer. His minions, the plenitude of temptations and misguidance presented to us every day are collectively known as the shayatin, plural of Shaitan.

The Arabic term for their whispering is wiswas, an onomatopoetic word, resembling the sound of wrongly suggestive whispering dimly heard.

Sufis teach that, until his fall, Iblis was the greatest lover of God, whom the Sufis term "the Beloved". And the Sufi goal is simply to restore oneself in the Divine Presence of the Beloved. This can be done by the proper exercise of free will, in surrender and service to God’s commands to lead a morally upstanding life.

Muslims seek to live in surrender to the divine will, yet know that the gift of free will, with which we are constantly charged to make moral choices both great and small, is that vehicle by which we may be blessed to draw ever nearer to what is already "closer to us than our neck veins."

That's as succintly and clearly as I can state it.

On the Names of God:


in the name of God

Any endeavor undertaken by an observant muslim begins with the invocation, whether spoken aloud or remembered silently, "bismillah", in the name of god.

This bismillah represents a shortened form of the most frequently recurring phrase in the Qur'an,

Bismillah ar Rahman ir Rahim

in the name of God the Compassionate the Merciful


bi ~ in
ism ~ name
i ~ of
llah ~ God

bismillah ~ in the name of God

Strictly speaking, the word Allah is not a name.

It is simply the word used in Arabic to connote
the God, as opposed to
a god.

The word is found in both forms in the first part of the shahadah,
the muslim profession of faith:

la ilaha illa llah ~ there is no god but god.

Some argue that the word allah is a contraction of al-ilah
[literally "the god"], since eliding the initial article is conventional in Arabic, thus forming the “name” allah.

Call it a word or a name, as you will.

Either way it means God, the one.

la ilaha illa llah ~ there is no god but god.

in arabic there are no capital letters,
not even for proper names,
so the use of capitalization below
represents a convention of orthography
of the English language.

in arabic the word is allah.

Allah, or aLlah, is simply the word for God used by Arabic-speaking
Jews, Christians, and Muslims alike when they pray.

It simply means God.

Just God.

The most common male name in Arabic is
Abdullah, which means “Servant of God.”

No muslim man may take one of the proper names of God, thus a man may be known as Latif (subtle), but never al Latif (the subtle).

Most often the prefix root “abd” is added to one of the names of God, as in Abdul Latif (servant of the subtle). This is always acceptable.

Never may a man take one of the unique names Malik al Mulk, Allah, or other names uniquely reserved as divine appellations.

The tradition of ninety-nine names of God is derived from the Qur’an.
While the names are cast in the masculine,
the attributes are cast in the feminine,
beautifully demonstrating that God is beyond gender,
even in the original arabic.

Less common, but more esoterically, most sufis also refer in prayer to
God simply by the third person singular pronoun "hu" [literally He
in English]. Hu is intoned or breathed silently in this manner almost as a prayerful mantra ~ a primordial breath or form of om.

Remembrance or repetition of one of the names in such a way is known as dhikr or zikr, remembrance, or dhikrullah,
remembrance of God.

[A much fuller discussion of each of the 99 beautiful names of GOD,
along the lines below, can be found in The Name & the Named
by Shayk Tosun Bayrak al Jerrahi al Halveti from Fons Vitae Press.]

Muslims consider Allah to be the greatest name of God.

Following are “al asma al husna,” the divine names,

the 99 “most beautiful names” of God:

ar Rahman ~ the Compassionate
ar Rahim ~ the Merciful

ar Rahman is the most frequent name of God used in the Qur’an. It, along with ar Rahim, the second
most frequent name in the Qur’an, are both derived from the Semitic root RHM, meaning “womb.”

al Malik ~ the Owner

al Quddus ~ Purity

as Salam ~ Peace

al Mumin ~ the Inspirer of Faith

al Muhaymin ~ the Protector

al ‘Aziz ~ the Victorious

al Jabbar ~ the Repairer, the Completer

al Mutakabbir ~ the Owner of Pride

al Khaliq ~ the Creator

al Bari ~ the Maker of Harmony

al Musawwir ~ the Shaper of Beauty

al Ghaffar ~ the Forgiving

al Qahhar ~ the Subduer

al Wahhab ~ the Giver

ar Razzaq ~ the Sustainer

al Fattah ~ the Opener

al ‘Alim ~ the Knower

al Qabid ~ the Constrictor

al Basit ~ the Releaser

al Khafid ~ the Abaser

ar Rafi’ ~ the Exalter

al Mu’izz ~ the Bestower of Honor

al Mudhill ~ the Humiliator

as Sami’ ~ the Hearer

al Basir ~ the Seeing

al Hakam ~ the Judge

al ‘Adl ~ the Just

al Latif ~ the Subtle

al Khabir ~ the Aware

al Halim ~ the Forebearing

al ‘Azim ~ the Absolute

al Ghafur ~ the Forgiving

ash Shakur ~ the Rewarder of Gratitude

al ‘Ali ~ the Most High

al Kabir ~ the Greatest

al Hafiz ~ the Preserver

al Muqit ~ the Nourisher

al Hasib ~ the Reckoner

al Jalil ~ the Sublime

al Karim ~ the Generous

ar Raqib ~ the Watcher

al Mujib ~ the Responder to Prayer

al Wasi’ ~ the Comprehending

al Hakim ~ the Wise

al Wadud ~ Love

al Maajid ~ the Glorious

al Ba’ith ~ the Resurrector

ash Shahid ~ the Witness

al Haqq ~ the Truth

al Wakil ~ the Trustee

al Qawi ~ the Inexhaustible

al Matin ~ the Forceful

al Walii ~ the Friend of Servants

al Hamid ~ the Praised

al Muhsi ~ the Quantitator

al Mubdi ~ the Originator

al Mu’id ~ the Restorer

al Muhyi ~ the Giver of Life

al Mumit ~ the Taker of Life

al Hayy ~ the Ever Living

al Qayyum ~ the Self-Existing

al Wajid ~ the Finder

al Majiid ~ the Majestic

al Wahid ~ the One

al Ahad ~ the Only

as Samad ~ the Satisfier of Needs

al Qadir ~ the All Powerful

al Muqtadir ~ the Creator of All Power

al Muqaddim ~ the Advancer

al Muakhkhir ~ the Delayer

al Awwal ~ the First

al Akhir ~ the Last

az Zahir ~ the Manifest

al Batin ~ the Hidden

al Wali ~ the Governor of Creation

al Muta’ali ~ the Supreme

al Barr ~ the Doer of Good

at Tawwib ~ the Turner to Repentance

al Muntaqim ~ the Avenger

al ‘Afu ~ the Forgiver, the Redeemer

ar Rauf ~ the Clement

Malik al Mulk ~ Eternal Owner of All

Dhul Jalali wal Ikram ~ Lord of Majesty and Bounty

al Muqsit ~ the Distributor

al Jami’ ~ the Gatherer

al Ghani ~ the Rich

al Mughni ~ the Enricher

al Mani’ ~ the Averter of Harm

ad Darr ~ the Causer of Harm

an Nafi’ ~ the Creator of Good

an Nur ~ Light

al Hadi ~ the Guide

al Badi’ ~ the Originator

al Baqi ~ the Everlasting

al Warith ~ the Inheritor

ar Rashid ~ the Righteous Teacher

as Sabur ~ the Completely Patient One


2/04/2007 08:15:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

How to exorcise Sabrina and fight the New World Order with the same fell swoop:

W.C. Fields said, “Never give a sucker an even break” And P.T. Barnum, the circus man, said, "No one has ever lost money underestimating the intelligence of the American people."

Whichever one of these hucksters you may hew to, or not, it is clear that Bush, Cheney, the Neocons, the CFR, FOX news, even a few people on this blog like Sabrina, not to mention the ever elusive illuminati have taken both their dicta well..., not to heart, but in hand, and to that cold empty space from which their occult forebears must have ripped it out.

All disinformation must contain elements of truth in order to be effective. Disinformation can be 85 or even 98 percent factual. It’s that last fifteen, or even two percent of lies cloaked in truth where the fatal trap is set, where the dagger is poised to strike. If you are going to be had, that is where it is gonna getcha.

HOW to DISCERN the disinformation and the bullshit from the truth:

The relevant question is CUI BONO? What is the disinfo suggesting that you do. And if you were to do it, WHO BENEFITS?

Let’s look at the current memes on Iran, which are the same as Sabrina’s exhortations to readers here to fight the NWO: “Prepare yourself to fight. Be afraid. Get angry. Arm yourselves. Watch out for the December solstice in 2012.”

ORDO AB CHAO. That’s the motto of the Kabbalist masons. That, along with BARI QVIPPE BOVI, the Talmudic doctrine inscribed in marble over the fireplace in the inner sanctum of the Skull and Bones tomb on High Street in New Haven, Connecticut.

They seek to foment chaos to strengthen their rule. And they see us, the Barbarians, the “others” who are not they, the “useless feeders” as Kissinger put it, as Indeed Cattle. Goyim = cattle. Straight out of both the Babylonian Talmud and the Egyptian Talmud, the two canons of Jewish law. To cheat, deceive, and even kill the goyim is not merely permitted, it is a Talmudic obligation. A promise to commit such deeds in the coming year is incorporated into the men’s prayers of Yom Kippur, the most sacred day of the Jewish religious calendar, lest there be nothing to report on the next Day of Atonement.


regardless of whom you see as the arch-controllers,

their goal is all the same – to create chaos:

to make people terrified and full of hatred, and to get the maiming and killing going, big time. They see it as their most “sacred” duty.

And that is basically the message being spread by Sabrina, who is merely another whisperer of wiswas,

a self-professed minion of the pathetic one, Satan,

whose only power derives from what a human being willingly yields...


Who does she suggest that we the masses prepare to fight and kill, anyway? No doubt, whoever it is, it won’t be the puppetmasters, the only real legitimate targets. Does anyone actually think that the elite will be in the line of fire? Of course not. They will be safely hidden away, as they are now, in the walled enclaves of their estates, lodge fortresses, and military bases. Whether in seaside mansions or mountaintop bunkers, whether on yachts, destroyers, submarines, aircraft, or possibly spacecraft, they will seek to indulge in the same depravities they do now, sodomizing one another while quaffing champagne and snorting coke, while innocent people die at their behest all over Iraq, Afghanistan, Somalia, Sumatra, Nuevo Laredo, or your home town.

The war in Iraq, and any war in Iran, are not by any means just political theatre.

Real people, living, breathing, crying infants, sobbing children, terrified teenagers, baleful women, dismembered men and our mangled elderly are left bereft, suffering horribly, maimed for life or dying agonizing deaths, melted to a black crisp by white phosphorous, or deformed in the womb by depleted uranium, while the masters of war and chaos get off on it. It is a spectacle only to them. And the earth is being poisoned by it physically and spiritually for untold generations. The half-life of depleted uranium, of which the U.S. and Israel have used hundreds of tons in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Lebanon, is 4.5 billion years – longer than the time that earth has existed as a planet.

We ought to be reminding and teaching our own nation’s soldiers and our national guard and police to remember their commitments to protect and serve us, We the People.

The fact of our brotherhood and sisterhood under One God
is our best and only protection.

There aren’t enough private mercenaries available for hire by the war mongers to quell the citizens of Baghdad, no less New York City.

They can’t possibly prevail if we just stand fast in the solidarity of our common humanity. It is really that simple.

But selfishness, fear and panic, and the premature ejaculation of hot lead from a gun barrel will surely sow the chaos these evil bastards desire. And no amount of angry, gun toting mobs, or lotus-eating pacifists for that matter, are going to save us from being blasted with depleted uranium artillery shells, or from being nuked by our own cruise missiles. Could the masses have prevented the inside job that was 9/11?

No. Only people inhabiting the highest echelons on the inside could have done that. Inside the Pentagon. Inside the White House. Inside Skull and Bones. Inside Mossad.

Or God.

God could have stopped 9/11.

Indeed, with the downing of flight 93, the occult ritualistic mass killing and tower toppling that was 9/11 failed in its mission to decapitate the Capitol Building and the lesser shadows of the U.S. government. As a result, today we still enjoy a very limited measure of residual freedom. But it won’t last for long if we fail in our charge from the Almighty.

God is testing us, testing us to see whether we deserve to survive, whether we are worthy.

How can we demonstrate our worthiness? We can refuse to believe the lies.

We can refuse to hate and fear people who speak Arabic, or English, or who are Muslims, or Christians, or Hindus, or Jews.

We can refuse to pick up a gun and shoot unless we can see the whites of an enemy’s eyes standing armed before us on our own ground. We can stand that ground together and say “No” to hatred and fear.

We can emphatically reject such destructive emotions and attitudes with our words and by our deeds.

That is indeed what we must do, if we wish to survive and ultimately prevail as a human race, to re-assume the mantle God originally offered to Adam.

No pious Muslim would ever call on people to go to war when they are not under attack. The Qur’an explicitly and exclusively endorses only wars of defense. There is even a well known Qur’anic injunction that if one’s enemy offers a truce, even on unfavorable terms, one is obligated to accept the truce rather than to resort to war.

So let us be true to God’s message. Defend our families and ourselves against an enemy that comes to us in person, face to face, if the actual occasion presents itself, yes. But that is a far cry from the satanic suggestion to “cry havoc and let slip the dogs of war” that seems to be Sabrina, W, and the neocon’s whispering shtick, which is exactly the same ignoble thing that the exploiting evil ones in our midst have longed for, planned for, and plotted for in recent days, and across so many centuries.

We must be better than that.

We must be true to the, yes, One God, by whichever of God’s infinite number of beautiful names we know and accept.

That is the task at hand. It is both our greatest challenge, and truth be told, it is as easy as falling off a log.

There is no god but God.

And we are all God's servants, whether we know it or not. It is our choice to be willing, witting servants for the good. If we choose otherwise, whether out of ignorance, malevolence, or a combination of the two, then the fate of our souls will be determined by our conscious choices and the actions that follow them.

Choose wisely.

Choose the good, to the extent that it is within your power to discern it.

La ilaha illa llah.

There is no god but God.


2/04/2007 08:42:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

"Muslim scholars would argue more specifically that Jesus never made any claims for his divinity, and none can in fact be found in the Gospels. Historically, the claims of Jesus’ divinity were foisted upon the world by the Council of Nicea in the year 325 A.D..."

Way wrong.

Jesus said:

I and the Father are one.


I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.


Then said they unto him, Where is thy Father? Jesus answered, Ye neither know me, nor my Father: if ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also.


And he said unto them, Ye are from beneath; I am from above: ye are of this world; I am not of this world.


Then said they unto him, Who art thou? And Jesus saith unto them, Even the same that I said unto you from the beginning.

26 I have many things to say and to judge of you: but he that sent me is true; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him.

27 They understood not that he spake to them of the Father.

28 Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye know that I am he, and that I do nothing of myself; but as my Father hath taught me, I speak these things.


Jesus heard that they had cast him out; and when he had found him, he said unto him, Dost thou believe on the Son of God?

36 He answered and said, Who is he, Lord, that I might believe on him?

37 And Jesus said unto him, Thou hast both seen him, and it is he that talketh with thee.

38 And he said, Lord, I believe. And he worshipped him


42 Jesus said unto them, If God were your Father, ye would love me: for I proceeded forth and came from God; neither came I of myself, but he sent me.

43 Why do ye not understand my speech? even because ye cannot hear my word.

44 Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.

45 And because I tell you the truth, ye believe me not.

46 Which of you convinceth me of sin? And if I say the truth, why do ye not believe me?

47 He that is of God heareth God's words: ye therefore hear them not, because ye are not of God.

48 Then answered the Jews, and said unto him, Say we not well that thou art a Samaritan, and hast a devil?

49 Jesus answered, I have not a devil; but I honour my Father, and ye do dishonour me.

50 And I seek not mine own glory: there is one that seeketh and judgeth.

51 Verily, verily, I say unto you, If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death.

52 Then said the Jews unto him, Now we know that thou hast a devil. Abraham is dead, and the prophets; and thou sayest, If a man keep my saying, he shall never taste of death.

53 Art thou greater than our father Abraham, which is dead? and the prophets are dead: whom makest thou thyself?

54 Jesus answered, If I honour myself, my honour is nothing: it is my Father that honoureth me; of whom ye say, that he is your God:

55 Yet ye have not known him; but I know him: and if I should say, I know him not, I shall be a liar like unto you: but I know him, and keep his saying.

56 Your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day: and he saw it, and was glad.

57 Then said the Jews unto him, Thou art not yet fifty years old, and hast thou seen Abraham?

58 Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Before Abraham was, I am.


What you wrote also denies the Transfiguration. You can deny the entire Bible if you like, but don't say that Jesus never claimed to be God. He stated that he existed before Abraham himself was born, and used the "Divine Present" tense to describe himself.


I am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture.

10 The thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy: I am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly.

I am the good shepherd: the good shepherd giveth his life for the sheep.


Then came the Jews round about him, and said unto him, How long dost thou make us to doubt? If thou be the Christ, tell us plainly.

25 Jesus answered them, I told you, and ye believed not: the works that I do in my Father's name, they bear witness of me.

26 But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, as I said unto you.

27 My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me:

28 And I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand.

29 My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father's hand.

30 I and my Father are one.

31 Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him.

2/04/2007 11:35:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

Look up the Council of Nicea in 325 A.D., and the papal and imperial struggle with Arianism that led to it. How do you think the "canonical" gospels were selected out of the dozens of narratives then existent? And NONE of the 'gospels' were written until 100 years after Jesus died. Your signal error is in taking a translation of a backtranslation of a translation from a third or fourth hand account that went through a dishonest political selection process 300 years after the fact as "gospel." Ironic term, that.

Jesus was, is, a unique prophet.

There is no god but God.

2/04/2007 11:44:00 PM  
Anonymous Anonymous said...

“At-2-Am” posts that, in the KJV*, Jesus said: I and the Father are one. This does not mean Jesus was claiming to be God. One could simply take it as a mystical utterance of union.

*Indeed, one should remember that the King James Version of what Jesus may have said, as beautiful and sonorous as the English in which it is written tends to be, is itself a translation from 1611, noted by scholars for its many textual errors when compared to its source, the Textus Receptus translation of the Bible by the Dutch scholar Erasmus. The version of Erasmus consists of his latter day version of New Testament Greek first printed in 1516. That text used as its sources for the New Testament several fragmentary Byzantine Christian versions, as well as the Latin Vulgate text to fill in missing verses from the Byzantine fragments. Erasmus’ text itself has been noted to contain over 2,000 translation errors just with reference to its own highly derivative sources.

These Byzantine and Latin Vulgate texts that Erasmus used were themselves translations from the earlier New Testament Greek forms in which most or all of the gospels were originally written, some 100 to 200 years after the events which they recorded. Jesus himself would have spoken Aramaic and Hebrew, and his sayings were originally spoken and retold in Aramaic or Hebrew.

These retellings of what Jesus said and did were then translated into Greek a century or two after the fact. These earlier NT Greek texts served as the sources of the Byzantine and Latin Vulgate narratives, of which the KJV is but a back-translation of the translation of Erasmus, each step bringing with it multitudes of identified errors.

Now, all of that said, these versions mentioned were themselves derived from a succession of at least seven varying “canons” of accepted “gospels” which were the result of political machinations and power struggles over a period of centuries, beginning with the canon of Eusebius circa 3oo C.E. This was followed up by the Council of Nicea in 325, which is specifically where the doctrine of Jesus’ “divinity” was promulgated out of the letters of “Paul the Epistle”, who was actually Saul of Tarsus. Saul, a.k.a. Paul, had his famous conversion to Christianity after experiencing a “vision” (some would argue he suffered an epileptic fit) on the road to Damascus. Saul/Paul never met Jesus and his accounts of what Jesus taught are often at significant odds with now non-canoncial accounts of the disciples who actually lived in Jesus’ presence, such as Thomas, Peter, and Magdalene.

Interestingly, it is Saul/Paul’s version of Christianity that was eventually adopted as dogma, selected by the Emperor Constantine over that of the adherents of Arianus, who understood Jesus to be a man and who were adamantly opposed by the Pope. Hence the “Nicene Creed”, the Roman Catholic testament of faith which lays claim Jesus’ divinity became the “gospel” of Christianity, and has as its primary source the writings of Paul, a.k.a. Saul of Tarsus, a man who never met Jesus nor heard him speak.

Further doctrinal revisions of the canon occurred at the Councils of Constantinople and of Rome in 381 and 382, the 3rd Synod of Carthage in 396, the Council of Ephesus in 431 (which proclaimed Mary to be the theotokos, literally “God-bearer” or more commonly “Mother of God”), and the Council of Chalcedon in 451 which declared that Jesus had both human and divine wills.

Then there were the 2nd and 3rd Councils of Constantinople in 553 and 680-1, the Peshitta of the Syrian Orthodox Church in the late 5th to early 6th centuries, the Quinisext Council in Trullo in 692, which version was rejected by Pope Constantine, who approved a 26 book canon of the New Testament which excluded the Book of Revelation.

The Second Council of Nicea in 787 restored the veneration of icons, and abjured the doctrine of iconoclasm that had been endorsed by another Council of Constantinople in 754.

John of Damascus had made further changes in the canon sometime between 654 – 749, which were followed by the canonical revisions of Nicephorus, Patriarch of Jerusalem from 806-815.

So the quote below:

“I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.”

while certainly mystical and beautiful and seemingly noble in its intent.....

who can truly speak of the provenance of these words at this point, or the intended meaning behind what may or may not have been said four or five translated versions, 20 centuries, and a host of political/religious Councils earlier?

It is, simply put, a matter of faith.

Personally, I believe that we would be blessed if we would simply follow two teachings that Jesus is reported to have said:

1. Love and serve GOD with all thy heart, with all thy mind, and all thy soul; and

2. Love thy neighbor as thy love thy self and do unto others as you would have them do unto you.

That would truly be enough to change the world. In so doing we would simultaneously serve ourselves and serve God.

2/05/2007 02:55:00 AM  

Post a Comment

<< Home